2007 Evinrude Etec 75 HP Service Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.
com manuals search engine

SAFETY INFORMATION
Before working on any part of the outboard, read the SAFETY section at the end of this manual.
This manual is written for qualified, factory-trained Always follow common shop safety practices. If
technicians who are already familiar with the use you have not had training related to common shop
of Evinrude/Johnson Special Tools. This man- safety practices, you should do so to protect your-
ual is not a substitute for work experience. It is an self, as well as the people around you.
organized guide for reference, repair, and mainte-
It is understood that this manual may be trans-
nance of the outboard(s).
lated into other languages. In the event of any dis-
This manual uses the following signal words iden- crepancy, the English version shall prevail.
tifying important safety messages.
To reduce the risk of personal injury, safety warn-
DANGER ings are provided at appropriate times throughout
the manual.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situa-
tion which, if not avoided, WILL result in DO NOT make any repairs until you have read the
death or serious injury. instructions and checked the pictures relating to
the repairs.
Be careful, and never rush or guess a service pro-

WARNING cedure. Human error is caused by many factors:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation carelessness, fatigue, overload, preoccupation,
which, if not avoided, CAN result in severe unfamiliarity with the product, and drugs and alco-
injury or death. hol use, to name a few. Damage to a boat and
outboard can be fixed in a short period of time, but
injury or death has a lasting effect.
CAUTION When replacement parts are required, use
Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts or parts with
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
equivalent characteristics, including type, strength
which, if not avoided, MAY result in minor
and material. Using substandard parts could result
or moderate personal injury or property
in injury or product malfunction.
damage. It also may be used to alert
against unsafe practices. Torque wrench tightening specifications must be
strictly followed. Replace any locking fastener
IMPORTANT: Identifies information that will help (locknut or patch screw) if its locking feature
prevent damage to machinery and appears next becomes weak. Definite resistance to turning
to information that controls correct assembly and must be felt when reusing a locking fastener. If
operation of the product. replacement is specified or required because the
locking fastener has become weak, use only
These safety alert signal words mean: authorized Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts.
ATTENTION! If you use procedures or service tools that are not
BECOME ALERT! recommended in this manual, YOU ALONE must
YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED! decide if your actions might injure people or dam-
age the outboard.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

DANGER
Contact with a rotating propeller is likely to result in serious injury or death. Assure the
engine and prop area is clear of people and objects before starting engine or operating boat.
Do not allow anyone near a propeller, even when the engine is off. Blades can be sharp and
the propeller can continue to turn even after the engine is off. Remove propeller before ser-
vicing and when running the outboard on a flushing device.
DO NOT run the engine indoors or without adequate ventilation or permit exhaust fumes to
accumulate in confined areas. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which, if inhaled,
can cause serious brain damage or death.
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to avoid personal injury, and set compressed air to less than 25 psi (172
kPa).
The motor cover and flywheel cover are machinery guards. Use caution when conducting
tests on running outboards. DO NOT wear jewelry or loose clothing. Keep hair, hands, and
clothing away from rotating parts.
During service, the outboard may drop unexpectedly. Avoid personal injury; always support
the outboards weight with a suitable hoist or the tilt support bracket during service.
To prevent accidental starting while servicing, disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
Twist and remove all spark plug leads.
The electrical system presents a serious shock hazard. DO NOT handle primary or secondary
ignition components while outboard is running or flywheel is turning.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. Use caution
when working on any part of the fuel system.
Protect against hazardous fuel spray. Before starting any fuel system service, carefully
relieve fuel system pressure.
Do not smoke, or allow open flames or sparks, or use electrical devices such as cellular
phones in the vicinity of a fuel leak or while fueling.
Keep all electrical connections clean, tight, and insulated to prevent shorting or arcing and
causing an explosion.
Always work in a well ventilated area.
Replace any locking fastener (locknut or patch screw) if its locking feature becomes weak.
Definite resistance to tightening must be felt when reusing a locking fastener. If replacement
is indicated, use only authorized replacement or equivalent.

TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS . . 17
2 INSTALLATION AND PREDELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4 ENGINE MANAGEMENT MODULE (EMM) . . . . . . . . . . 85
5 SYSTEM ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
6 ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
7 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8 OILING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
9 COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
10 POWERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
11 MIDSECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
12 GEARCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
13 TRIM AND TILT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Index1
TROUBLE CHECK CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1
DIAGRAMS
EMM SERVICE CODE CHART
4
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
MODELS COVERED IN THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
IDENTIFYING MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MODEL DESIGNATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TYPICAL PAGE A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TYPICAL PAGE B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TYPICAL PAGE C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
TYPICAL PAGE D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ENGINE EMISSIONS INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
MANUFACTURERS RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DEALERS RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
EPA EMISSION REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PRODUCT REFERENCE AND ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5
INTRODUCTION
MODELS COVERED IN THIS MANUAL
MODELS COVERED IN Identifying Model and Serial

Numbers
THIS MANUAL Outboard model and serial numbers are located
This manual covers service information on all 3- on the swivel bracket and on the powerhead.
cylinder, 79 cubic inch, Evinrude E-TEC mod-
els.
Model Number Start Shaft Steer
E75DPLSUM Electric 20 Remote
E90DPLSUM Electric 20 Remote 1
E90DPXSUM Electric 25 Remote
E90DSLSUM Electric 20 Remote
Use this manual together with the proper Parts

Catalog for part numbers and for exploded views 1. Model and serial number 002147
of the outboard, which are a valuable aid to disas-
sembly and reassembly. This manual presents the
U.S. values and dimensions first and the metric
values and dimensions second, inside parenthe-
ses ( ).
1. Serial number 002226
6
INTRODUCTION
MODEL DESIGNATION
MODEL DESIGNATION
STYLE: LENGTH:
J = Johnson = 15 Std.
E = Evinrude L = 20 Long
Y = 22.5 Special
MODEL RUN
X = 25 X-long
PREFIX HORSEPOWER or SUFFIX
Z = 30 XX-long
B E 90 DPL SU M
DESIGN FEATURES: MODEL YR:
AP = Advanced Propulsion I =1
B = Blue Paint N=2
C = Counter Rotation T =3
D = Evinrude E-TEC R=4
E = Electric Start w/Remote Steering O=5
F = Direct-Injection D=6
G = Graphite Paint U=7
H = High Output C=8
J = Jet Drive E=9
M = Military S=0
P = Power Trim and Tilt Ex: SU = 2007
R = Rope Start w/Tiller Steering
S = Saltwater Edition
T = Tiller Steering
TE = Tiller Electric
V = White Paint
W = Commercial Model
7
INTRODUCTION
TYPICAL PAGE A
TYPICAL PAGE A
Subsection title
indicates beginning of
the subsection.
Italic subheading
above Service Chart
indicates pertaining
models.
Bold letter indicates

liquid product to be
applied to a surface
Pay attention to
torque specifications.
Some units appear
as in. lbs. Use
appropriate torque.
Exploded view of
Tightening torque for
Service Chart assists
a fastener.
in identifying parts
and positions
Indicates list
corresponding to
applicable letter in
exploded view of the
Service Chart.
Page Number
8
INTRODUCTION
TYPICAL PAGE B
TYPICAL PAGE B
Section Title
INSTALLATION AND PREDELIVERY
OUTBOARD RIGGING PROCEDURE
Subsection
Section Title
Title
Cable, Hose, and Wire Routing If a water pressure gauge is to be used, install the
Route all hoses, control cables, and wiring water pressure hose fitting in the cylinder block.
through a protective sleeve or conduit into the Use Pipe Sealant with Teflon (P/N 910048) on the
boat and through the grommet. threads of the hose fitting. Refer to installation
instructions supplied with gauge.
Refer to the following diagram to ensure proper
positioning of rigging components in grommet. Route the water pressure hose through cover 2
grommet with oil tank sending unit harness. Route
hose along battery cables toward the back of the
powerhead. Use tie straps to fasten in place.
1. Fuel supply hose 000084

2. Oil return hose
3. Oil supply hose
4. Battery cables V4 Models DP0827
5. Main wire harness (MWS) 1. Water pressure fitting location: top, starboard side
6. Throttle cable of cylinder/crankcase assembly, below throttle
Model specific position sensor.
7. Shift cable
8. Oil tank sending unit harness illustrations
9. Water pressure hose designated with
10. Accessory charge wire image captions
Connect outboard main wire harness to boat main

wire harness. 1
Before installing electrical connectors, check that
the seal is in place. Clean off any dirt from con-
nectors. Apply a light coat of Electrical Grease
to the seal. Push connectors together until
latched.
Products and
lubricants italicized V6 Models DP0828
1. Water pressure fitting location: rear of cylin-
der/crankcase assembly
If temperature gauge is to be used, route sending

unit wire through grommet with hose for water
pressure gauge. Follow the path of battery cables.
Provide adequate length to reach cylinder head.
1 Refer to installation instructions supplied with
gauge.
1. Seal DP0824
47
9
INTRODUCTION
TYPICAL PAGE C
TYPICAL PAGE C
POWERHEAD
INSTALLATION
IMPORTANT: The motor mount, washer, and

screw are serviced as an assembly. Do not disas-
INSTALLATION
Title in italics indicates
semble. V4 MODELS a procedure
concerning a
Denotes necessary Install base gasket dry. Do not use Permatex
particular model
step or information to No. 2 or Gasket Sealing Compound.
prevent damage or
control correct V6 MODELS Title indicates the
procedure Apply Permatex No. 2 procedure specific toto inner
gasket sealant
exhaust housing flange. Coat V4both
Models is of a new
sides
finished. From this
base gasket with Gasket Sealing Compound.
point, this particular
procedure concerns
V6 Models.
39820
Installation
Place mount assemblies in position, with flats fac-
ing away from each other.
23079
Title indicates
from this point,
ALL MODELS All Models
Install a new base gasketare
onconcerned
adapter.
To ensure
proper sealing, mating surfaces must be clean
and free of oil, grease, and foreign matter.
49557
Apply Extreme Pressure Grease to all sides of

retainer and install between mounts.
Apply Nut Lock to retainer screw, install the screw,
and torque to 15 to 20 ft. lbs. (20 to 27 Nm).
23497
Coat the driveshaft splines with Moly Lube. Do not

apply lubricant to end of driveshaft.
1. Mount retainer screw 49556
272
10
INTRODUCTION
TYPICAL PAGE D
TYPICAL PAGE D
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Two pulse hoses connect the pump to pulse fit- Oil Pressure Switch
tings on the front of the cylinder/crankcase. The oil pressure switch is located in the oil injec-
V4 Models cylinders 1 and 3 tor-manifold and reacts to changes in oil manifold
V6 Models cylinders 1 and 4 pressure. The EMM supplies and monitors electri-
cal current to the switch.
TYPICAL 000721
1. Lower pulse hose
Illustration
TYPICAL 000723
1. Oil pressure switch components
Oil Injector-Manifold
Typical illustration for numbered to
lower pulse
The hose of
oil injector-manifold
distributes the oil sup- The switch opens or closescorrespond
based on tothe following
V4 or V6 Models image
plied by the oil lift pump. A pressure-sensing oil manifold pressures:
switch monitors oil injection pressure.
53 psi (365 kPa) (nominal) to close
Oil Injector-Manifold Components 43 psi (296 kPa) (nominal) to reopen
40 V oil injector Cross references
Oil distribution manifold direct readers to Refer to Oil Pressure Switch Test on p. 224.
related topics
Oil pressure switch
Service Code 38
Pressure regulator (oil return hose)
Oil distribution hoses
A faulty electrical circuit or an inoperative pres- 8
sure switch activates service code 38 (no oil sen-
Oil to fuel check valve
sor feedback or lack of oil pressure) and the EMM:
Activates the System Check "NO OIL" light
3 Stores a service code Section tabs allow for
3 Initiates S.L.O.W. quicker reference
when thumbing
2 through manual
Service Code 39
If no oil pressure is detected during startup, the
1 4 EMM initiates an oil injector recovery mode to
pressurize the system. If inadequate oil pressure
is still detected after the recovery mode is com-
pleted, the EMM:
TYPICAL 000722
1. Oil injector
2. Oil distribution manifold
Activates the System Check "NO OIL" light
3. Oil distribution hoses Stores a service code
4. Oil to fuel check valve
Initiates S.L.O.W.
209
11
INTRODUCTION
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL

Units of Measurement List of Abbreviations
A Amperes ABYC American Boat & Yacht Council
amp-hr Ampere hour ATDC after top dead center
fl. oz. fluid ounce AT air temperature sensor
ft. lbs. foot pounds BPS barometric pressure sensor
HP horsepower BTDC before top dead center
in. inch CCA cold cranking amps
in. Hg inches of mercury CPS crankshaft position sensor
in. lbs. inch pounds DI Direct-Injection
kPa kilopascals ECU electronic control unit
ml milliliter EMM engine management module
mm millimeter ICOMIA International Council of Marine
Nm Newton meter Industry Associations
P/N part number MCA marine cranking amps
psi pounds per square inch MWS modular wiring system
RPM revolutions per minute NMEA National Marine Electronics Assoc.
C degrees Celsius NTC negative temperature coefficient
F degrees Fahrenheit PDP power distribution panel
ms milliseconds PTC positive temperature coefficient
s microseconds ROM read only memory
Ohms S.A.F.E. speed adjusting failsafe electronics
V Volts SAC start assist circuit
VAC Volts Alternating Current SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
VDC Volts Direct Current S.L.O.W. speed limiting operational warning
SYNC synchronization
TDC top dead center
TPS throttle position sensor
WOT wide open throttle
WTS water temperature sensor
12
INTRODUCTION
ENGINE EMISSIONS INFORMATION
ENGINE EMISSIONS The owner/operator is not to, and should not allow
anyone to, modify the outboard in any manner
INFORMATION that would alter the horsepower or allow emis-
sions levels to exceed their predetermined factory
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the specifications.
emission control devices and systems may be
performed by any marine SI (spark ignition) Tampering with the fuel system to change horse-
engine repair establishment or individual. power or modify emission levels beyond factory
settings or specifications will void the product war-
Manufacturers Responsibility ranty.
Beginning with 1999 model year outboards, man-
ufacturers of marine outboards must determine
EPA Emission Regulations
the exhaust emission levels for each outboard All new 1999 and more recent Evinrude/Johnson
horsepower family and certify these outboards outboards are certified to the EPA as conforming
with the United States of America Environmental to the requirements of the regulations for the con-
Protection Agency (EPA). An emissions control trol of air pollution from new watercraft marine
information label, showing emission levels and spark ignition outboards. This certification is con-
outboard specifications, must be placed on each tingent on certain adjustments being set to factory
outboard at the time of manufacture. standards. For this reason, the factory procedure
for servicing the product must be strictly followed
Dealers Responsibility and, whenever practical, returned to the original
intent of the design. The responsibilities listed
When performing service on all 1999 and more
above are general and in no way a complete list-
recent Evinrude/Johnson outboards that carry an
ing of the rules and regulations pertaining to the
emissions control information label, adjustments
EPA requirements on exhaust emissions for
must be kept within published factory specifica-
marine products. For more detailed information on
tions.
this subject, you may contact the following loca-
Replacement or repair of any emission related tions:
component must be executed in a manner that
maintains emission levels within the prescribed VIA U.S. POSTAL SERVICE:
certification standards. Office of Mobile Sources
Engine Programs and Compliance Division
Dealers are not to modify the outboard in any Engine Compliance Programs Group (6403J)
manner that would alter the horsepower or allow 401 M St. NW
emission levels to exceed their predetermined Washington, DC 20460
factory specifications.
VIA EXPRESS or COURIER MAIL:
Exceptions include manufacturers prescribed Office of Mobile Sources
changes, such as altitude adjustments, for exam- Engine Programs and Compliance Division
ple. Engine Compliance Programs Group (6403J)
501 3rd St. NW
Owners Responsibility Washington, DC 20001
The owner/operator is required to have outboard
maintenance performed to maintain emission lev- EPA INTERNET WEB SITE:
els within prescribed certification standards. www.epa.gov
PRODUCT REFERENCE BRP US Inc. reserves the right to make changes

at any time, without notice, in specifications and
AND ILLUSTRATIONS models and also to discontinue models. The right
13
INTRODUCTION
SYMBOLS
is also reserved to change any specifications or

parts, at any time, without incurring any obligation
SYMBOLS
to equip same on models manufactured prior to Throughout this service manual, symbols are
date of such change. Specifications used are used to interpret electrical troubleshooting results
based on the latest product information available or to assign values in drawings.
at the time of publication.
Electrical
The continuing accuracy of this manual cannot be
guaranteed. When shows on the meter face, no continuity,
or very high resistance, is indicated. The symbol is
All photographs and illustrations used in this man- referred to as infinity.
ual may not depict actual models or equipment,
but are intended as representative views for refer-
ence only.
Certain features or systems discussed in this

manual might not be found on all models in all
marketing areas.
All service technicians must be familiar with nauti-

cal orientation. This manual often identifies parts
and procedures using these terms.
DR4203
When V follows a value on the meter face, the

procedure is measuring voltage.
Nautical Orientation
DR4204
14
INTRODUCTION
SYMBOLS
When follows a value on the meter face, the When precedes a value on the meter face, the
procedure is measuring resistance. is the sym- reading must be greater than, or equal to, the
bol for ohm, the unit of measurement for resis- value shown.
tance.
DR4207
DR4205
Values
When precedes a value on the meter face, the
reading must be less than, or equal to, the value
shown.
DR4206
15
INTRODUCTION
NOTES
NOTES
Technicians Notes Related Documents
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
16
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND

1
SPECIAL TOOLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ELECTRICAL / IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
GEARCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
POWERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
UNIVERSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SHOP AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
17
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
75 90 HP E-TEC Models
Full Throttle
4500 to 5500 RPM
Operating Range RPM
75 HP (56 kw) @ 5000 RPM
Power
90 HP (67.1 kw) @ 5000 RPM
Idle RPM in Gear 700 50 EMM Controlled
Idle RPM in Neutral 600 50 EMM Controlled
(L) Models: P/N 386246
Test Propeller
(X) Models: P/N 387388
Weight (L) Models: 320 lbs. (145 kg)
(may vary depending
on model)
(X) Models: 335 lbs. (152 kg)
Evinrude/Johnson XD100, XD50, XD30; or

ENGINE
Lubrication
NMMA TC-W3 certified
Engine Type In-line, 3 Cylinder, Two-Cycle
Displacement 79.1 cu. in. (1296 cc)
Bore 3.601 in (91.47 mm)
Stroke 2.588 in. (65.74 mm)
3.6005 to 3.6015 in. (91.45 to 91.48 mm)
Standard Bore
To bore oversize, add piston oversize dimension to standard bore
Top Crankshaft Journal 2.1870 to 2.1875 in. (55.55 to 55.56 mm)
Center Crankshaft Journals 2.1870 to 2.1875 in. (55.55 to 55.56 mm)
Bottom Crankshaft Journal 1.5747 to 1.5752 in. (40.0 to 40.01 mm)
Rod Crankpin 1.3757 to 1.3762 in. (34.94 to 34.96 mm)
Piston Ring End Gap, Both 0.011 to 0.023 in. (0.28 to 0.58 mm)
Fuel/Oil Control EMM Controlled
Starting Enrichment EMM Controlled
Minimum (High) Fuel Pressure 24 to 28 psi (165 to 193 kPa)
Minimum Fuel Lift
3 psi (21 kPa)
FUEL
Pump Pressure
Maximum Fuel Inlet Vacuum 4 in. Hg.
Minimum Octane 87 AKI (R+M)/2 or 90 RON
2+4 Fuel Conditioner, Fuel System Cleaner
Additives Use of other additives may result in engine damage.
See Fuel Requirements on p. 57 for additional information
18
TECHNICAL DATA
75 90 HP E-TEC Models
1
ELECTRICAL
Minimum Battery
640 CCA (800 MCA) or 800 CCA (1000 MCA) below 32 F (0 C)
Requirements
Alternator 25-Amp fully regulated
Tachometer Setting 6 pulse (12 pole)
Engine Fuse P/N 967545 10 A
Maximum Temperature 200F (94C)

COOLING
Thermostat 143F (62C)
Water pressure 16 psi minimum @ 5000 RPM
Type Capacitor Discharge

Firing Order 1-2-3
Ignition Timing EMM Controlled
IGNITION
RPM Limit in Gear 6250

RPM Limit in Neutral 1800
Crankshaft Position Sensor Air
Fixed
Gap
Refer to Emission Control Information Label
Spark Plug
Champion QC12PEPB @ 0.030 .003 in. (0.76 mm)
20 in. (L) Models: 13:26 (.500) 2:1
Gear Ratio
25 in. (X) Models: 12:27 (.444) 2.25:1
GEARCASE
Lubricant HPF XR Gearcase Lube

20 in. (L) Models: 31.6 fl. oz. (935 ml)
Capacity
25 in. (X) Models: 32.8 fl. oz. (970 ml)
20 in. (L) Models: 21.25 (539.75 mm) one-half turn
Shift Rod Height
25 in. (X) Models: 26.25 (666.75 mm) one-half turn
Shift Cable Stroke 1.125 to 1.330 in. (28.6 to 33.8 mm) measured between NEUTRAL and FORWARD
POWER TRIM/TILT
Lubrication Single Piston SystemEvinrude/Johnson Biodegradable TNT Fluid
Fluid Capacity 21 fl. oz. (620 ml)
Trim Range 0 to 15
Tilt Range 16 to 65
19
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Torque Chart
Size In. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. Nm
No. 6 710 0.580.83 0.81.1
No. 8 1522 1.251.83 1.72.5
No. 10 2436 23 2.74.0
No. 12 3648 34 4.05.4
1/4 in. 6084 57 6.7-9.4
5/16 in. 120144 1012 13.516.2
3/8 in. 216240 1820 24.427.1
7/16 in. 336384 2832 37.943.4
IMPORTANT: These values apply only when a specific

torque for a specific fastener is not listed in the appropri-
ate section. When tightening two or more screws on the
same part, DO NOT tighten screws completely, one at a
time.
WARNING
Torque wrench tightening specifications
must be strictly adhered to. Replace any
locking fastener (locknut or patch screw)
if its locking feature becomes weak. Defi-
nite resistance to turning must be felt
when reusing a locking fastener.
If replacement is specified or required
because the locking fastener has become
weak, use only authorized Evinrude/
Johnson Genuine Parts.
20
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
Electrical / Ignition 1
Digital multimeter DRC7265 Peak reading voltmeter 49799 Analog multimeter P/N 501873 49793
Ohms resolution 0.01 P/N 507972
Purchase through local supplier
Diagnostic Software for 005444 Bootstrap tool P/N 586551 002276 Connector Tool P/N 342667 42004
Windows based PC P/N 763724
Lo
Interface cable P/N 437955 45583 Crimping pliers P/N 322696 30387 AMP connector tools 002277
Primary Lock Tool P/N 777077
Secondary Lock Tool P/N 777078
Release Tool P/N 351413
Lock Installer P/N 777079
Stator Test Adapter P/N 5005799 002273 Tachometer/timing light 49789

P/N 507980
21
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fuel System
Fuel pressure gauge (15 PSI) 004560 Fuel pressure gauge (60 PSI) 005135 Fuel pressure gauge (100 PSI) 002275
P/N 5006397 P/N 5007100 P/N 5000902
90 fitting P/N 353322 90 fitting P/N 353322
Nipple Kit P/N 5005844 002465
Gearcase
Gearcase filler P/N 501882 49790 Gearcase pressure tester 49794 Prop shaft housing seal installer 32973
P/N 507977 (Stevens P/N S-34) P/N 336311
Gearcase vacuum tester P/N 326551
P/N 507982 (Stevens P/N V-34)
22
SPECIAL TOOLS
1 2
1. Pinion nut holder P/N 334455 40371 Seal installer P/N 330268 32924 Pinion bearing installer 000818
2. Wrench retainer P/N 341438 P/N 350958
Backing plate P/N 325867 23621 Driveshaft seal protector 23692 Pinion bearing spacer P/N 341437 38348
P/N 318674
1. Collar P/N 341440 41553 Driveshaft socket P/N 311875 23261 Pinion nut starting tool P/N 342216 40372
2. Gauge bar P/N 328367
Driveshaft puller P/N 390706 32884 Lower driveshaft puller 47257 Prop shaft front bearing installer 32880
P/N 342681 P/N 339750
23
SPECIAL TOOLS
Prop shaft housing bearing installer 32962 Gearcase Alignment Gauge Kit 004315 Gauging Head, S Type 005072
P/N 326562 P/N 5006349 Gearcases, P/N 352879
Universal driveshaft shimming tool 33362 Universal pinion bearing remover 33974 Shift rod height gauge P/N 389997 32872
P/N 393185 and installer kit P/N 391257
Powerhead
1 2
Crankshaft bearing and sleeve 21953B Ring compressor standard CO3768 Piston stop tool P/N 342679 46543
installer P/N 336314
1. P/N 338647 Ring compressor oversize
2. P/N 338649 P/N 336313
Cylinder bore gauge P/N 771310 45303 Lifting ring assembly P/N 396748 000669 Torquing socket P/N 331638 000797
24
SPECIAL TOOLS
1 2
Rod cap alignment fixture 21596 Wrist pin pressing pin 23668 1. Wrist pin retaining ring driver DR1641
P/N 396749 P/N 326356 P/N 318599
2. Wrist pin cone P/N 318600
Wrist pin bearing installer 41029

P/N 336660
Universal
Flywheel holder P/N 771311 42938 Large puller jaws P/N 432129 23148 Bearing puller jaws P/N 432130 23149
Fresh water flusher P/N 500542 50110 Small puller jaws P/N 432131 23150 Puller Bridge P/N 432127 23146
25
SPECIAL TOOLS
Slide hammer P/N 391008 CO1577 Slide hammer adapter P/N 340624 39435 Tilt tube nut wrench P/N 342680 46879
Slide hammer P/N 432128 15345 Syringe P/N 346936 50243 Tilt tube service kit P/N 434523 33249
Slide hammer adapter P/N 390898 15356 Temperature Gun P/N 772018 45240 Universal Puller Set P/N 378103 32885
26
SHOP AIDS
SHOP AIDS
1
Cleaning Solvent P/N 771087 Engine Tuner P/N 777185 Anti-Corrosion Spray P/N 777193
6 in 1 Multi-Purpose Lubricant P/N 777192 D.P.L. Spray P/N 777183 Silicone spray P/N 775630
Oil - XD100 P/N 777118 Oil - XD50 P/N 777225 Oil - XD30 P/N 777219
Ultra 4-Stroke Outboard Oil, P/N 775594 4-Stroke Outboard Oil, P/N 775597 HPF XR Gear Lube P/N 778747
27
SHOP AIDS
HI-VIS Gearcase Lube P/N 775605 Triple-Guard Grease P/N 508298 Extreme Pressure Grease
P/N 508303
Moly Lube P/N 175356 Needle Bearing Grease, P/N 378642 Starter Bendix Lube P/N 337016
Storage Fogging Oil Power Trim/Tilt and Power Steering Fluid Biodegradeable TNT Fluid
P/N 777186 P/N 775612 P/N 763439
Lubriplate 777 P/N 317619 Black Neoprene Dip P/N 909570 Electrical Grease P/N 504824
28
SHOP AIDS
2 + 4 Fuel conditioner P/N 775613 Fuel System Cleaner P/N 777184 Carbon Guard P/N 775629
Gel-Seal and Gasket Remover P/N 771050 GelSeal II P/N 327361 Gasket Sealing Compound P/N 317201
Permatex No. 2, P/N 910032 ThreeBond 1104, P/N 351052 Pipe Sealant with Teflon P/N 910048
ThreeBond 1207B, P/N 351053
GE RTV Silicone Sealant P/N 263753 Gasoila Thread Sealant P/N 200763 1 2 3
1. Screw Lock P/N 500417
(Loctite Purple 222 equivalent
2. Nut Lock P/N 500421
(Loctite Blue 242 Equivalent)
3. Ultra Lock P/N 500423
(Loctite Red 271 Equivalent)
29
SHOP AIDS
Locquic Primer P/N 772032 Adhesive 847 P/N 776964 Instant Bonding Adhesive P/N 509955
GM Gear Mark Compound P/N 772666 Thermal Joint Compound P/N 322170
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
BOAT RIGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
REMOTE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
BATTERY INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
BATTERY SWITCHES AND MULTIPLE BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
BATTERY AND SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
FUEL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CABLE AND HOSE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
OUTBOARD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
HULL PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
TRANSOM MEASURING AND DRILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
LIFTING THE OUTBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
STEERING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
OUTBOARD MOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
OUTBOARD RIGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
CABLE, HOSE, AND WIRE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
WIRING HARNESS CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
WATER PRESSURE CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
FUEL AND OIL PRIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FUEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FUEL SYSTEM PRIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
OIL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OIL INJECTION RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SYSTEMCHECK LOW OIL WARNING TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OIL SUPPLY PRIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
BREAK-IN OILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
BEFORE START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
GEARCASE LUBRICANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
TRIM AND TILT FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
RUNNING CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SYSTEMCHECK OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
EMERGENCY STOP / KEY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
START-IN-GEAR PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
BREAK-IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
PROPELLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PROPELLER SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PROPELLER HARDWARE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
TILT LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
TRIM SENDING UNIT ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DUAL-OUTBOARD ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
31
BOAT RIGGING
BOAT RIGGING Additional remote control information:

Power trim/tilt switch(s) can be integral to the
Remote Controls remote control for outboards with power tilt and
trim.
Control Selection Side-mount controls require a neutral lock fea-
ture.
WARNING Single-outboard binnacle remote controls are
offered with or without an integrated key switch.
The remote control used must have start- Dual-outboard binnacle remote controls require
in-gear prevention. This feature can pre- separate key switches and a single emergency
vent injuries resulting from unexpected stop switch.
boat movement when the outboard starts.
Remote control styles and applications are

described in the Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts
and Accessories Catalog. Plan the installation of
all remote controls carefully. Read the outboard's
Operator's Guide and the remote control's installa-
tion instructions prior to installation.
The remote control and wiring harness used must

have the following features:
Start-in-gear prevention
Dual-outboard key switches with emergency stop DRC40118
Emergency stop / key switch switch
Shift stroke must measure 1.125 to 1.330 in.
(28.6 to 33.8 mm) between NEUTRAL and
FORWARD WARNING
Throttle stroke must PUSH for open
All wiring must be compatible with Modular Wir- Always install and recommend use of an
ing System (MWS) components emergency stop/key switch. Doing so will
reduce the risk of personal injury or death
should the operator fall away from the con-
trols or out of the boat.
3
1. Emergency stop clip 002817
2. Safety lanyard
3. Key switch with emergency stop feature
32
BOAT RIGGING
Installation Guidelines SystemCheck Monitor

Install the appropriate remote control following all The SystemCheck engine monitor alerts the oper-
instructions provided with the remote control. ator of certain engine problems. Refer to the
Operators Guide for detailed information related
Make sure the following items are checked: to the various warning signals.
Correct length control cables and wiring har-
nesses IMPORTANT: Outboards with remote controls
2
Proper type and quality of cables and wiring must be equipped with a SystemCheck (or equiv-
harnesses alent) engine monitor. Operating the outboard
Correct routing of cables and harnesses without an engine monitor will void the warranty
Appropriate slack in front of the outboard for for failures related to monitored functions.
remote control cables
Proper routing of cables to prevent kinking SystemCheck gauges are available in two sizes.
Positioning and securing of cables and har-
nesses along their lengths to prevent movement
or damage
Typical transom-mounted outboard installations
require a 12 in. (30 cm) cable loop at the front of
the outboard when the cables are routed from the
side of the splash well.
Typical SystemCheck gauge DR5206
1 2 3
1. Surface side-mount remote control DR4277
2. Cable support
3. 12 in. (30 cm) cable loop at front of outboard
IMPORTANT: Cables of the proper length, style,

and quality that are correctly installed and
adjusted will eliminate most control-related opera-
tional problems.
Typical SystemCheck gauge with tachometer DR5364
33
BOAT RIGGING
Battery Installation Connections

Each outboard requires its own starting battery. IMPORTANT: Connect the battery positive (+)
Select a battery that meets or exceeds the mini- cable to the battery positive (+) post FIRST. Con-
mum requirements. nect the battery negative () cable to the battery
negative () post LAST.
Minimum 12 Volt Battery Recommenda-
tions Install a starwasher on the threaded battery post.
Outboard Model Battery Rating Stack cables from the outboard, then cables from
accessories. Finish this connection with a hex nut.
75 90 HP Evinrude 640 CCA (800 MCA), or
E-TEC 800 CCA (1000 MCA)
below 32 F (0 C)
3
Location and Preparation
Proper installation will prevent battery movement
while underway. 2
Secure all batteries in protected locations.
Position battery as close to the outboard as
possible. 1
Battery location must provide access for peri- Marine Style Battery Post DR5103
1. Starwasher
odic maintenance. 2. Hex nut
Use battery mounting trays or battery boxes on 3. Terminal Insulator
all battery installations.
Connections and terminals must be covered IMPORTANT: Do not use wing nuts to fasten
with an insulator. ANY battery cables. Wing nuts can loosen and
Battery connections must be clean and free cause electrical system damage not covered
from corrosion. under warranty.
Read and understand the safety information
supplied with the battery before installation. Tighten all connections securely. Apply Triple-
Guard grease to prevent corrosion.
WARNING
Keep the battery connections clean, tight,
and insulated to prevent their shorting or
arcing and causing an explosion. If the bat-
tery mounting system does not cover the
connections, install protective covers.
Check often to see that connections stay
clean and tight.
34
BOAT RIGGING
Battery Cable Requirements IMPORTANT: Inadequate battery cables can

Evinrude/Johnson outboards are shipped with affect the performance of an outboards high
stranded copper battery cables for typical installa- amperage start circuit and the cranking speed of
tions in which the starting battery is positioned the outboard. DO NOT use aluminum wire cables.
close to the transom. Use ONLY AWG stranded copper wire cables.
Specialized outboard installations with extended

2
length battery cables require an increased wire
size. Refer to the following table.
Models 1 to 10 Ft. 11 to 15 Ft. 16 to 20 Ft.
(.3 to 3 m) (3.4 to 4.6 m) (4.9 to 6.1 m)
75 90 Evinrude E-TEC 4 Gauge 2 Gauge 1 Gauge
Battery Switches and Multiple Secondary

Used as back-up starting battery under abnor-
Batteries mal operating conditions.
A multiple battery setup, including marine battery Red (+) cable connected to battery selector
selector switches, can provide flexibility in single switch.
and dual outboard installations. Secondary battery is charged independently
from primary battery.
Refer to Battery and Switch Wiring Diagrams
on p. 37 for various battery connection options. Accessory
Not used as starting battery.
The battery selection function can be used for Isolated from outboard start function.
emergency starting if a primary battery becomes No red (+) cable connected to battery selector
discharged. switch.
The OFF position of the battery selector switch IMPORTANT: Never connect an external battery
can be used to minimize battery discharge during isolator to the stator of an Evinrude E-TEC out-
periods of non-use. board.
Typical battery functions
Primary
Used as starting battery under normal operating
conditions.
Red (+) cable connected to battery selector
switch.
Primary battery is charged by connection to
main red (+) outboard battery cable.
Dual outboard installations can utilize the oppos-
ing outboard's primary battery as a secondary bat-
tery for emergency starting only.
35
BOAT RIGGING
Battery Switch Requirements Battery Switch Operation

Battery switches must meet the following require- Select the primary battery for normal operation.
ments. Secondary batteries should only be selected for
The switch must be approved for marine use. emergency starting.
The switch must be a make before break ALL or BOTH switch position is for emergency
design to protect the charging system from a starting only.
no-load condition. Provide operator with the documentation sup-
Switch amperage rating should be adequate for plied by the battery switch manufacturer. Make
the outboard it will be used on.
sure that the operator is informed of proper
Use one battery switch for each outboard
battery switch operation.
installed.
Use the appropriate sized wire and terminals for IMPORTANT: The negative () terminals of a
all connections. multiple 12-volt battery installation must be con-
Use AWG stranded copper wire. nected together.
Battery Switch Location 3
Always locate battery switch(s) as close to the
battery(s) as possible.
Locate switch so that it cannot be accidently
bumped or switched.
Refer to the battery switch manufacturers
installation instructions for specific information
related to the installation of switch.
Fasten all battery switches to solid surfaces.
Route wiring as directly as possible.
Support the battery switch as needed to prevent
abrasion.
Use appropriate wiring and connectors.
Seal all connections and terminals with liquid 1 2
neoprene or electrical sealer to prevent corro- 1. Starting battery (primary) DRC7284
sion. 2. Accessory battery (secondary)
3. Cable connecting negative () battery terminals
IMPORTANT: Insulate all battery positive (+)
terminals to prevent shorting.
36
BOAT RIGGING
Battery and Switch Wiring Diagrams

One outboard: Battery disconnect One outboard: One primary starting
battery; one secondary battery
2
S
S
BOTH
ON
1 2
OFF OFF
+ #1 + #1 + #2
PRIMARY
PRIMARY SECONDARY
000135rev1
Two outboards: Two starting batteries for each outboard
#1 #2
S
BOTH BOTH
1 1 2 1 2 2
OFF OFF
+ + #1 + #2 + #2
#1
PRIMARY SECONDARY SECONDARY PRIMARY
Positive (+) Battery cables

Negative () Battery cables 000134rev2
37
BOAT RIGGING
Two outboards: One primary starting battery for each outboard
#1 #2
S
S
BOTH BOTH
1 2 1 2
OFF OFF
+ #1 + #2
PRIMARY PRIMARY
Positive (+) Battery cables

Negative () Battery cables
000086rev2
38
BOAT RIGGING
Fuel System Requirements Fuel System Primer

Outboards require a priming system capable of
Overview refilling the fuel system after periods of non-use.
Fuel systems must meet minimum specifications
to insure the proper delivery of fuel to the out- Primer Bulbs
board. Primer bulbs that meet the outboard's minimum
inside diameter fuel line requirements are used on
2
The guidelines established by the ABYC and U.S. most outboards.
Coast Guard should always be followed.
Permanent fuel tanks must be properly vented Install the primer bulb in the fuel supply hose as
outside of the hull. follows:
Remote fuel tank gas fills must be grounded. The primer bulb should be installed in an acces-
Permanent fuel tank pickups should have the sible location.
correct anti-siphon valve installed to prevent The arrow on the primer bulb must point in the
fuel flow if a leak occurs in the fuel distribution direction of fuel flow.
system. Refer to ABYC Standard H-24. The fuel primer bulb must be positioned in the
fuel supply hose so the primer bulb can be held
Fuel Hose with the arrow pointing up during priming.
All fuel hoses must be designated as fuel hose
and approved for marine use.
Use only fuel lines (or copper tubing) that meet
the outboard minimum I.D. requirement.
USCG Type A1" fuel hose must be used
between permanent fuel tanks and motor well
fittings on inaccessible routings. 1
Use USCG Type B1 for fuel hose routings in
motor well areas.
Permanently installed fuel hoses should be as
short and horizontal as possible.
Use corrosion-resistant metal clamps on perma- 1. Arrow indicates direction of fuel flow 000124
nently installed fuel hoses.
Multi-outboard applications require separate Marine Primer Pump
fuel tank pickups and hoses. (A fuel selector The alternative to a primer bulb is a U.S. Coast
switch may be used for kicker motors as long Guard approved marine primer pump. Electric
as it has enough flow capacity for the larger out- primer pumps offer the convenience of outboard
board.) priming from a dash-mounted momentary switch.
39
BOAT RIGGING
Fuel Filters
Boat-mounted fuel filters and water-separating
fuel filter assemblies must meet the required fuel
flow and filter specification. The filter must be
mounted to a rigid surface above the full level of
the fuel tank and accessible for servicing.
Fuel Filter Assembly, P/N 174176, meets all

requirements for a water-separating fuel filter.
1 2 3
Typical Fuel Supply Configuration DRC6797
1. Primer bulb
2. Water separating fuel filter
3. Anti-siphon valve, in fuel pick-up of tank
IMPORTANT: Avoid using in-line fuel filters.

The filter area and flow characteristics may not be
adequate for high horsepower outboards.
0070
Outboard Fuel System Recommendations

Component 25 HP 130 HP Models 135 HP 250 HP Models
Fuel tank pickup tube 5/16 in. (7.9 mm) min. I.D. 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) min. I.D.
Fuel fittings 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) min. I.D. 9/32 in. (7.1 mm) min. I.D.
Fuel supply hoses 5/16 in. (7.9 mm) min. I.D. 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) min. I.D.
ALL MODELS
Fuel tank pickup screen 100 mesh, 304 grade stainless steel wire, 0.0045 in. wire diameter,
1 in. (25 mm) long
Antisiphon valve 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) Hg maximum pressure drop at 20 gph (76 l/hr)
flow
Remote fuel filter 0.4 in. Hg maximum pressure drop at 20 gph (76 l/hr) flow,
150 in.2 (1290 cm2) of filter area
Maximum fuel pump lift height Fuel pump should not be located more than 30 in. (76.2 cm) above
bottom of fuel tank
40
BOAT RIGGING
Cable and Hose Installation steering positions, and at all possible combina-
tions of outboard positioning.
Before installation, identify all required wiring,
cables, and hoses:
Throttle and shift cables
Modular Wiring System (MWS) harness
Battery cables and switches 2
Fuel supply hose
Primer bulb or primer pump
Determine whether any additional wiring or hoses
will be needed for accessory gauges or batteries:
Speedometer pick-up hose
Water pressure gauge hose
Engine temperature sender wire Typical Small Splash Well DRC7799
Cable and Wire Harness Routing
WARNING
Improper installation and routing of out-
board controls could wear, bind, and dam-
age components, causing loss of control.
Remote control cables, wiring, and hoses must

follow a similar path into the lower motor covers.
Select the best routing possible for the specific
application. Proper remote control cable lengths
are essential. Installations must provide adequate Typical Large Splash Well DRC7797
slack for all cables, wiring, and hoses. Check
clearances of routings at all trim angles, at all
Typical Engine Bracket DRC7798A
41
BOAT RIGGING
Protective Sleeve/Conduit Fuel Hose

Make sure all cables, wiring, and hoses have Route the fuel supply hose with adequate slack to
been identified and fitted to the appropriate allow for the primer bulb to be held with the arrow
lengths. pointing up during use.
Next, locate appropriate shielding to protect the The fuel hose routing could be the only hose
components that route to the outboard. An routed outside of the protective sleeve or conduit.
expandable flexweave sleeve or a flexible con- Electric primers or manual primers may not
duit may be used to bundle the cables together as require this consideration.
they enter the lower motor cover. Route fuel hoses from boat fuel system to out-
board with adequate slack.
All Evinrude/Johnson outboards are shipped with Install the primer bulb with the arrow pointing in
a lower motor cover grommet. the direction of fuel flow to the outboard.
Connect the fuel supply hose from the fuel tank
Battery Cables to the fuel supply line at the outboard.
Evinrude/Johnson outboards are equipped with
premium quality battery cables that should be long IMPORTANT: Do not permanently fasten this
enough for most installations. connection until the boat's fuel system has been
primed.
When routing battery cables, be sure to:
Route cables through the protective sleeve and
to the appropriate location; and
Use the most direct path to route the battery
cables to the battery or battery switch.
42
BOAT RIGGING
Oetiker Clamp Servicing

1
Use Oetiker clamps for making hose connections.
These clamps provide corrosion resistance, mini-
mize the potential for abrasion of rigging compo-
nents, and provide solid, permanent connections.
The selection and installation of an Oetiker clamp

2
is essential in the proper sealing of hose connec-
tions. The clamp identification numbers appear in
millimeters on the side of the clamp, near the top
of the ear. Refer to Oetiker Stainless Steel Step-
less Clamps chart for actual dimensions.
WARNING
DO NOT re-use Oetiker clamps. Fuel leak- 1. Clamp identification numbers 000093
age could contribute to a fire or explosion.

The nominal size of the clamp should be chosen
so that, when it is assembled on the connecting
part, the outside diameter of the hose lies approxi-
mately in the middle of the clamping range of the
clamp.
Oetiker Stainless Steel Stepless Clamps
CLAMP NO. NOMINAL O.D. INCHES MILLIMETERS
Replacement Clamp I.D. Inches MM Open Closed Open Closed

346930 95 3/8 9.5 0.374 0.307 9.5 7.8
348838 105 13/32 10.5 0.413 0.346 10.5 8.8
349516 113 7/16 11.3 0.445 0.378 11.3 9.6
347107 133 1/2 13.3 0.524 0.425 13.3 10.8
347108 138 17/32 13.8 0.543 0.449 13.8 11.3
346931 140 34/64 14 0.551 0.453 14 11.5
346785 145 9/16 14.5 0.571 0.472 14.5 12
346786 157 5/8 15.7 0.618 0.52 15.7 13.2
348839 170 11/16 17 0.669 0.571 17 14.5
346150 185 23/32 18.5 0.728 0.602 18.5 15.3
346151 210 13/16 21 0.827 0.701 21 17.8
346152 256 1 25.6 1.008 0.882 25.6 22.4
346153 301 1 3/16 30.1 1.185 1.063 30.1 26.9
349759 316 1 1/4 31.6 1.244 1.122 31.6 28.4
349729 410 1 5/8 41 1.614 1.492 41 37.9
43
BOAT RIGGING
Clamp Installation Clamp Removal

A constant stress should be applied to close the Method 1: Position Oetiker pincers across clamp
ear clamps. This method ensures a positive stress ear and cut clamp.
on the hose and does not result in excessive com-
pression or expansion of the band material.
IMPORTANT: Use only Oetiker recommended

tools to close Oetiker stepless clamps.
Oetiker pincers are available in the Evinrude/

Johnson Genuine Parts and Accessories Catalog
(P/N 787145).
000108
Method 2: Lift end of stepless clamp with screw-

driver.
DP0886
Position correct size clamp over hose.

Install hose on fitting.
Close clamp ear fully with Oetiker pincers (pli-
ers).
000090
Method 3: Use Oetiker pincers (pliers) to grip

clamp. Pull clamp off of connection and discard.
1 2
1. Open clamp 000092
2. Closed clamp
000091
44
BOAT RIGGING
Control Cable Identification Extend the control cables and lubricate them with
Triple-Guard grease.
IMPORTANT: Control cable function must be
identified before rigging outboard.
Identify each control cable:
Put the control handle into NEUTRAL position. 2
The throttle cable casing guide will retract com-
pletely and the shift cable casing guide will go to
the midpoint of its travel.
30501
1. Shift cable casing guide extended to midpoint DP0811

2. Throttle cable casing guide retracted
45
OUTBOARD INSTALLATION
OUTBOARD Check transom strength and height.
INSTALLATION WARNING
DO NOT install an outboard on a curved or
Hull Preparation irregular surface. Doing so can wear, bind,
Maximum Capacity and damage components, causing loss of
control.
WARNING
Do not overpower the boat by installing an Top Edge of Transom or Bracket
outboard that exceeds the horsepower Transom thickness or off-sets must also be con-
indicated on the boats capacity plate. sidered. The top edge of the transom or bracket
Overpowering could result in loss of con- must provide a proper surface for stern brackets.
trol. The stern brackets must contact the flat surface of
the transom or bracket. Modify moldings or com-
ponents that prevent the stern brackets from rest-
Before installing outboard:
ing against the transom surface. Do not modify
Refer to the boat manufacturer's certification
transom brackets.
label for maximum horsepower rating.
Refer to ABYC Standards to determine the Transom Clearances
maximum horsepower capacity for boats with-
out certification labeling. Make sure the transom and splash well area pro-
vide adequate clearances.
The top edge of the transom should be wide
enough to allow full steering travel. The ABYC
standard for most single outboard installations
is 33 in. (84 cm).
Check cable and hose routing clearances.
Make sure there is clearance for mounting bolts
and washers. Check the inside area of the tran-
som for obstructions prior to drilling holes.
Water Flow
Inspect the hull area directly in front of the mount-
1029A
ing location.
Boat-mounted equipment should not create tur-
Mounting Surface bulence in the water flow directly in front of the
Inspect transom surface prior to drilling mounting outboard's gearcase. Turbulence or disruptions
holes. in the water flow directly in front of the gearcase
The transom should meet ABYC Standards. will affect engine cooling and propeller perfor-
The transom must be flat and cannot have any mance.
protrusions. Avoid locating outboard centerlines within 3 in.
The transom angle should be approximately 14 (76 mm) of bottom strakes on dual-outboard
degrees. installations.
46
Transom Brackets and Jack Plates Transom Measuring and Drilling

When mounting an outboard on boats equipped
with transom brackets or jack plates, refer to the Hull Centerline
manufacturer's recommendations. Locate the centerline of the boat transom as it
Confirm maximum weight and horsepower relates to the hull (bottom) of the boat.
capacities.
Use a straightedge to draw a line connecting the 2
Jack plate assemblies must provide a one-piece
port and starboard chines. The chines should be
mounting surface to support the outboard,
hydraulic unit, and steering system. used as reference points for determining the cen-
terline of the hull.
Use a framing square to accurately place a line on

the transom. The centerline of the hull should be
in line with the keel of the hull and perpendicular
to the midpoint of the line connecting the port and
starboard chines.
DR5704
Mounting Hardware
WARNING
Use all mounting hardware supplied with
the outboard to help ensure a secure
installation. Substituting inferior hardware
can result in loss of control.
1 2 3 4
The required outboard mounting bolts, aluminum 1. Chine DR5568
backing plates, washers, and nuts are used to 2. Strake
3. Keel
attach the outboard to the frame of the shipping 4. Hull centerline
palette.
Dual-Outboard Centerlines
Refer to the outboard's parts catalog for alternate
length mounting bolts or replacement compo- The following table lists standard ABYC centerline
nents. spacing between outboards in dual installations:
Use only Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts or 2 and 3 cylinder 22 in. (559 mm)
parts of equivalent type, strength, and material.
Use the mounting hardware provided with out-
board whenever possible. Some applications may require changes in this
dimension to avoid strakes, to adjust for transom
height, or for performance reasons. Best perfor-
mance can be determined only through testing.
Refer to boat manufacturer for recommendations.
47
If the standard spacing does not allow full steering Transom Heights
travel in a particular installation, it may be neces- Make sure the transom height is consistent with
sary to increase the spacing. the height of the outboard to be installed.
A 19 to 21 in. (48.3 to 53.3 cm) transom height
IMPORTANT: Some steering systems may
uses a 20 in. (50.8 cm) shaft outboard.
require additional spacing. Refer to steering sys-
The shaft length of the outboard being installed
tem manufacturer for recommendations. should come close to matching the transom
The width of the top edge of the transom should height of the boat.
be more than twice the dual-outboard centerline Determine transom height by measuring from the
spacing dimension. Bracket installations may not top edge of the transom, along the centerline.
require this consideration.
For dual-outboard installations, transom height
Measure the transom for dual-outboard spacing should be measured at the outboard centerlines.
after the centerline of the hull is established.
Use a straightedge as a reference to extend the
Divide the spacing dimension by two. Use the bottom of the boat.
resulting number to space the outboard center-
lines from the hull centerline. Position the straightedge along centerline. The
distance from the top edge of the straightedge to
EXAMPLE: A 26 in. (660 mm) dual-outboard the top edge of the transom is the actual transom
spacing would result in two outboard centerlines, height.
each 13 in. (330 mm) from the hull centerline.
1
1. Top edge of transom DR5541

2. Actual transom height
1 2 3
1. Port centerline DRC5527B
2. Hull centerline
3. Starboard centerline
48
Transom Drilling Locations IMPORTANT: DO NOT assume that the top

All models use the standard ABYC 4-Bolt mount- edge of the transom is straight. Position the drill
ing pattern. fixture based on measurements aligning it to the
bottom of the hull.
Transom drill fixture, P/N 434367 or P/N 385368,
may be used as a guide for correct hole place-
ment. If drill fixture is unavailable, refer to Drilling
IMPORTANT: Maintain at least 1.75 in. (45 mm)
of transom surface above the top mounting bolts.
2
and Hardware Diagram on p. 50 for measure-
ments. Make sure that the proposed mounting hole loca-
tions will provide adequate clearance for mounting
Position drill fixture on top of transom or bracket bolts and washers.
and align indicator points with centerline.
Check the inside area of the transom for obstruc-
tions prior to drilling mounting holes.
Check transom height(s) at centerlines prior to
drilling any mounting holes.
Drill four in. (13 mm) mounting holes in the

appropriate locations.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to drill the required holes

perpendicular to transom surface.
Transom drill fixture P/N 434367 (heavy duty) 24496
The indicators are affected by the squareness of

the top edge of the transom. If either side of the
fixture must be raised more than in. (6 mm)
above the transom's top surface to make both
indicators align, the transom must be modified.
49
Drilling and Hardware Diagram

IMPORTANT: This is not a template.
2 1 2
6 7/16" 6 7/16"
2'' (136.5mm) (136.5mm) 2"
(50.8mm)
(50.8mm)
3 3
90
9
5 10 11 12
8" 6 8"
(203.2mm) 7 (203.2mm)
90 8
3 4 15/16" 3
4 15/16"
(125.4mm) (125.4mm)
1
000133m
Quantity
1. Center of Transom 5. Bolt * 4 * Choose from the following bolt sizes:
2. Top of Transom 6. 318272 Plate 2 327053 3 in. (76 mm)
3. 1/2 Bolt Hole Locations 7. 318273 Retainer 2 318573 3 1/2 in. (89 mm)
4. Outside of Transom 8. 319886 Screw 4 313327 4 in. (102 mm)
9. 307238 Washer 2 336676 4 1/2 in. (114 mm)
10. 320248 Washer 4 331578 5 in. (127 mm)
11. 313623 Nut 4 321577 6 in. (152 mm)
12. 318572 Cap 4
50
Lifting the Outboard Fasten appropriate chain hook to eye of tool.

Carefully hoist outboard with chain and unbolt out-
Lifting Fixtures board mounting brackets from frame.
WARNING CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, make sure the lift- If chain hooks or snap hooks are too large, 2
ing capacity of the hoist is at least twice the integrated lifting eye could break. The
the weight of the outboard. outboard could drop suddenly and cause
DO NOT allow the lift hook or chain from serious damage.
the hoist to come in contact with any part
of the engine during lifting. Before Mounting Outboard to Transom
Some rigging components that attach directly to
Remove shipping carton. the outboard should be assembled before the out-
board is mounted to the boat's transom. Steering
Remove any banding material used to secure out- system components and gearcase speedometer
board to shipping palette. The mounting hardware pickup hoses are the most common. Determine
used to attach the outboard to the shipping frame what equipment will be installed prior to mounting
is reused to fasten outboard to boat transom. the outboard to the transom or bracket.
Use correct Lifting Fixture to lift outboard:
Steering Systems
Model Lifting Fixture
Mechanical Cables
2 and 3-Cylinder Evinrude P/N 396748
All Evinrude/Johnson outboards equipped with tilt
E-TEC
tubes are designed to be compatible with
mechanical steering systems that meet ABYC
Position lifting tool on flywheel and seat the three Standard P-17. Single-cable mechanical steering
screws completely. systems can be used on single or dual-outboard
installations if an ABYC-approved steering link is
used.
Dual-cable mechanical steering helps provide firm

1
steering control at high speeds.
2
Extend the output end of the steering cable and
lubricate the inner core of cable prior to installa-
tion.
1. Lifting fixture 002098

2. 1 1/8 in. screws
IMPORTANT: Use only the 1 1/8 in. (short)

screws, P/N 398067, included with the tool to
avoid damage to electronic components under the
flywheel.
ABYC-approved mechanical steering cable. 5873
51
IMPORTANT: Install steering cable through tilt Drag Links

tube before mounting outboard on transom. Install cable wiper nut on tilt tube and connect
Tighten nut securely. drag link to the correct location on the steering
arm. For single motor, single cable applications,
WARNING the drag link should be installed in the rear hole.
DO NOT use cable over pulley steering on
40 HP and larger outboards.
1
Manual Hydraulic Steering
Manual hydraulic steering systems use hydraulic
fluid to transfer motion and load from the helm to 2
the outboard. Hydraulic steering systems offer
certain design advantages that can be beneficial
in some applications.
Use only a hydraulic steering system designed for

the specific application. Refer to the steering sys- 1. Drag link connection 002097
2. Wiper nut
tem manufacturers specifications for recom-
mended applications.
1. Rear Location (D)Steering drag link connection DRC7162

2. Middle Location (P)Power steering connection
(Refer to manufacturers instructions for hydraulic
steering systems.)
3. Front Location (T)Bar connection (multiple out-
board installations)
Typical manual hydraulic steering 000077
Use the correct drag link to allow full steering

IMPORTANT: Some hydraulic steering systems travel:
require additional centerline spacing in dual-out-
board installations. Refer to steering system man- Model Drag Link
ufacturers recommendations and to Dual- 75 90 Evinrude E-TEC P/N 175125
Outboard Centerlines on p. 47.
52
Outboard Mounting Assemble transom mounting plates on mounting

bolts.
Mounting Height
Boat performance depends on outboard mounting Apply sealant around the mounting bolt holes on
height. the outer surface of the transom.
Generally, the anti-ventilation plate of the gear- Install the mounting bolts through the transom 2
case should be in alignment with the bottom of the from the inside of the boat.
hull. Conventional V-hulls often perform well with
the anti-ventilation plate approximately 1 in. (25
mm) above the bottom of the hull.
Boats that exceed 50 MPH may benefit from

higher outboard heights. Consult the boat manu-
facturer for specific outboard mounting height
information for a particular hull.
Test outboard and boat performance at different

heights until the best performance is achieved.
IMPORTANT: Be sure that outboard water pres-

sure is not adversely affected by the mounting
height of the outboard.
DR5536
IMPORTANT: Use a marine sealant rated for
above or below waterline use. RTV silicone is not
approved for below waterline use. Polyurethane Position the square aluminum transom mounting
sealants are not easily removed and may damage plates (when applicable) so the retainer holes are
outboard or boat mounting surfaces when horizontal.
removed. Position hex head of bolt with flats toward holes in
Apply marine sealer under hex heads of bolts, on the mounting plates. Install retainer over hex head
the mounting plates, and to the bolt shanks. of the bolt and secure it with screws provided.
Install all washers and nuts. Torque nuts and bolts

to 40 ft. lbs. (54 Nm).
WARNING
If either side of the transom deforms or
cracks when the bolts are tightened to
their recommended torque, the transom
construction may not be adequate or may
be deteriorated. Structural failure of the
0078A transom could result in loss of boat control
and injury to the occupants.
53
OUTBOARD RIGGING
OUTBOARD RIGGING Place the grommet into position in the lower

engine cover.
CAUTION
To prevent accidental starting while servic-
ing, disconnect the battery cables at the
battery. Twist and remove all spark plug
leads.
Cable, Hose, and Wire Routing

Remove cable retainer from anchor block. Apply a
liberal amount of Triple-Guard grease to both
anchor block pockets. 002104
When grommet is in place and all cables have

been installed, tighten a tie strap around the out-
side of the grommet to form a watertight seal
around the cables.
Control Cable Adjustments

IMPORTANT: DO NOT complete final attach-
1 ment of cables to throttle and shift levers until all
cables, wires, and hoses have been routed and
grommet has been placed into the lower engine
1. Cable retainer 002099 cover.
Move the remote control handle to NEUTRAL and Pull firmly on shift cable casing to remove back-
confirm that throttle is in the IDLE position. lash. With outboard in NEUTRAL, place the cable
trunnion into the lower anchor pocket and adjust
Apply soapy water to the inside surfaces of grom- the trunnion nut so that the casing fits onto the
met and install cables and fuel line as shown: shift lever pin.
1
3
2
1
4
2 5
1. Throttle cable 001998

2. Shift cable 1. Shift lever pin 002100
3. Main wiring harness 2. Trunnion nut
4. Battery cable
5. Fuel line
54
OUTBOARD RIGGING
If there are not enough threads on the shift cable Use long noses pliers to insert straight section
to allow the adjustment, or if the gearcase does of clip into linkage pin hole.
not shift fully into FORWARD or REVERSE, refer
to SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT on p. 265 and
Shift Linkage Adjustment on p. 230.
Pull firmly on throttle cable casing to remove 2

backlash. With engine throttle cam against stop,
place the cable trunnion into the upper anchor
pocket and adjust the trunnion nut so that the cas- 1
ing fits onto the throttle lever pin.
2
1. Straight section DP0818

2 2. Angled section DP0817
Push the clip towards the hole while lifting on

the curved end with the pliers.
Be sure retainer clip fully engages the pin.
Lock the retainer by moving the angled section
1 behind the straight section.
1. Throttle lever pin 002101

2. Trunnion nut
1
1 Locked Retainer Clip DP0817a

1. Angled section behind straight section
Make sure remote control provides accurate throt-

tle and shift operation. Then, install cable retainer
and torque screw 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9 Nm).
1. Throttle stop 005111
Move control handle to FORWARD and pull back

slowly to NEUTRAL. Make sure the engine throttle
lever is against the stop. If not, remove backlash
by adjusting cable trunnion nut.
Secure control cables to the throttle and shift lever
pins. For proper installation, review the following 002103
steps:
Place washer on pin. IMPORTANT: After installation, make sure there
Position retainer clip with straight section on the is enough clearance for all cables to avoid binding
bottom and angled section on the top. or chafing through all engine steering and tilting
angles.
55
OUTBOARD RIGGING
Electrical Harness Connections Arrange connectors in flywheel cover.

Provide sufficient slack at outboard end to permit
steering and tilting of outboard without binding
cables.
Place the wiring harness through notch in lower

motor cover and route to the recess in the fly-
wheel cover. Secure the cable with a tie strap as
shown:
001999
2 Install electrical cover and secure with screws.

1
1. Recess 002011
2. Tie strap
Before installing connectors, check that the seal is

in place. Clean off any dirt from connectors. Apply
a light coat of Electrical Grease to the seal. Push
connectors together until latched.
002102
IMPORTANT: Check to make sure wires are not

pinched and cannot contact flywheel.
Water Pressure Gauge

Fitting and hose for accessory water pressure
1 gauge is connected at top of cylinder block adja-
1. Seal 42079A cent to the pressure relief valve housing.
1. Fitting 002461
56
FUEL AND OIL PRIMING
FUEL AND OIL PRIMING When using alcohol-extended fuels, be aware of

the following:
Fuel Requirements The boats fuel system may have different
requirements regarding the use of alcohol fuels.
WARNING Refer to the boats owner guide.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and

Alcohol attracts and holds moisture that can
cause corrosion of metallic parts in the fuel sys-
2
highly explosive under certain conditions. tem.
Improper handling of fuel could result in Alcohol blended fuel can cause engine perfor-
property damage, serious injury or death. mance problems.
All parts of the fuel system should be inspected
Always turn off the outboard before fuel- frequently and replaced if signs of deterioration
ing. or fuel leakage are found. Inspect at least annu-
Never permit anyone other than an adult to ally.
refill the fuel tank. IMPORTANT: Always use fresh gasoline. Gaso-
Do not fill the fuel tank all the way to the line will oxidize, resulting in loss of octane and vol-
top or fuel may overflow when it expands atile compounds, as well as the production of gum
due to heating by the sun. and varnish deposits which can damage the out-
board.
Remove portable fuel tanks from the boat
before fueling. Additives
Always wipe off any fuel spillage. IMPORTANT: The only fuel additives approved
Do not smoke, allow open flames or for use in Evinrude outboards are 2+4 fuel condi-
sparks, or use electrical devices such as tioner and Evinrude/Johnson Fuel System
cellular phones in the vicinity of a fuel leak Cleaner. Use of other fuel additives can result
or while fueling. in poor performance or engine damage.
Evinrude/Johnson 2+4 Fuel Conditioner will

Minimum Octane help prevent gum and varnish deposits from form-
Evinrude/Johnson outboards are certified to oper- ing in fuel system components and will remove
ate on unleaded automotive gasoline with an moisture from the fuel system. It can be used con-
octane rating equal to or higher than: tinuously and should be used during any period
87 (R+M)/2 AKI, or when the outboard is not being operated on a reg-
90 RON ular basis. Its use will reduce spark plug fouling,
fuel system icing, and fuel system component
Use unleaded gasoline that contains methyl ter-
deterioration.
tiary butyl ether (MTBE) ONLY if the MTBE con-
tent does not exceed 15% by volume. Evinrude/Johnson Fuel System Cleaner will
help keep fuel injectors in optimal operating condi-
Use alcohol-extended fuels ONLY if the alcohol
tion.
content does not exceed:
10% ethanol by volume
5% methanol with 5% cosolvents by volume
57
Fuel System Priming Route fuel supply hose through flexweave sleeve
if necessary. The fuel primer bulb must be acces-
Vent Line Clamp sible.
In compliance with Code of Federal Regulations,
49 CFR 173.220, all outboards utilizing a fuel
vapor separator must be shipped with a vent line
clamp installed. This clamp must be removed prior
to attempting to prime the fuel system or start the
outboard for the first time.
Fuel Primer Bulb Outside of Protective Sleeve 45666
002552 Use the primer to fill the outboards fuel system.
Once the fuel system has filled, pressurize the

IMPORTANT: Failure to remove the clamp may fuel supply hoses by squeezing the fuel primer
cause fuel starvation and poor running qualities. bulb or momentarily activating the boat-mounted
Priming the Fuel System electric fuel primer.
Observe all fuel lines, both in the boat and on the

WARNING outboard. Repair any fuel leaks.
Fuel vapors are highly flammable. Perform
the following procedure in a well ventilated WARNING
area. Extinguish all smoking materials and Failure to check for fuel leaks could allow a
make certain no ignition sources are leak to go undetected, resulting in fire or
present. explosion and may cause personal injury
or property damage.
Insert the fuel supply hose from the fuel tank into a
suitable container. Squeeze the fuel primer bulb or The high-pressure fuel circuits and injectors will
activate the boat-mounted electric fuel primer until prime as the outboard is cranked with the starter.
fuel flows from the fuel hose.
Once fuel flow is observed, connect fuel supply

hose from fuel tank to hose fitting on outboard.
Secure hose with Oetiker clamp.
58
Oil Requirements Powerhead oil programming labels are provided

to identify EMM oil programming. Install the cor-
IMPORTANT: Failure to follow these recom- rect label to alert user to specific oil requirements.
mendations could void the outboard warranty if a
1 2
lubrication-related failure occurs.
Evinrude/Johnson XD100, XD50, or XD30 out-

2
board oil is recommended for use in Evinrude E-
TEC outboards.
Evinrude/Johnson XD100 outboard oil is preferred
for use in Evinrude E-TEC models.
If these oils are not available, you must use an oil

1. Evinrude /Johnson XD30 outboard lubricant (TC-W3) 002507
that meets NMMA TC-W3 certification. YELLOW label
2. Evinrude /Johnson XD100 outboard lubricant (Premium)
Engine Lubricant Below 32F (0C) BLUE label
If the outboard will be operated in temperatures

below freezing (32F, 0C), use Evinrude/Johnson
XD100.
Oil Injection Rate

If the owner desires, the Engine Management 1
Module (EMM) on Evinrude E-TEC models can be
programmed for the exclusive use of XD100,
which will significantly reduce oil consumption.
CAUTION
1. Install correct label 002508
Running an Evinrude E-TEC outboard on
other grades of oil while set to the XD100 SystemCheck Low Oil Warning
oil ratio will result in increased engine
wear and shortened outboard life.
Test
IMPORTANT: Leave oil tank empty until low oil
The TC-W3 OIL control setting allows the out- warning has been tested.
board to be run on TC-W3 outboard lubricant.
Changing to the optional XD100 OIL CONTROL Turn key switch to ON.
setting requires the use of Evinrude XD100 out-
The SystemCheck gauge should initiate a test
board lubricant. Running the outboard in XD100
mode, momentarily sound the warning horn, and
OIL mode can reduce oil consumption by approxi-
illuminate all four indicator lights. The LOW OIL
mately one third. Refer to Oil Control on p. 98.
light should remain illuminated.
Fill the oil tank with the recommended oil.
The LOW OIL light should turn off.
Turn key switch to OFF and install oil fill cap.
59
Oil Supply Priming Break-In Oiling

Follow these steps for initial outboard set-up:
IMPORTANT: DO NOT add oil in the fuel tank
Fill the oil tank with XD100, XD50, or XD30 oil.
on Evinrude E-TEC models.
Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software pro-
gram to confirm that the EMM is programmed The Engine Management Module (EMM) will auto-
for the type of oil being used. matically supply extra oil to the engine during the
Start the outboard and use the oil priming func- first two hours of operation above 2000 RPM.
tion in the software for a minimum of 90 sec-
onds to make sure the system is completely Follow these steps for initial outboard set-up:
primed. Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software pro-
START outboard and run it at IDLE. Use the diag- gram to confirm that the break-in program has
been initiated. Refer to Oil Control on p. 98.
nostic software program to activate Prime Oil.
The oil tank should be filled and the oil level
accurately marked for reference.
Fill the fuel tank with the recommended fuel.
IMPORTANT: The operator must monitor the oil
tank level to confirm oil consumption. This may
require several hours of operation above idle
speed.
Dynamic Tests Screen 005161

1. Prime oil button
IMPORTANT: All clear blue oil distribution

hoses on the powerhead should fill with oil as the
air is purged from the lines. Temporarily discon-
nect the fuel supply hose, which will relieve pres-
sure and help prime the oil-to-fuel hose.
Observe oil flow through the oil distribution hoses.
The oiling system can also be primed using the

Self-Winterizing feature if diagnostic software is
not available. Refer to STORAGE on p. 81.
60
BEFORE START-UP
BEFORE START-UP Trim and Tilt Fluid

Make sure trim and tilt reservoir is full before run-
Gearcase Lubricant ning outboard:
With outboard in vertical position, check the gear- Tilt the motor up and engage the tilt support.
case lubricant level: Remove filler cap and check fluid level.
Remove the lubricant level plug. Lubricant must If necessary, add enough Evinrude/Johnson 2
be even with the bottom of the threaded hole. Biodegradable TNT Fluid to bring fluid level
A clean tie strap can be used as a dip stick if even with bottom of fill cap hole when unit is at
the lubricant level is not obvious. full tilt. Refer to Reservoir Fluid on p. 287.
Add HPF XR gearcase lubricant as needed.
1 1
1. Reservoir cap 004278

1. Gearcase lubricant level 000072
Oil Level
Make sure oil tank contains an adequate supply of
the correct lubricant for the outboard and that the
SystemCheck Low Oil Warning Test test has
been performed.
When starting the outboard for the first time, refer

to Oil Supply Priming on p. 60.
61
RUNNING CHECKS
RUNNING CHECKS Fuel System

Perform running checks of the fuel system by fol-
WARNING lowing these steps:
Squeeze fuel primer bulb until hard or activate
DO NOT run outboard without a water sup- electric primer. Observe all fuel hoses and con-
ply to the outboards cooling system. Cool- nections. Repair any leaks.
ing system and/or powerhead damage Start outboard. Inspect all hoses and connec-
could occur. tions. Repair any leaks or misrouted hoses
immediately.
DANGER Emergency Stop / Key Switch

Check emergency stop function. With outboard
DO NOT run the engine indoors or without running at IDLE, pull safety lanyard from emer-
adequate ventilation or permit exhaust gency stop switch. Outboard must stop immedi-
fumes to accumulate in confined areas. ately.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
which, if inhaled, can cause serious brain Remote Control Operation
damage or death.
Make sure that control can be easily moved into
all gear and throttle settings. Do not shift remote
control when outboard is not running.
DANGER
Contact with a rotating propeller is likely to Start-In-Gear Prevention
result in serious injury or death. Assure
the engine and prop area is clear of people WARNING
and objects before starting engine or oper- Make certain that the starter will not oper-
ating boat. Do not allow anyone near a pro- ate when the outboard is in gear. The start-
peller, even when the engine is off. Blades in-gear prevention feature is required by
can be sharp and the propeller can con- the United States Coast Guard to help pre-
tinue to turn even after the engine is off. vent personal injuries.
SystemCheck Operation Start outboard and shift remote control lever to

Attach emergency stop lanyard. FORWARD.
Turn key switch to ON. Turn outboard OFF while remote control is in
FORWARD.
Observe the SystemCheck self-test function.
Warning horn should sound for 1/2 second and all Attempt restarting the outboard. Outboard should
warning indicator lights should turn on at the same not start.
time, then turn off one at a time.
Pull remote control lever back to NEUTRAL and
restart outboard.
Shift remote control lever to REVERSE. Turn out-
board OFF while remote control is in REVERSE.
Attempt restarting the outboard. Outboard should

not start.
62
RUNNING CHECKS
Tachometer Pulse Setting Operating Temperature

Confirm accuracy of tachometer reading. An outboard run at idle speed should achieve a
Adjust dial on back of tachometer to required temperature based on the engines thermostatic
setting (the outboard should not be running). control. In general, the powerhead temperature
should reach at least 104F (40C) after five min-
Outboard Model Tachometer Setting
utes of idling. Check that the powerhead reaches 2
75 90 Evinrude E-TEC 6 Pulse or 12 Pole idle temperature. Refer to TECHNICAL DATA on
p. 18.
Water Pump Overboard Indicator Idle Speed
A steady stream of water should flow from the Outboard idle speed is essential for proper out-
overboard indicator. board control and shift function. Make certain the
outboard idles within the specified idle RPM
range. If the outboard is run on a flushing device,
the idle speed and quality may not be representa-
tive of actual in water use.
Break-In
When the outboard is delivered, the customer
should be referred to the correct break-in proce-
dure in the Operators Guide.
The Engine Management Module (EMM) on new

Evinrude E-TEC models is programmed to auto-
matically supply extra oil to the engine during the
first few hours of operation above 2000 RPM.
1 The dealer may use the Diagnostic Software pro-
1. Water pump overboard indicator DRC4952 gram to confirm that the break-in program has
been initiated. Refer to Oil Control on p. 98.
63
PROPELLERS
PROPELLERS When selecting a propeller, consider the following:

Use an accurate tachometer to determine the
Propeller Selection engines full-throttle RPM.
The outboard should be trimmed for top speed.
CAUTION Select a propeller that suits the customers
application and allows the engine to run near
Selection of the wrong propeller could the midpoint of the full-throttle operating range
reduce engine service life, affect boat per- when the boat has a normal load.
formance, or cause serious damage to the Occasionally, one propeller will not cover a wide
powerhead. range of boat applications water skiing to
high speed performance boating. In such cases,
it might be necessary to have a propeller for
Water testing with various propeller designs and each situation.
sizes is the best method of propeller selection. Refer to the Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts
and Accessories Catalog for propeller styles
The correct propeller, under normal load condi-
and sizes.
tions, will allow the engine to run near the mid-
Right-hand propellers are considered standard
point of the RPM operating range at full throttle. rotation propellers. When propelling a boat for-
Refer to TECHNICAL DATA on p. 18. ward, the propeller rotates in a right-hand
(clockwise) direction as viewed from the rear.
5
1 Left-hand propellers are considered counter-
rotation propellers. When propelling a boat for-
ward, the propeller rotates in a left-hand (coun-
terclockwise) direction as viewed from the rear.
3
6 7
2
4
1. Percentage of horsepower (kw) DR1261
2. Engine RPM
3. Horsepower curve
4. Full throttle operating range
5. Midpoint of full throttle operating range, horse-
power rating in kilowatts (kw)
6. Engine is overloaded at full throttle 2 1
7. Engine is overspeeding at full throttle
1. Right-hand rotation (clockwise) 000033
IMPORTANT: If the propeller blades have too 2. Left-hand rotation (counterclockwise)
much pitch, the engine will operate below its nor-

mal range at full throttle. Power will be lost, and WARNING
powerhead damage could occur. If the propeller
For dual-outboard installations, always
blades have too little pitch, the engine will operate
check to be sure propellers are installed on
above its normal range and damage from over-
the correct engines before aggressively
speeding could occur.
operating the boat.
64
PROPELLERS
Propeller Hardware Installation

1
WARNING
When servicing the propeller, always shift 2
the outboard to NEUTRAL, turn the key
switch OFF, and twist and remove all spark 3
2
plug leads so the engine cannot be started
accidentally.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to the entire propeller 4

shaft before installing the propeller. Models without cotter pin keeper CO2917
1. Thrust bushing
Install thrust bushing onto propeller shaft with 2. Spacer
shoulder of thrust bushing facing aft. Taper of 3. Cotter pin
4. Propeller Nut
bushing must match taper of propshaft.
Install propeller on propeller shaft by aligning Wedge a block of wood between propeller blade
splines and pushing until seated on the thrust and the anti-ventilation plate.
bushing.
IMPORTANT: Depending on propeller style, dif-

ferent thrust bushings, spacers, and cotter pin
keepers are used. See the Evinrude/Johnson
Genuine Parts book for a complete listing and
descriptions.
Install the spacer, engaging the propeller shaft

splines.
1 001992
2 Install the propeller nut and torque to:

With Keeper 70 to 80 ft. lbs. (95 to 109 Nm)
3 Without Keeper 120 to 144 in. lbs. (13.6 to
16.3 Nm)
4 If cotter pin holes in the propeller nut (Without
Keeper) and propeller shaft are not aligned,
5 tighten the nut until they are in line. Do not loosen.
Models with cotter pin keeper DR4028
1. Thrust Bushing Insert a new cotter pin through the propeller nut
2. Spacer and shaft, or propeller nut keeper and shaft. Bend
3. Propeller Nut
4. Cotter Pin its ends over the nut to secure the assembly.
5. Keeper
IMPORTANT: After fastening propeller nut,
make sure outboard is in NEUTRAL and carefully
spin propeller. Propeller must turn freely and
should not spin off center. If propeller appears to
wobble, check for possible bent propeller shaft.
65
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS Use the trim/tilt switch and trim the outboard IN all
the way.
Tilt Limit Switch Adjustment Rotate the LOWER adjustment tab UP to reduce
the maximum tilt. Rotate the UPPER adjustment
WARNING tab DOWN to increase the maximum tilt position.
If the outboard does not clear all boat parts
when tilted fully or turned side to side,
safety related parts could be damaged in
the course of such outboard movement.
Injuries could result from loss of boat con-
trol.
2
Adjust the tilt limit switch on all new outboard
installations.
1
Check the clearance between outboard(s) and the
boats motor well and transom area. Tilt out- 1. Lower adjustment tab DR4268
board(s) to highest point of clearance and turn the 2. Upper adjustment tab
steering system lock to lock.
Confirm the adjustment by tilting the outboard
If the outboard contacts the boat's motor well fully, using the trim/tilt switch.
when fully tilted, adjust the tilt limit cam to reduce
full-tilt position. Repeat this procedure until the tilt limit switch
stops the outboard's upward travel before it con-
IMPORTANT: The tilt limit cam will not prevent tacts the motor well.
the outboard from overriding the adjustment if the
outboard is tilted manually. To prevent damage to equipment, provide addi-
tional motor well clearance when it is needed.
Consider either changing the outboard mounting
position or modifying the boat if the possibility for
interference and damage exists.
WARNING
Adjusting the tilt limit cam will NOT pre-
vent the outboard from tilting fully and
contacting the motor well if the gearcase
hits an object at high speed. Such contact
could damage the outboard and boat and
DR3916 injure boat occupants.
66
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
Trim Sending Unit Adjustment Observe the trim gauge. If the needle does not
show center position, tilt the outboard up and
Tilt the outboard and engage the tilt support.
adjust the sending unit by pivoting it up or down.
Temporarily install a thrust rod, P/N 436541, in the
number 3 hole.
2
1
1. Needle at center position 000662
29072
Lower the outboard against the thrust rod to check
adjustment. Repeat adjustment, if necessary.
Loosen the sending unit screws, to allow the
After adjustment is correct, tilt the outboard up,
sending unit to pivot.
tighten the two sending unit screws, and remove
the thrust rod.
WARNING
1 When the outboard is returned to the cus-
tomer, the trim limiter rod must be
installed and in the same location as it
was when the motor was brought in for
service. Leaving the trim limiter rod out, or
changing the adjustment, could allow the
motor to unexpectedly trim in too far and
cause loss of control.
1. Screws 27339
Disengage the tilt support. Lower the outboard

against the thrust rod.
67
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
Trim Tab Adjustment

WARNING
1
Improper trim tab adjustment can cause
difficult steering and loss of control.
A propeller will generate steering torque when the

propeller shaft is not running parallel to the waters
surface. The trim tab is adjustable to compensate
for this steering torque. 1. Trim tab screw COA3663
IMPORTANT: A single trim tab adjustment will Test the boat and, if needed, repeat the procedure
relieve steering effort under only one set of speed, until steering effort is as equal as possible.
outboard angle and load conditions. No single
adjustment can relieve steering effort under all Outboards with High Transom Heights
conditions. The trim tab may be above the surface of the
water when the outboard is trimmed out. Steering
WARNING effort might increase. Lower the trim setting to
submerge the trim tab and to reduce steering
To prevent accidental starting while servic- effort.
ing, twist and remove all spark plug leads.
Dual Standard Rotation Outboards
If the boat pulls to the left or right when its load is Move both trim tabs equally and in the same
evenly distributed, adjust the trim tab as follows: direction.
With the remote control in NEUTRAL and the
engine OFF, loosen the trim tab screw. If the Dual Outboards, One Counter and One
boat pulled to the right, move rear of the trim tab Standard Rotation
slightly to the right. If the boat pulled to the left, Set both trim tabs to the center position.
move rear of the trim tab slightly to the left.
Tighten the trim tab screw to a torque of 35 to
40 ft. lbs. (47 to 54 Nm).
68
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
Dual-Outboard Alignment Alignment Adjustment

Dual outboards must be connected with a tie bar Various boat/motor combinations respond differ-
and adjusted to align the outboards for correct ently to dual-outboard alignments. Each applica-
water flow to the gearcases and propellers. tion must be thoroughly tested until the ideal
combination of performance, steering, and cooling
Incorrect outboard alignment could cause one or is found. 2
more of the following: A common practice is to set-up the outboards par-
Propeller ventilation allel, or with a small amount of toe-out, and
Reduction of top speed adjust inward until best results are achieved.
Improper boat tracking A typical set-up with 2-stroke outboards
Engine overheat and powerhead damage mounted directly on the transom often runs best
with a slight amount of toe-in.
Follow the instructions provided by the tie bar Outboards mounted behind the transom on
manufacturer for tie bar installation and adjust- motor brackets usually require parallel align-
ment. ment or toe-out.
Some 4-stroke outboards may perform best
Measure Alignment with a slight amount of toe-out.
The toe-in (gearcase leading edges closer
together than propeller shaft centers) or toe-out Adjust the outboard alignments by adjusting tie
(gearcase leading edges farther apart than propel- bar. Follow the tie bar manufacturers adjustment
ler shaft centers) is determined as follows: procedures.
Position outboards straight with the anti-ventila-
tion plates parallel with the bottom of the boat. Check steering operation. Make sure that the
Measure between propeller shaft centers. steering system operates properly at various trim
angles.
Confirm Alignment
To confirm proper alignment, perform the following
steps:
Water test the boat.
Monitor the water pressure for both outboards.
Run the boat at various trim angles.
Perform steering maneuvers and vary the throt-
tle settings.
6365 Monitor boat and outboard performance.
Measure between leading edges of gearcase. A sudden loss of water pressure or excessive pro-
peller ventilation on one or both outboards may
indicate a misalignment of the gearcases. Reset
the outboard alignment and retest.
6340
69
NOTES
NOTES
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
70
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
SACRIFICIAL ANODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
TESTING PROCEDURE CONTINUITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 3
METALLIC COMPONENT PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
EXTERIOR FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FLUSHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
WATER INTAKE SCREENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SWIVEL BRACKET AND TRAILERING BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
TILT TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
THROTTLE AND SHIFT LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
PROPELLER SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
TRIM AND TILT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
BATTERY AND BATTERY CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FUEL AND OIL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
OIL RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
AIR SILENCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
HOSES AND CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SPARK PLUGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
INDEXING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
FUEL SYSTEM TREATMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
INTERNAL ENGINE TREATMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PRE-SEASON SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
OUTBOARD MOUNTING BOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
BATTERY(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
POWER TRIM AND TILT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
OPERATIONAL CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SUBMERGED ENGINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ENGINE DROPPED OVERBOARD (NOT RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ENGINE DROPPED OVERBOARD (RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ENGINE DROPPED OVERBOARD (IN SALT WATER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
PROLONGED SUBMERSION (FRESH OR SALT WATER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
71
MAINTENANCE
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Routine inspection and maintenance is necessary for all mechanized products. Periodic maintenance
contributes to the products life span. The following chart provides guidelines for outboard inspection and
maintenance to be performed by an authorized Dealer.
IMPORTANT: Outboards used for rental operations, commercial applications, or other high hour use
applications require more frequent inspections and maintenance. Inspection and maintenance should be
adjusted according to operating conditions and use; and environmental conditions.
Engine Every 300 hours
Care Routine or every three
Description Product Inspection years (1)
SystemCheck self-test and warning horn, check 3
Emergency stop circuit and lanyard, check operation 3
Controls, steering and tilting; check operation, lubricate 3
Engine to transom mounting hardware, re-torque (40 ft. lbs.) 3
Fasteners, tighten any loosened components 3
Water intake screens, check condition 3
Cooling system; check water pump indicator / water pressure 3
Anticorrosion anodes, check condition 3
Gearcase, check condition 3
Propeller, check condition 3
(2)
Fuel and oil system components, inspect and repair leaks 3
Check battery connections and condition 3
Access EMM information, resolve any service codes 3
Electrical and ignition wires, inspect for wear or chafing 3
Fuel filter, replace 3
Gearcase lubricant, replace A 3
Spark plugs, inspect or replace (2) 3
(2)
Thermostats, inspect and check operation 3
Grease fittings, lubricate (3) C 3
Power trim/tilt and fluid level, inspect B 3
Propeller shaft splines, inspect and lubricate (3) C 3
Starter pinion shaft, inspect and lubricate (3) D 3
Control cables, inspect and adjust 3
Water pump, inspect / replace (more often if water pressure loss or overheating occurs) 3
(1) Frequency for average recreational use. Commercial use, heavy use or use in salt, brackish or polluted water requires more frequent inspection and
maintenance.
(2) Emission-related component
(3) Annually in salt water applications
A HPF XR Gearcase Lubricant

B Power Trim/Tilt Fluid
C Triple-Guard Grease
D Starter Lube Only P/N 337016
72
MAINTENANCE
ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION
ANTI-CORROSION Testing Procedure Continuity

Connect meter leads between engine ground and
PROTECTION anode surface.
Sacrificial Anodes
Galvanic corrosion occurs in fresh or salt water.
Salt, brackish, and polluted water can accelerate
corrosion. Sacrificial anodes are intended to pro-
tect the underwater metal components of the out-
board from galvanic corrosion.
3
Outboards are equipped with three sacrificial
1
anodes.
1. Meter lead to anode 000677
The multimeter should indicate little or no resis-

tance. If resistance is high, check the following:
Remove the anode and clean the area where
1 3 the anode is installed.
Clean the mounting screws.
Install the anode and do the test again.
2
Metallic Component Protection
Protect metal components on outboards from cor-
rosion. Use the following products to minimize
1. Stern bracket anode DR5082
corrosion.
2. Propeller shaft bearing housing anode Anti-Corrosion Spray provides a heavy, waxy
(inside of gearcase housing)
3. Gearcase housing anode
coating to protect components.
6 in 1 Multi-Purpose Lubricant provides a thin
Visually inspect anodes and metal components film of anti-corrosion protection.
below water level. Erosion of anodes is normal
and indicates the anodes are functioning properly. Exterior Finishes
Maintain the outboards exterior finish to prevent
IMPORTANT: Anodes that are not eroding may corrosion and reduce oxidation.
indicate that the anodes are not properly Use automotive wax to protect the outboards
grounded. Anodes and the mounting screws must exterior finish from oxidation.
be clean and tight for effective corrosion protec-
Clean regularly using clean water and mild
tion.
detergent soap.
For best anode performance: Touch-up damage to painted surfaces promptly.
Replace all anodes that have eroded or disinte-
grated to two-thirds of their original size. The upper and lower motor covers use molded-in
Do not paint or apply protective coatings to color technology. Surface scratches on the covers
anodes or anode fasteners. can be polished out with buffing compound.
Avoid using metal-based antifouling paint on the
Minor scratches can be repaired as follows:
boat or outboard.
Sand the affected area with 800-grit sandpaper.
Wet sand the area with 1200-grit sandpaper.
Polish with a fine grade of buffing compound.
73
MAINTENANCE
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM Thread garden hose into flushing port.
Check the condition of cooling system compo-

nents regularly. The outboard cooling system con-
sists of:
water intake screens;
water pump;
all internal water passages;
thermostat;
all external water hoses and fittings;
vapor separator cooling passages and fittings;
002024
EMM cooling passages and fittings;
overboard water pressure indicator. Shift the outboard to NEUTRAL with the propeller
removed.
Flushing
Flush the outboard with fresh water following each Turn water supply on.
use in brackish, salt, or polluted water to minimize
START outboard. Run it at IDLE only.
the accumulation of scale and silt deposits in cool-
ing system passages. Shut OFF the outboard. Turn off water supply and
remove garden hose.
The outboard can be flushed on the trailer or at
dockside; running or not running. Leave the outboard in VERTICAL (DOWN) posi-
tion long enough for the powerhead to drain com-
IMPORTANT: The outboard must be located in
pletely.
a well ventilated area with appropriate ground
drainage during the flushing procedures. Reinstall propeller.
Keep water inlet pressure between 20 to 40 psi Flushing Outboard Not Running
(140 to 275 kPa). Outboard can be in VERTICAL (DOWN) or
Flushing Outboard Running TILTED (UP) position.
Thread garden hose into flushing port.

WARNING
Prevent injury from contact with rotating Turn water supply ON.
propeller; remove the propeller before Flush outboard for at least five minutes.
flushing.
Turn off water supply and remove garden hose.
Refer to Propeller Hardware Installation on Position outboard in VERTICAL position (DOWN)
p. 65. long enough to allow the powerhead to drain com-
Place outboard in VERTICAL (DOWN) position in pletely.
a well ventilated area.
74
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION
Water Intake Screens LUBRICATION

Inspect condition of water intake screens. Clean
or replace as needed. Steering System
Confirm function of overboard water pressure indi- WARNING
cator.
Failure to regrease as recommended
could result in steering system corrosion.
Corrosion can affect steering effort, mak-
2
ing operator control difficult. 3
1 Grease the stainless steel output end of the steer-
ing cable with Triple-Guard grease.
Use an appropriate cleaning solvent to remove

corrosion and dirt from output end of cable prior to
coating it with grease. Make sure wiper nut is
TYPICAL dsc02220a
1. Water intake screen installed and not damaged.
drc4952arev
2. Overboard water pressure
Additional Maintenance
Confirm function of SystemCheck engine moni-
tor.
Check operation or visually inspect thermostat
and pressure relief valve. Clean or replace as
needed. 2
Check that all water passages, hoses, and fit- 1
tings for both the EMM and the vapor separator
flow water freely.
Replace water pump. 1. Steering cable DR29546
2. Wiper nut
75
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION
Swivel Bracket and Trailering Throttle and Shift Linkage

Bracket Disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
Lubricate the swivel bracket with Triple-Guard Remove clips and washers from throttle and shift
grease. lever pins. Carefully, remove throttle and shift
Apply grease until the grease begins to flow from cable casing guides from pins.
the upper or lower swivel bracket areas.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disturb cable trunnion
Coat the pivot points of the trailering bracket with adjustments.
Triple-Guard grease.
Shift remote control into FULL THROTTLE/
REVERSE position to fully extend the plastic cas-
ing guides.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to:

1 Cable attachment pins of both the throttle and
shift levers.
Brass inner casings of both the throttle and shift
2 3 cables.
1. Grease fitting DR5073

2. Pivot points
3. Lower swivel bracket area
1 2
Tilt Tube
Lubricate the tilt tube grease fittings with Triple-
Guard grease.
1. Attachment pins, throttle and shift cables 002214

2. Brass inner casings, throttle and shift cables
Shift the remote control to the NEUTRAL/IDLE

position.
Install control cables on shift and throttle lever

pins and secure with washers and clips.
1 1
Confirm proper throttle and shift function.
1. Tilt tube fittings DR38798
76
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION
Propeller Shaft Examine drained lubricant for excessive metal

fragments and for any indication of water in oil
Debris from the water can become lodged around
(cloudy or milky appearance). Lubricant that is
propeller shaft. Frequent inspection can minimize
black in color with a burnt odor indicates worn,
potential gearcase damage.
overheated oil. Pressure and vacuum check gear-
WARNING cases with apparent leaks. Repair all leaks.
When servicing the propeller, always shift Refer to the INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
the outboard to NEUTRAL, turn the key SCHEDULE on p. 72 for service frequency and
switch OFF, and disconnect the battery recommended lubricants. 3
cables at the battery. Refer to LUBRICANT on p. 258 for complete
gearcase lubricant filling procedures.
Remove propeller. Refer to Propeller Hardware
Installation on p. 65.
3
Inspect bushing and blade surfaces. Replace
damaged or worn propellers. 1
Clean propeller shaft. Inspect propeller shaft
seals. Replace damaged or worn seals.
2
Apply Triple-Guard grease to entire length of pro-
peller shaft prior to installing propeller.
1. Magnetic level and drain/fill plugs DR33681
Reinstall propeller hardware and propeller. 2. Drain/fill hole
3. Lubricant level hole
Gearcase Lubricant
Refill the gearcase with HPF XR Gearcase Lubri-
IMPORTANT: Always check the fill level of the cant.
gearcase lubricant prior to removing drain/fill plug.
A tie strap can be used to check lubricant level. If HPF XR Gearcase Lubricant is not available, Hi-
Vis gearcase lubricant can be used as an alterna-
tive; however, long term durability may be affected
with continued use.
IMPORTANT: The recommended gear lubri-

cants include special additives for marine applica-
tions. Do not use any automotive gear lubricants,
2-stroke or 4-stroke engine oil, or any other oil or
grease for gearcase applications.
1
1. Tie strap 000072
77
MAINTENANCE
BATTERY AND BATTERY CONNECTIONS
Trim and Tilt BATTERY AND BATTERY

Position outboard in FULL TILT (UP) position.
Engage the tilt support bracket. CONNECTIONS
Check battery connections frequently. Periodically
remove battery to clean and service connections.
WARNING
Battery electrolyte is acidichandle with
care. If electrolyte contacts any part of the
body, immediately flush with water and
1 seek medical attention.
Confirm that battery meets the minimum engine

1. Tilt support bracket DR5071 requirements.
Connections must be clean and tight.
Inspect for fluid leaks. Repair all leaks. Note all wiring connections prior to disassembly.
Remove the fill cap and check fluid level. The fluid Disconnect battery negative () cable first and the
level must be even with bottom of the reservoir fill battery positive (+) cable last.
cap hole.
Clean all terminals, battery posts, and connectors
with a solution of baking soda and water. Use a
wire brush or battery terminal tool to remove cor-
rosion buildup. Rinse and clean all surfaces.
Reinstall battery and tighten connections securely.

1
Refer to Battery Installation on p. 34.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT secure battery cables

with wing nuts.
Coat all connections with Triple-Guard grease and

insulate to prevent shorts or spark arcing.
WARNING
Add Biodegradable TNT Fluid, as needed, to bring
level to the bottom of the fill plug threads. Keep battery connections clean, tight, and
insulated to prevent their shorting or arc-
Install the reservoir fill cap. ing and causing an explosion. If the bat-
tery mounting system does not cover the
WARNING connections, install covers.
Correct fluid level must be maintained to
ensure operation of the impact protection
built into the unit.
78
MAINTENANCE
FUEL AND OIL SYSTEMS
FUEL AND OIL SYSTEMS Air Silencer

The air silencer on Evinrude outboards minimizes
Routine replacement of filters reduces the possi-
audible noise related to air flow into the engine.
bility of foreign material restricting the incoming
fuel supplies.
Replacement filter elements are available through

Evinrude/Johnson Genuine Parts.
Fuel Filter 3
Evinrude E-TEC outboards are equipped with an
in line fuel filter.
002158
Routine cleaning of the air silencer is recom-

1 mended to remove any accumulation of debris.
Hoses and Connections

Check condition of all hoses and connections
related to both the fuel and oil systems.
1. Fuel filter 002145 Visually inspect all components.
Observe all clamps, hoses, and connections
Oil Reservoir while outboard is running.
Replace all damaged components.
Perform visual inspections to identify oiling system
Repair all leaks.
leaks. Make certain the oil tank is filled and oil
supply is not contaminated. WARNING
Failure to check for fuel leakage could
allow a leak to go undetected, resulting in
fire or explosion.
79
MAINTENANCE
SPARK PLUGS
SPARK PLUGS Apply Triple-Guard grease to the gasket surface

of the spark plugs. Install all spark plugs and
Spark plugs should be removed and examined tighten them to a torque of 15 ft. lbs. (20 Nm).
periodically. Replace worn, fouled or damaged
spark plugs. If the mark is in unshaded area do not tighten any-
more.
Use only recommended spark plugs with the cor-
rect gap setting.
Spark Plug, Champion 1 2
QC12PEPB @ 0.030 0.003 in. (0.76 mm)
Remove spark plugs and inspect condition.

Set spark plug gap on new, replacement spark
plugs.
Mark spark plugs for ground electrode orienta-
tion.
Apply Electrical Grease to the ribbed portion of Spark Plug Indexing Diagram 002106
the spark plug ceramic and to the opening of 1. Unshaded area
2. Shaded area
the spark plug cover to prevent corrosion.
Install spark plugs using indexing procedure. If the mark is in the shaded area, reset torque
wrench to 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm) and continue to turn
Indexing until the mark is in the unshaded area.
Spark plug indexing positions the ground elec-
trode of the spark plug opposite the fuel injector If the mark does not reach the unshaded area
nozzle. before the torque of 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm) is reached,
the spark plug cannot be indexed for that cylinder.
Put an ink mark on the ceramic of the spark plug Try another spark plug and repeat the steps
that is in line with the OPEN side of the ground above.
electrode. This mark will be used to orient the
spark plug with the OPEN side of the ground elec-
trode facing the fuel injector.
1. Ink mark 000758

2. Open side
80
MAINTENANCE
STORAGE
STORAGE Software Control Method

Winterization can also be run using the Evinrude
IMPORTANT: DO NOT start outboard without a Diagnostics software program. With the outboard
water supply to the outboards cooling system. running, start the process at the Settings/Adjust-
Cooling system and/or powerhead damage could ments screen and follow the instructions.
occur.
Fuel System Treatment

Stabilize the boats fuel supply with Evinrude/ 3
Johnson 2+4 Fuel Conditioner following the
instructions on the container.
1
Internal Engine Treatment
Remove the propeller, attach garden hose to
flushing port and turn on water.
Evinrude E-TEC models are designed to be self-

winterizing using either of the following methods: 1. Winterization start button 006306
IMPORTANT: If outboard runs above FAST

IDLE speed, turn outboard OFF immediately and
perform the procedure again.
Remote Control Method

Shift outboard into NEUTRAL position. Advance
throttle control to 1/2 throttle (50%) position and
start the outboard. The outboard will run at IDLE
speed (SystemCheck lights will illuminate). 005149
After approximately 15 seconds (SystemCheck

lights will go off) move throttle control to IDLE After the outboard shuts itself off, turn key switch
position (SystemCheck lights will illuminate OFF, then detach garden hose.
again). Run the outboard with throttle control in IMPORTANT: When finished, leave the out-
IDLE position for another 15 seconds (System- board in vertical position long enough to com-
Check lights will go off). pletely drain the powerhead.
Next, with outboard still in NEUTRAL, advance
throttle control to FULL (100%) throttle position
(SystemCheck lights will flash). The outboard
will automatically go to FAST IDLE speed and
begin internal fogging/lubrication.
Allow outboard to run until it automatically shuts
off (approximately 60 seconds). Turn key switch
to OFF position.
81
MAINTENANCE
PRE-SEASON SERVICE
Additional Recommendations PRE-SEASON SERVICE

Top off oil reservoir.
inspect the fuel filter. If there is debris in the fuel If outboard was removed from boat for storage,
filter, it must be replaced. make certain it has been reinstalled with factory
specified hardware. Refer to INSTALLATION
Replace gearcase lubricant.
AND PREDELIVERY section for proper set-up
Remove and inspect propeller.
procedures.
Clean and grease propeller shaft.
Blow water from gearcase speedometer pickup Outboard Mounting Bolts
system (gearcase speedometer models only). Check and re-torque outboard mounting bolts
Lubricate all grease fittings and linkages. and nuts to 40 ft. lbs. (54 Nm).
Inspect outboard, steering system, and con-
trols. Replace all damaged and worn compo- Gearcase Lubricant
nents. (Refer to manufacturers and lubrication Check the lubricant level.
recommendations). Inspect gearcase for leaks. If leak is apparent,
Touch up painted surfaces as needed. Coat pressure and vacuum test gearcase.
outer painted surfaces with automotive wax. Repair gearcase as needed.
Remove battery(s) from boat. Store in a cool,
dry location. Periodically charge battery(s) while Battery(s)
stored. (Refer to manufacturers maintenance Replace batteries that cannot be charged.
recommendations when servicing batteries.)
Store outboard in upright (vertical) position. Power Trim and Tilt
Check for fuel leakage. Remove filler cap and check fluid level.
Inspect the power trim and tilt unit for leaks.
WARNING
Repair as needed.
allow a leak to go undetected, resulting in Operational Checks
fire or explosion. Steering system
Remote controls
SystemCheck gauge
All other accessories and instrumentation
Check Oil Injection Tank

Inspect the oil tank for leaks.
Check Fuel System
Inspect entire fuel system for leaks prior to start-
ing outboard.
Repair all leaks.
Water Pump
Confirm that a steady stream of water flows
from overboard indicator.
WARNING
allow a leak to go undetected, resulting in
fire or explosion.
82
MAINTENANCE
SUBMERGED ENGINES
SUBMERGED ENGINES Prime fuel and oil systems. Refer to FUEL AND
OIL PRIMING on p. 57. Make sure all oil injection
Once an outboard has been submerged in fresh hoses are clean and filled with oil.
or salt water, it must be serviced within three (3)
hours of recovery. Immediate service can mini- Make sure high pressure fuel system does not
mize the corrosive affect that air has on the pol- contain water. Flush as needed.
ished surfaces of the crankshaft, connecting rods, Inject a small amount of outboard lubricant into
and internal powerhead bearings. spark plug holes and install new spark plugs.
IMPORTANT: If outboard cannot be started or Refer to Spark Plug Indexing on p. 144.
3
serviced immediately, it should be resubmerged in Reinstall all removed or disconnected parts.
fresh water to avoid exposure to the atmosphere.
Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software program
Engine Dropped Overboard to:
(Not Running) Initiate Break-in.
Check fuel pump operation.
Disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
Check injector operation (fuel and oil).
Rinse powerhead with clean water. Check timing (once outboard is running at full
operating temperature).
Remove spark plug leads and spark plugs.
Run outboard below 1500 RPM for one-half hour.
Place outboard in horizontal position (cylinder
heads down). Slowly rotate flywheel in a clock- Engine Dropped Overboard
wise rotation to work all water out of powerhead.
(Running)
IMPORTANT: If sand or silt may have entered Follow the same procedures as Engine Dropped
the outboard, DO NOT attempt to start the it. Dis- Overboard (Not Running). However, if there is
assemble and clean. any binding when the flywheel is rotated, it may
indicate a bent connecting rod and no attempt
Disassemble all electrical connectors. Clean con- should be made to start the outboard. Powerhead
nectors and terminals, and treat with water dis- must be disassembled and serviced immediately.
placing electrical spray. Apply Electrical Grease to
terminals prior to reassembly. Coat all exposed Engine Dropped Overboard
solenoid terminals and engine grounds with Black
Neoprene Dip. (In Salt Water)
Follow the same procedures used for Engine
Clean and inspect all electrical components. Dropped Overboard (Not Running) and Engine
Replace damaged or corroded components prior Dropped Overboard (Running). Disassemble
to returning the outboard to service. Electric start- and clean outboards that have been submerged in
ers should be disassembled, cleaned, flushed salt water for prolonged periods of time. Clean or
with clean water, and treated with water displacing replace electrical components as necessary.
electrical spray prior to reassembly.
Disconnect fuel supply hose from outboard. Drain

Prolonged Submersion
and clean all fuel hoses, filters, and fuel tanks. (Fresh or Salt Water)
Outboards that have been dropped overboard and
Drain and clean oil tank and oil injection hoses. not recovered immediately, must be serviced
Refill fuel tank with fresh fuel and oil tank with rec- within three hours of recovery. Follow the same
ommended oil. procedures used for Engine Dropped Overboard
(Not Running) and Engine Dropped Overboard
(Running).
83
MAINTENANCE
NOTES
NOTES
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
84
ENGINE MANAGEMENT MODULE (EMM)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
EMM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
EMM CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SENSORS AND FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
INTERNAL SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
EXTERNAL SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
INTERNAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
EMM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4
S.A.F.E. WARNING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
ACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
RECOVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SHUTDOWN MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
EMM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LED INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PROGRAM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SERVICE CODES (FAULTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
STATIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
DYNAMIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
OIL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
STARTER MODE (TILLER/REMOTE PROGRAMMING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TIMING VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TPS CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
IDLE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FUEL INJECTOR SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FUEL CONTROL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
SOFTWARE REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
EMM TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
SYSTEMCHECK ENGINE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
SYSTEM SELF-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
SERVICE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ENGINE RUNNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
85
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION EMM Connections

The Engine Management Module (EMM) is a IMPORTANT: EMM connections and wiring
water-cooled microprocessor. It controls numer- must be clean and tight. Improper electrical con-
ous outboard systems including alternator output nections can damage the EMM. DO NOT attempt
for the 12 V and 55 V circuits. The stator provides to run the outboard with loose or disconnected
the EMM with voltage inputs that are essential to wiring.
alternator output.
Make sure EMM connections are clean and tight.
This section discusses the functions of the EMM Engine wire harness to EMM connectors; J1-A,
and the various internal and external sensors. The J1-B, J2
process for retrieving service codes stored in the Stator to EMM connections; one 6-pin AMP and
EMM during engine operation is also presented. J2 connector.
The EMM Service Code Chart located at the back
of this manual can be used to reference service
code information. 1
EMM Functions
The EMM controls the following processes and
functions: 2
Fuel and ignition timing and duration
Ignition system primary voltage output
Fuel injector activation
Oil injector pump activation 3
Electric fuel pump control
Alternator output; 55 V and 12 V 1. J1-A connector 002424
Idle speed control 2. J1-B connector
3. J2 connector
RPM limiter
Electrical circuit monitoring
Service codes and warning system activation
ROM verification, self-test
Choke-less cold starting
Output of real-time diagnostic data
Tachometer signal
RPM profile and engine hours
Oiling ratios
86
SENSORS AND FUNCTIONS
SENSORS AND Sensor indicates less than -71F (-57.4C) or

greater than 314F (156.9C) a sensor circuit fault
FUNCTIONS is detected and the EMM:
Stores a service code 23
Sensor inputs and internal EMM controllers are
used to control outboard operation. Use the Initiates EMM NO OIL/OVERHEAT LED
Evinrude Diagnostics Software program to trou-
bleshoot the sensors. Refer to Evinrude EMM 55 V Circuit Sensor
Service Code Chart at back of manual for com- Monitors the EMMs 55 V alternator circuit.
plete list of all engine fault codes.
If system voltage exceeds 57 volts, the EMM:
Internal Sensors Activates S.A.F.E.
Internal sensors are NOT serviceable. Repro-
gramming or replacement may be required to
Stores a service code 18 4
Initiates EMM CHARGING FAULT LED
resolve EMM related issues.
Initiates the SystemCheck
EMM Temperature Sensor CHECK ENGINE light
Monitors the temperature of the fuel injector driver
circuits. If system voltage is below 45 volts with outboard
running 500 to 1000 RPM or is below 52 volts with
If the EMM temperature exceeds 176F (80C) or outboard running above 1000 RPM, the EMM:
the circuit fails, the EMM:
Activates S.A.F.E.
Activates S.A.F.E.
Initiates EMM CHARGING FAULT LED
Initiates EMM NO OIL/OVERHEAT LED
Initiates the SystemCheck TEMP/HOT light CHECK ENGINE light
If EMM temperature exceeds 212F (100C) or 12 V Circuit Sensor

the circuit fails, the EMM:
Monitors the EMMs 12 V alternator circuit.
Activates SHUTDOWN
Stores a service code 29 If battery voltage exceeds 15.5 volts, the EMM:
Flashes EMM NO OIL/OVERHEAT LED Stores a service code 27
Flashes SystemCheck TEMP/HOT light Initiates EMM CHARGING FAULT LED
IMPORTANT: The outboard will not restart until If battery voltage is below 12 volts with outboard
the engine cools and the EMM temperature running 500 to 2000 RPM OR is below 12.5 volts
returns to normal. Refer to SHUTDOWN MODE with outboard running above 2000 RPM, the
on p. 92. EMM:
If EMM temperature is less than -22F (-30C) or Stores a service code 26

the circuit fails, the EMM: Initiates EMM CHARGING FAULT LED

Initiates EMM NO OIL/OVERHEAT LED
87
Barometric Pressure Sensor Engine Temperature Sensor

Supplies the EMM with barometric pressure read- Monitors temperature at the top of cylinder head.
ing to compensate for changes in altitude and air The sensor is a negative temperature coefficient
density. thermistor (NTC). It provides engine temperature
information to the EMM. The EMM uses this infor-
If the BP sensor is out of the expected range mation to control engine operation and to activate
(below 13.3 KPa or above 119.0 KPa), or the sen- the overheat warning system.
sor or circuit fails, the EMM:
If engine temperature exceeds 212F (100C), the
EMM:
Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED
Activates S.A.F.E.
If the BP sensor is below expected range (below Stores a service code 43
70 KPa), the EMM: (engine temperature above expected range)
Initiates EMM NO OIL / OVERHEAT LED
Initiates SystemCheck TEMP/HOT light
If engine temperature exceeds 248F (120C), the

If the BP sensor is above expected range (above EMM:
105 KPa), the EMM:
Activates SHUTDOWN
Flashes EMM NO OIL / OVERHEAT LED
Flashes SystemCheck TEMP/HOT light
External Sensors
The EMM provides a 5 V DC signal for sensor cir- The outboard will not restart, after a temperature
cuits. It monitors all sensor voltage inputs and related SHUTDOWN, until the engine temperature
compares them to predetermined acceptable returns to normal. Refer to SHUTDOWN MODE
ranges. Inputs that fall outside of the acceptable on p. 92.
range initiate service codes.
If sensor values are below -15F (-26.1C) or
Air Temperature Sensor above 331F (166.5C), the EMM:
Monitors the air temperature at the throttle body. Stores a service code 41
The air temperature sensor is a negative tempera-
ture coefficient (NTC) thermistor. As temperature
increases, the resistance of the sensor decreases
resulting in a lower voltage reading at the EMM. If sensor values are below -4F (-20C), the EMM:
Temperature decreases result in a resistance Stores a service code 42
increase and a higher voltage reading at the (engine temperature below expected range)
EMM.
If the AT sensor voltage is out of the expected
range, or the sensor or circuit fails, the EMM: If engine does not reach operating temperature
Stores a service code 47 (104F / 40C below 2300 RPM), the EMM:
Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED Stores a service code 58
(engine not reaching operating temperature)
88
Oil Pressure Switch If the TPS sensor circuit indicates above 4.85
The oil pressure switch monitors oil pressure in volts, the EMM:
the oil distribution manifold. The switch requires Stores a service code 14
approximately 7 psi (48 kPa) (nominal) to close. Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED
If the switch fails to indicate pressure in the oil dis-
tribution manifold, the EMM: If the TPS sensor circuit indicates above 0.65
volts when the key is turned to the ON position,
Activates S.A.F.E.
the EMM:
Initiates EMM NO OIL / OVERHEAT LED Initiates a service code 11
Initiates the SystemCheck NO OIL light
If the outboard is started, the code is stored.
If the switch indicates constant pressure (no
4
If code 11 is present as both a Hard Fault and a
changes) in oil distribution manifold, the EMM: Stored Fault, refer to Control Cable Adjust-
Stores a service code 32 ments on p. 54.
Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED Crankshaft Position Sensor
The CPS is a magnetic device. It is mounted in
Throttle Position Sensor the throttle body, adjacent to the flywheel.
The throttle position sensor is a rotary potentiome-
ter connected to the throttle plate shaft. The sen- Encoder rib spacing on the flywheel coincides with
sor receives a voltage signal from the EMM. As crankshaft position. As the encoder ribs of the fly-
the throttle lever is rotated, the EMM receives a wheel pass the magnetic field of the CPS, an AC
return voltage signal through a second wire. This voltage signal is generated. The EMM uses this
signal increases as the TPS lever is advanced. A signal to identify crankshaft position and speed,
third wire provides a ground circuit back to the generate a tachometer signal, and control fuel and
EMM. ignition timing.
Refer to TPS Calibration on p. 143. If the sensor is damaged or the signal is intermit-
tent (10 instances), the EMM:
If the TPS sensor or circuit fails (below 0.15 volts
or above 4.95 volts), the EMM:
Limits engine RPM to IDLE Approximate air gap between CPS and flywheel
Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED encoder ribs is .073 (1.85 mm).
CHECK ENGINE light Use the engine Monitor screen of the Evinrude
Diagnostics Software program to check CPS
operation. The outboard should indicate an RPM
IMPORTANT: Once a TPS circuit fault has been reading while cranking. If the CPS or its circuit
detected, the outboard will not accelerate above fails, no RPM reading will be generated and the
idle speed. To reset, stop the outboard and correct outboard cannot run.
the fault.
If the TPS sensor circuit indicates below 0.2 volts,

the EMM:
89
Neutral Switch RPM Limiter

The powerhead mounted neutral switch provides This feature of EMM programming prevents
a ground signal for the EMM to indicate shift link- engine damage due to excessive RPM. At 6250
age position. This allows the EMM to control idle RPM, fuel and ignition to the cylinders is shut off.
speed variations for NEUTRAL or IN GEAR. Addi- Normal engine operation resumes when engine
tionally, tiller models use the switch for start in RPM returns to the specified range.
gear protection. Fuel and ignition functions are
turned off on tiller models if the neutral switch is Neutral RPM Limiter
not activated. This feature of EMM programming prevents
engine damage due to excessive RPM if acceler-
If the switch is not functioning properly, the EMM: ated in NEUTRAL. Neutral engine speed is limited
Stores a service code 19 (tiller models only) to 1800 RPM.
Initiates EMM SENSOR FAULT LED Shutdown, Code 57
(Starting Mode only)
This feature of EMM programming monitors
engine operation for abnormally high RPM with a
The engine Monitor screen of the diagnostic pro- low TPS position. If this condition is detected, the
gram displays switch position, NEUTRAL or IN EMM:
GEAR. Make sure switch is operating properly.
Activates SHUTDOWN
Internal Functions Stores a service code 57
Flashes EMM SENSOR FAULT LED
ROM Verification
Flashes SystemCheck CHECK ENGINE light
The EMM runs through a self-test of programming
every time it is turned ON. Service code 15 indi-
cates a programming (software) issue. Repro- IMPORTANT: The outboard will not restart until
gram the EMM with the correct software program the service code is cleared. Refer to SHUTDOWN
to resolve. MODE on p. 92.
Idle Controller Fault Codes

The idle controller reacts to engine operating con- Refer to Evinrude EMM Service Code Chart at
ditions. Fuel and ignition timings are altered to back of manual for complete list of all engine fault
maintain a specific RPM when engine is cold or codes.
warm. The controller is inactive when TPS is
advanced from idle position.
90
EMM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS DIAGRAM
EMM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS DIAGRAM

9 8 7 4 5 6
3
123
AB C
A B
1 2
1 2
4
INPUTS
J1-A
J1-B
+ 1
2
3
4
2
16
J2 1
OUTPUTS
2 1
15
11 10
14 13 12
002043
1. Engine Management Module (EMM) 7. Air Temperature Sensor (AT) 13. Fuel Injector
2. Battery (12 volt) 8. Oil Pressure Switch (component of 11) 14. Tachometer/SystemCheck Gauge
3. Stator 9. Engine Temperature Sensor 15. Diagnostic Connector
4. Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) 10. Fuel Pump (high pressure) 16. LED Indicators
5. Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) 11. Oil Injection Pump and Manifold
6. Neutral Switch 12. Ignition Coil
91
S.A.F.E. WARNING SYSTEM
S.A.F.E. WARNING SHUTDOWN MODE

SYSTEM Outboard shutdown will occur if specific faults
are detected by the EMM.
The EMM activates S.A.F.E. (Speed Adjusting
Failsafe Electronics) and the dash-mounted Sys- Conditions that initiate shutdown
temCheck gauge and horn to alert the operator of Code 29 Excessive EMM temperature
abnormal operating conditions and to prevent
Code 31 Excessive engine temperature
engine damage that could result from:
Code 33 Excessive no oil condition
Loss of oil flow
Engine overheat Code 57 High RPM with low TPS setting
Excessive EMM temperature
Excessive or reduced alternator output To recover from shutdown mode, the EMM must
not detect the related fault at start-up.
IMPORTANT: The LOW Oil sender is not moni-
tored by the EMM. This sender connects directly WARNING
to the SystemCheck gauge.
If the engine shuts OFF and the CHECK
ENGINE or CHK ENG or EMM SENSOR
Activation FAULT LED light is flashing, the engine
When a sensor or switch provides the EMM with a cannot be restarted. A hazardous fuel con-
specific fault signal, it responds by interrupting dition may exist which could potentially
fuel injector and ignition operation. This results in result in a fire or explosion.
a gradual reduction in engine RPM until the
engine speed reaches 1200 RPM. The warning
horn sounds and the appropriate SystemCheck IMPORTANT: Shutdown related to code 57
light turns on. As long as S.A.F.E. is activated, the requires the removal of the stored service code.
engine will run normally below 1200 RPM. Above Use the diagnostic software program to erase a
1200 RPM, the engine will vibrate excessively. code 57.
Conditions that initiate S.A.F.E. Code 57 occurs when the EMM detects abnor-
mally high RPM relative to the TPS position. This
Code 17 Alternator 55 V below expected range condition could be caused by uncontrolled fuel
Code 18 Alternator 55 V above expected range entering the combustion cycle. Before removing
Code 25 EMM temperature above expected the code and STARTING the outboard, seek out
range and repair the cause.
Code 34 Oil injector open circuit Perform Fuel System Pressure Test on
Code 38 No oil pressure feedback p. 165. Seek out possible external fuel leakage
that could allow fuel and/or vapor to enter the
Code 43 Engine temperature sensor above
combustion cycle through the air intake (air
expected range
silencer).
Seek out possible internal fuel leakage from a
Recovery leaking injector and/or vapor separator vent
The engine will operate in S.A.F.E. as long as the hose.
fault condition exists. To recover from S.A.F.E.,
two conditions must be satisfied: sensor or switch
parameters must be back within limits; and engine
RPM must be reduced to idle. The system will
immediately recover and engine operation will
return to normal.
92
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
EMM DIAGNOSTICS Running Mode

LED 1 Low charging output, CHARGING
LED Indicators FAULT. For LIGHT ON, investigate possible fault
The EMM has LED indicators located next to the codes:
electrical connectors that provide information Code 17 system voltage (55 V) below range
related to various electrical circuits. Code 18 system voltage (55 V) above range
Code 26 low battery (12 V) voltage
Code 27 high battery (12 V) voltage
1 LED 2 Damaged injector circuit, ignition primary
2 circuit, or fuel pump circuit, INJECTOR/IGNITION
FAULT. For LIGHT ON, investigate possible fault
codes: 4
Code 51 cylinder no. 1 injector circuit open
Code 61 cylinder no. 1 injector circuit short
EMM Diagram
1. LED indicators
002344 Code 62 cylinder no. 2 injector circuit short
2. Electrical connectors Code 63 cylinder no. 3 injector circuit short
Code 81 no. 1 ignition primary circuit open
Starting Mode Code 82 no. 2 ignition primary circuit open
Starting mode occurs from EMM power ON until Code 83 no. 3 ignition primary circuit open
outboard is running for 2 seconds. Code 91 fuel pump circuit open
LED 1 Stator signal 30 V or higher, CHARGING
Code 94 fuel pump circuit short
OKAY. For NO LIGHT, investigate possible fault LED 3 Sensor circuits (5 V), SENSOR FAULT.
codes: 17, 18, 26, 27. For LIGHT ON, investigate possible fault codes:
LED 2 Crankshaft position sensor output, EMM Code 12 TPS circuit fault
powered (ON), CRANK POSITION OKAY. For Code 13 TPS below expected range
NO LIGHT, investigate possible fault code 16. Code 14 TPS above expected range
Code 16 CPS, intermittent loss of sync
LED 3 Sensor circuits (5 V), SENSORS OKAY. Code 32 oil switch signifies constant pressure
For NO LIGHT, investigate possible fault codes: Code 41 engine temp. sensor circuit fault
12, 13, 19, 24, 16, 19, 32, 41, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, Code 42 engine temp. below expected range
48, 49, 58.
Code 44 BP sensor circuit fault
For FLASHING LIGHT ON, investigate code 57 Code 45 BP below expected range
(High RPM with low TPS setting) Code 46 BP above expected range
Code 47 AT sensor circuit fault
LED 4 Lanyard/Stop circuit not grounded, LAN- Code 48 AT sensor below expected range
YARD/STOP OKAY.
Code 49 AT sensor above expected range
For NO LIGHT, repair grounded stop circuit. Code 58 engine not reaching operating temp.
For FLASHING LIGHT ON, investigate possible
fault code 29 (engine shutdown, EMM overheat),
code 31 (engine shutdown, engine overheat) or
code 33 (engine shutdown, excessive no oil con-
dition).
93
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
LED 4 Engine overheat, EMM temperature or Communication

sensor, oil injection pump or sensor, NO OIL /
Locate the diagnostic connector on the engine.
OVERHEAT. For LIGHT ON, investigate possible
Remove the cover and install the Diagnostic Inter-
fault codes:
face Cable (P/N 437955).
Code 23 EMM temperature sensor circuit fault
Code 24 EMM temp. below expected range
Code 25 EMM temp. above expected range
Code 34 oil injection pump circuit open
Code 38 oil pressure feedback not detected 1 2
Code 43 engine temp. above expected range
Diagnostic Software Program

The EMM stores valuable information about the
outboard and its running history. This information
can be used for troubleshooting and for checking
outboard parts information. Program information 1. Diagnostic connector 004973
is accessed through Diagnostic Software running 2. Cover
on a laptop computer, or a PDA, connected to the
outboard. Connect the 9-pin connector of the interface cable
directly to the computers serial port.
Personal Com-
Evinrude Diagnostics Soft-
puter (PC) based The EMM must turn ON before it will communicate
ware,
software with any outside device. On remote models,
P/N 763724
(Windows) power is normally supplied to the EMM when the
key switch is ON. Switched B+ (12 V) is supplied
IMPORTANT: For software help, refer to Help to the engine wire harness. Current enters the
Info in the Evinrude Diagnostics software, or to EMM at pin 10 (purple) of the EMM J1-B connec-
the PDA software Users Guide. tor.
94
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
Program Information Dynamic Information

Refers to specific information viewed while the
Static Information outboard is running. Dynamic information updates
Refers to information viewed when the outboard is quickly and allows the viewer to monitor voltage
NOT running. This includes manufacturing infor- changes. The displayed information can be used
mation. for troubleshooting and checking outboard infor-
mation.
The outboard model and serial numbers displayed
on the Identity screen must match the identifica-
tion label on the outboard swivel bracket.
Engine Monitor Screen 006307
Identity Screen 005163

Service Codes (Faults)
Service codes are fault conditions the EMM has
The serial number and cylinder location displayed identified. A service code may be stored as a
on the Injector Coefficients screen must indicate result of some unidentified problem or condition. If
the correct cylinder placement for all injectors. no codes are displayed, the engine has no stored
service codes.
Stored Faults
A stored service code represents a previous event
or condition. Service codes are stored if they
occur while the outboard is running.
The Stored Faults screen of the diagnostic pro-

gram shows the code number, the number of
Injector Coefficients Screen 005164
95
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
times the event occurred, operating hours of first Static Tests

and last occurrence.
Static Tests perform diagnostic testing of specified
components.
Stored Faults Review Screen 005143
Static Tests Screen 005166

Hard Faults
A hard fault is a code that currently exists. Hard Ignition Test
faults become stored faults only if the outboard is Use the diagnostic software to test each ignition
running. circuit. Refer to Static Spark Test on p. 116.
Check each circuit for continuity between the

EMM and individual coil. Check the resistance of
the ignition coil windings. Refer to Ignition Coil
Tests on p. 128.
Fuel Test
Use the diagnostic software to test each fuel injec-
tor. The injector should make an audible click.
Make sure the injector being monitored is wired
correctly. If the injector activates, the EMM and
injector circuits are not at fault. If the fuel injec-
tor(s) will not fire during the diagnostic tests,
check the continuity of the injector circuit. Refer to
Hard Faults Review Screen 005145
Fuel Injector Resistance Test on p. 164.
Persistent Faults
The Persistent Faults screen provides a history of
all previously stored codes, including code num-
ber, the number of times the event occurred, and
operating hours of the last occurrence.
Persistent faults cannot be erased.
96
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
Oil Injector Dynamic Tests

Use the diagnostic software to test the oil injection Dynamic tests are performed with the outboard
pump electrical circuit. Monitor the voltage at pin 2 running.
(blue wire) of oil tank connector. Voltage should
drop while the static test is active.
IMPORTANT: Oil injection pump will not activate

on 12 V. Use voltmeter to check circuit voltage.
Fuel Pump
Use the diagnostic software to test the fuel pump.
Make sure the pump is wired correctly. If the pump
activates, the EMM and fuel pump circuit are not
at fault. If the pump does not run during the static
4
test, check voltage and continuity of pump circuit.
Refer to Circulation Pump Resistance Test on
p. 166. Fuel pump resistance is approximately 2
to 3 .
Dynamic Tests Screen 005167
Oil Fault
This test is used to simulate an oil pressure switch Fuel Test
circuit malfunction and is used to check the NO The Fuel Test is performed with the outboard run-
OIL circuit of the SystemCheck gauge. ning (600 RPM minimum). This test momentarily
disables one fuel injector circuit. By dropping one
Overheat cylinder, RPM and running quality changes can be
This test is used to simulate an overheat situation observed. Refer to Dynamic Tests on p. 110.
and is used to check the ENG TEMP or HOT
circuit of the SystemCheck gauge. Ignition Test
The Ignition Test is performed with the outboard
Check Engine running (600 RPM minimum). This test momen-
This test is used to check the CHECK ENGINE tarily disables the ignition circuit to one cylinder.
circuit of the SystemCheck gauge. By dropping one cylinder, RPM and running qual-
ity changes can be observed. Refer to Dynamic
Tachometer Tests on p. 110.
This test is used to check operation of the tachom-
eter circuit. Prime Oil
This test is used to cycle the oil injection pump for
priming the oiling system. Perform this test with
outboard running to activate oil injection pump.
97
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
Oil Control IMPORTANT: Initiate Break-in programming for

rebuilt powerheads.
Oil Injection Ratio
(Used with XD100 oil only) Starter Mode (Tiller/Remote
Evinrude E-TEC outboards can be programmed Programming)
to run a reduced oiling rate. This feature should
only be used with Evinrude/Johnson XD100 oil. This feature provides specific programming
related to neutral switch operation. Tiller conver-
sion kit installation requires programming of the
EMM. Tiller operated models must be set to
1 TILLER.
1. Oil control setting 006306
CAUTION
1. Starter mode setting 006307
Running an Evinrude E-TEC outboard on
other grades of oil while set to the XD100 Timing Verification
oil ratio will result in increased engine
wear and shortened outboard life. Use the Ignition Timing screen of the diagnostic
software to check and adjust EMM timing. EMM
timing must be synchronized to crankshaft posi-
Powerhead Break-In tion. Refer to TIMING ADJUSTMENTS on p. 142.
Use the diagnostic software to initiate break-in oil-
ing. Break-in is a predetermined oiling program
that runs for two hours of outboard operation,
above 2000 RPM.
005168
1. Break-in oil setting 006307
98
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
Perform timing verification after any of the follow- Idle Speed

ing procedures:
Use Idle Adjust of the diagnostic software to
Powerhead replacement
increase or decrease the IN GEAR IDLE speed.
Crankshaft replacement This Idle Offset can be set for approximately 600
Flywheel removal or replacement to 1000 RPM. The usable scale of this function is
CPS replacement is -250 to 100. Once Idle Offset is changed, the
EMM replacement EMM will continue to control engine operation nor-
EMM software replacement mally. Engine idle speed is not fixed. This idle
speed adjustment offsets (increases or
IMPORTANT: Make sure the timing pointer is decreases) the basic EMM programming and will
set and the outboard reaches operating tempera- not set an absolute fixed speed.
ture before timing verification is performed.
TPS Calibration
4
Use the diagnostic software Settings screen to tell
the EMM what the throttle position sensor voltage
level is when the throttle plates begin to open.
Refer to TPS Calibration on p. 143. 1
1. Idle adjustment 006309
1 Fuel Injector Servicing

All fuel injectors are compensated and require
software programming. DO NOT install an injector
without updating the compensation software.
To install a service injector, click the Replace

1. TPS Calibration button 006308
button on the Injector Coefficients screen and
Perform TPS Calibration after replacing or adjust- select the file for the replacement injector. Refer to
ing any throttle body or throttle linkage parts. Fuel Injector Installation on p. 172.
005157
99
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
Fuel Control Adjustment data, or to export the information to a variety of

computer file types.
The purpose of this feature is to help troubleshoot
cylinder combustion. The Evinrude Diagnostics
Software program allows temporary adjustments
to the fuel flow characteristics of the injectors. 1
This feature should not be used by itself to identify
a faulty injector. Adjustment can be made before
the outboard is started or while it is running. Fac- 2
tory fuel flow settings are restored when the key
switch is returned to the OFF position.
1. Print button 005158

2. Print/Export options
005169
Reports
Engine reports provide service records and can
be used to document the running history of an out-
board. Reviewing this information can help iden- Engine Report data files 005159
tify or resolve some service issues.
Clicking the print button in several windows of the

diagnostic software allows the user to print engine
100
SYSTEMCHECK ENGINE MONITOR
Software Replacement SystemCheck ENGINE

Software programs or maps are downloaded into
the EMM prior to factory testing of the outboard. MONITOR
Periodically, a new map may be available to The SystemCheck engine monitor warns the
enhance the operation of an outboard. Refer to operator of conditions that could damage the
the installation instructions provided with the pro- engine. The monitoring system consists of a dash-
gram. mounted gauge with four light emitting diodes
IMPORTANT: Software replacement requires (LED), a warning horn, sensors on the engine and
the use of Bootstrap Tool, P/N 586551. oil tank, and related wiring. The system is compat-
ible with all Evinrude outboards with the Modular
Wiring System (MWS).
Gauges are available in two sizes: a 2-in. gauge 4

with four LEDs or a 3 1/2-in. tachometer with
LEDs.
002383
EMM Transfer
EMM Transfer is a feature that allows EMM
replacement. Use the diagnostic software pro-
gram and follow the help info instructions pro-
vided in the program.
IMPORTANT: Whenever the EMM is replaced, 2-Inch Gauge DR5206

timing verification must be performed. Refer to
Timing Verification on p. 143.
3 1/2-Inch Tachometer DR5364
006310
101
SYSTEMCHECK ENGINE MONITOR
The system logic is provided by a microprocessor Service Mode

in the gauge. The microprocessor connects to the
SystemCheck goes into a service mode if the key
EMM and the oil level sending unit of the oil tank.
is left ON after self-test (engine NOT running). All
Refer to the EMM Service Code Chart located at light circuits and sensors are active, but the horn
the back of this manual for a detailed list of service is not. Grounding the appropriate light circuit wire
codes related to SystemCheck activation. will turn the light on, but the horn will not sound.
The EMM will activate the warning horn and the Engine Running
appropriate LED on the gauge as follows: All warning light circuits are active when the
NO OIL light indicates an oil delivery problem engine is running. A microprocessor in the gauge
such as an empty oil tank or damaged oil sys- monitors the tach circuit and activates the horn cir-
tem components. cuit when engine speed exceeds 500 RPM. The
WATER TEMP or HOT light indicates an engine gauge will continue monitoring until the engine
or EMM overheat condition. stops.
CHECK ENGINE light is used to indicate
numerous fault conditions identified by EMM. SystemCheck warnings activate the horn for 10
seconds and the appropriate gauge light for a
The oil tank sending unit will activate the warning minimum of 30 seconds. This allows adequate
horn and the LOW OIL LED of the gauge. time for the operator to look at the gauge after
LOW OIL light indicates the oil level in the oil hearing the horn. If the failure is momentary (e.g.,
tank is down to the reserve level (about 1/4 full). oil moving in the tank), the light will remain ON for
the full 30 seconds before going out. If the fault
System Self-Test continues, the light remains ON until the key is
During engine start-up, pause with the key switch turned OFF or the failure is corrected. The warn-
in the ON position. The horn self-tests by sound- ing will reoccur at the next start-up if the problem
ing a half-second beep. The gauge self-tests by is not corrected.
turning the indicator lights on simultaneously, then
off in sequence. This self-test routine might occur
more than once during start up if battery voltage
drops to 7 V. Self-test repeats if the key switch is
turned OFF and ON.
102
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
GROUND CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
EMM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
LED INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
SOFTWARE PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SYMPTOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
SPECIALIZED TEST PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DYNAMIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TESTING WITH TIMING LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 5
INDUCTIVE AMP METER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
ENGINE MONITORING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
VOLTAGE TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
START CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ELECTRIC STARTER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
STARTER SOLENOID ACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
IGNITION AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
IGNITION OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
WIRING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
IGNITION VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
SYSTEM VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
STATIC SPARK TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
RUNNING IGNITION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
IGNITION PRIMARY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CPS) TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
FUEL DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
MANIFOLD PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
VAPOR SEPARATOR CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FUEL DELIVERY TO LIFT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
NEUTRAL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
STATIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
DYNAMIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
103
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
ELECTRICAL J1-A Connector
CONNECTIONS
Inspect wiring and electrical connections. Disas-
semble and clean all corroded connections.
Replace damaged wiring, connectors, or termi-
nals. Repair any shorted electrical circuits. Refer
to wiring diagrams and reference charts to identify
specific wiring details.
IMPORTANT: The key to effective troubleshoot-

ing is confirming the proper operation of each
engine system. Causes of electrical failures may 001875
be difficult to isolate. Check the integrity of all con-
nections, grounds, and wiring prior to replacing a Pin
Description of Circuit Wire Color
suspect component. No.
1. Oil Pressure switch Tan/White
Inspect the condition and positioning of the follow- 2. Diagnostic connector Red
ing components: 3. Diagnostic connector White
Engine Management Module (EMM): wiring to 4. vacant
EMM connectors and pins 5. vacant
Stator: connections to EMM, wiring to connec- 6. Crankshaft position sensor (CPS) Yellow
tors, and connector pins 7. CPS ground (digital) White
Engine wiring harness and connectors 8. Bootstrap connector (programming) Blk/Orange
9. Stop circuit Blk/Yellow
Stator to EMM Connectors 10. Throttle position sensor (TPS) 5 V Red
11. vacant
12. vacant
13. vacant
14. vacant
15. 12 V to EMM (fused) Red/Purple
16. Tachometer Gray
17. SystemCheck, CHECK ENGINE light Tan/Orange
18. TPS analog ground Green
19. Engine temperature sensor (water) Pink/Black
20. Air temperature sensor Pink/Blue
21. vacant
002025
22. vacant
23. vacant
Pin 24. SystemCheck, NO OIL light Tan/Yellow
No.
25. SystemCheck WATER TEMP light Tan
1. Stator winding (yellow) Yellow/White
26. TPS ground (analog) Black
2. Stator winding (yellow) Yellow
27. Engine temp. sensor ground (analog) Black
3. Stator winding (orange) Orange/White 28. Air temperature sensor ground (analog) Black
4. Stator winding (orange) Orange 29. Neutral switch (shift linkage) Yellow/Red
5. Stator winding (brown) Brown/White 30. vacant
6. Stator winding (brown) Brown 31. vacant
32. vacant
33. vacant
34. vacant
104
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
J1-B Connector J2 Connector
001877
Pin
001876 Description of Circuit Wire Color
No.
1. Stator winding, 1S Yellow
Pin 2. Stator winding, 2S Brown
No.
3. Stator winding, 3S Orange 5
1. Injector, cylinder 2 Purple
4. Fuel pump control Brown
2. Injector, cylinder 3 Green
5. Ground (fuel pump) Black
3. +55 V, in (ignition) White/Red
6. Ground (power module) Black
4. +55 V, in (ignition) White/Red
7. Ground (power module) Black
5. vacant
8. Ground (injector power supply) Black
6. vacant
9. Stator winding, 1F Yellow/White
7. Ignition, cylinder 3 Orange/Green
10. Stator winding, 2F Brown/White
8. Injector, cylinder 1 Blue
11. Stator winding, 3F Orange/White
9. vacant
12. Fuel pump (flyback) White/Red
10. Switched B+ Purple
13. +55 V, out White/Red
11. Ignition ground Black
14. +55 V, out White/Red
12. vacant
15. +12 V out Red
13. vacant
16. +12 V out Red
14. Injector ground Black
15. vacant
16. Ignition ground Black Refer to CONNECTOR SERVICING on p. 149 for
17. Ignition ground Black AMP connector servicing procedures.
18. vacant
19. Ignition, cylinder 2 Orange/Purple
22. vacant
23. Oil solenoid Blue
24. Ignition ground Black
25. vacant
26. Ignition, cylinder 1 Orange/Blue
105
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
GROUND CIRCUITS
GROUND CIRCUITS Ignition grounds on lower coil mounting screw to:

EMM ignition circuits: check continuity to termi-
All ground circuits are essential to optimum out- nals pins 11, 17, and 24 of the EMM J1-B con-
board performance. Make certain all ground connector.
nections are clean and tight. Refer to wiring
diagrams to identify specific wiring details.
Test Procedure
Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. 1
Use an ohmmeter to check grounds at the appro-

priate pin locations of the EMM. Calibrate the
ohmmeter on the high ohms scale.
Connect the ohmmeter red lead to the ground

wire and the black meter lead main harness
ground. Resistance readings for all ground circuits
should be 0 . 2
1. Solenoid screw 002179
Main engine harness grounds from solenoid 2. Coil screw
ground terminal screw to:
Injector circuits: check continuity to terminal
pins 14, 20, and 21 of the EMM J1-B connector. FUSE
Ignition circuit: check continuity to terminal pin The engine harness 12 V (B+) circuit is protected
16 of the EMM J1-B connector. by one automotive style 10 amp minifuse. The
Power supply: check continuity to terminal pins fuse is positioned in the flywheel cover on the port
6, 7, and 8 of EMM J2 connector. side of powerhead, next to the starter assembly.
Starter solenoid: check continuity at terminal B.
Trim and Tilt module: check connection at main
ground terminal (solenoid mounting screw). 1
1. Fuse 002428
106
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
EMM DIAGNOSTICS
EMM DIAGNOSTICS Running Mode

Light ON indicates system is MALFUNCTIONING.
Access EMM information using the EMMs LED LED 1 Light ON, Low charging output, less
indicators and the Evinrude Diagnostics Software than 30 V, CHARGING FAULT
program. LED 2 Light ON, Injector or ignition circuit
EMM turned ON is verified through LED display or malfunction, INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT
communication with diagnostic software. LED 3 Light ON, Sensor/5 V circuits, SEN-
SOR FAULT
To access EMM information using the diagnostic LED 4 Light ON, NO OIL /OVERHEAT
software, connect interface cable to diagnostic FAULT
plug and turn key switch ON. Battery cables and
battery must be connected to supply power to Refer to EMM DIAGNOSTICS on p. 93 for addi-
EMM. tional diagnostic information.
LED Indicators Software Programs

Activation of LED indicators on the EMM corre-
spond to specific EMM circuits.
The Evinrude Diagnostics Software program can
be used to communicate with the EMM. Commu-
5
nication also requires a 12 V supply to power up
the EMM.
1
Refer to EMM DIAGNOSTICS on p. 93 for addi-
tional diagnostic information. Identify and resolve
all problems related to Stored Faults/Codes. Note
all Stored Faults/Codes prior to clearing the
codes.
1. LED indicators 002424
IMPORTANT: LED 1 is top (HIGHEST) LED and

LED 4 is bottom (LOWEST) LED.
Starting Mode
Light ON indicates system is functioning properly.
LED 1 Light ON, Stator signal 30 V or higher,
CHARGING OKAY
LED 2 Light ON, CPS output, CRANK POSI-
TION OKAY
LED 3 Light ON, Sensor/5 V circuits, SEN-
SORS OKAY
LED 4 Light ON, Lanyard/Stop circuit not
grounded, LANYARD/STOP OKAY
Refer to EMM DIAGNOSTICS on p. 93 for addi-

tional diagnostic information.
107
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURES
The key to effective troubleshooting is confirming
the proper operation of each engine system.
Causes of electrical failures may be difficult to iso-
late. Check the integrity of all connections,
grounds, and wiring prior to replacing a suspect
component. Refer to GROUND CIRCUITS on
p. 106.
Observe and run the outboard prior to performing

any unnecessary procedures. Initial inspection
should include the following:
Profiles Screen 005170
Observe the outboard and confirm the actual
symptoms. Refer to TROUBLE CHECK
CHART at the end of this manual.
Inspect spark plugs for indication of wear, oil
fowling, or damage. A rich or lean running con-
dition or evidence of internal engine damage
could be identified by the appearance of the
spark plugs.
Make sure the outboard can be turned over
easily. There should not be any mechanical
binding.
Check the Evinrude Diagnostics Software pro-
gram Profiles screen, History screen, and Per-
sistent Faults screens for evidence of prior
abnormal operation. Refer to Diagnostic Soft-
ware Program on p. 94. History Screen 005171
Persistent Faults Screen 005400
108
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
Symptoms Outboard runs:

Use Evinrude Diagnostics Software program to
Outboard will not crank, starter does not perform Dynamic Tests. See Dynamic Tests
operate (electric start models): on p. 121.
Check condition of battery and cables (main Use the engine Monitor screen of the Evinrude
battery switch and cables). Make sure battery Diagnostics Software program to observe circuit
cables are not reversed. voltages. Refer to Engine Monitoring Informa-
Confirm that B+ is present at A terminal (yel- tion on p. 111.
low/red wire) of starter solenoid with key switch Use the diagnostic software Logging function to
in the START position. record engine data as a runability problem is
Proceed to START CIRCUIT on p. 112. Repair occurring.
starter or start circuit as needed.
Outboard cranks, will not start:

Use LED indicators of EMM for initial diagnostic
information.
Perform the Static Spark Test using the 5
Evinrude Diagnostics Software program. Refer
to IGNITION OUTPUT on p. 115.
Results:
Steady spark on all cylinders and proper output
voltage on all ignition primary circuits:
Check operation of all fuel injectors. Refer to
FUEL COMPONENT TESTS on p. 164.
Check fuel quality and that fuel is present at
Logging Screen 005172
injectors.
Refer to FUEL COMPONENT TESTS on p. 164
Use an inductive timing light to monitor the
for fuel system pressure tests.
injector circuits and ignition primary circuits.
No spark on one or more cylinders: Refer to Testing with Timing Light on p. 110.
Note cylinder with no ignition output. Refer to Use an inductive amp meter to monitor injector
IGNITION OUTPUT on p. 115. circuit current. Compare readings of all circuits
Monitor cranking RPM using the diagnostic pro- to identify possible failure.
gram (300 RPM minimum).
Check CPS operation (verify RPM reading.)
Perform ignition coil resistance test(s). Refer to
Ignition Coil Tests on p. 128.
gram to check ignition voltage and 55 V alterna-
tor/injector voltage.
109
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
SPECIALIZED TEST PROCEDURES
SPECIALIZED TEST Dynamic Tests can be used in conjunction with:

A timing light to determine how other cylinders
PROCEDURES are affected by one cylinder being dropped; or
A voltmeter to check voltage changes on electri-
DANGER cal circuits.
Contact with a rotating propeller is likely

to result in serious injury or death. Assure
the engine and prop area is clear of people
and objects before starting engine or
operating boat. Do not allow anyone near
a propeller, even when the engine is off.
Blades can be sharp and the propeller can
continue to turn even after the engine is
off. Remove propeller before servicing
and when running the outboard on a flush-
ing device.
DO NOT run the engine indoors or without
adequate ventilation or permit exhaust
fumes to accumulate in confined areas. Dynamic Tests Screen 005167
Engine exhaust contains carbon monox-
ide which, if inhaled, can cause serious IMPORTANT: Test the outboard while the run-
brain damage or death. ability issue is present. Use the test procedures to
identify inconsistencies in voltages and cylinder
performance. Once a circuit has been identified as
The following tests are performed with the out-
malfunctioning, a thorough inspection of all
board running. Observe the operation of each
related wiring and connections must be per-
electrical circuit. Look for inconsistencies between
formed. Check all voltage inputs and grounds; and
similar circuits and variations in cylinder perfor-
perform resistance tests for all circuits prior to
mance.
replacing any suspect components.
Dynamic Tests Testing with Timing Light
Use the diagnostic program to perform Dynamic
Fuel and Ignition tests. These tests can be used to WARNING
momentarily stop injector or ignition function for a
selected cylinder while the outboard is running. The electrical system presents a serious
This is an effective tool for checking the perfor- shock hazard. DO NOT handle primary or
mance of each cylinder. Comparing one cylinders secondary ignition components while out-
performance to others can frequently isolate a cyl- board is running or flywheel is turning.
inder that is not operating properly.
An inductive timing light can be used to monitor
IMPORTANT: DO NOT misinterpret tests run at ignition system output and the activation of fuel
IDLE. The idle speed controller in the EMM com- injectors and the oil injection pump. DO NOT
pensates to maintain a constant engine speed at clamp timing light pick-up on more than one wire
IDLE. The Dynamic Tests screen of the diagnostic at a time. Avoid erratic timing light reading by iso-
software includes a function to temporarily disable lating pick-up from other wires. Self powered tim-
the idle controller. ing lights offer the convenience of no power
cables and can help eliminate false signals.
110
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
SPECIALIZED TEST PROCEDURES
Ignition System Output Engine Monitoring Information

Use the timing light to monitor each spark plug Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software program
lead for a consistent flash. The strobe should indi- to access the engine Monitor screen. This screen
cate one flash per revolution. Intermittent output display provides engine information as it is occur-
or multiple flashes per revolution indicate ring. Circuits are monitored for actual voltages or
improper ignition control. the condition of the circuit. Switch and sensor cir-
Test ignition system grounds, primary circuit resis- cuits, battery voltage (12 V), system voltage
tance, and EMM output voltages prior to replacing (55 V), and ignition voltage are continuously moni-
any components. tored.
1. Timing light pick-up 005081

2. Spark plug lead
Engine Monitor Screen 006307

Fuel Injector/Oil Injection Pump Activation
Use the timing light to monitor each fuel injector or
IMPORTANT: The engine Monitor screen of the
the oil injector pump lead(s). The strobe of the
diagnostics program does not offer voltage infor-
light indicates current in the circuit.
mation for all circuits.
Test all grounds, circuit resistance(s), and circuit
voltages prior to replacing EMM for faulty injector
or pump control function.
Inductive Amp Meter Test

Use an inductive amp meter to monitor battery
charging and current flow. Identifying erratic
amperage in a circuit can be used to isolate a
problem component.
111
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
START CIRCUIT
Voltage Testing START CIRCUIT

Use a digital multimeter to check voltages. Identify
The start circuit provides the required current to
all wiring and circuits prior to performing any volt-
the starter motor and associated electrical circuits.
age tests. Refer to Wiring Diagrams and descrip-
tions of the various systems for specific
information on each circuit.
Electric Starter Operation
The starter must engage and turn the flywheel. A
55 V Circuits minimum cranking speed of 300 RPM must be
All 55 V circuits are supplied 12 V when the key achieved for the outboard to start.
switch is ON, the EMM is powered up, and the
Optimum starter performance is achieved by pro-
outboard is not running.
viding:
Stator output supplies 55 VAC to the rectifier cir- Proper battery capacity (640CCA)
cuits of EMM once the outboard is running. The Cables capable of transferring the amperage
initial cranking voltage is 30 V or higher and Low resistance battery and cable connections
increases to 55 V when outboard is running. A solenoid capable of switching the current
Ignition Circuit These high amperage start circuit components
Ignition voltage displayed on the engine Monitor provide the battery current required to crank and
screen of the diagnostic software will have start the outboard (electric start models). Check
approximately 0.1 V when the key switch is ON, the quality and condition of the following:
the EMM is powered up, and the outboard is not
running (electric start models). This voltage 12 V Marine Battery
increases to 130 V to 220 V with the outboard run- Battery type, capacity, and condition
ning. Condition of battery posts, terminals, and con-
nections
Perform voltage tests on all related circuits and Battery switch type, capacity, and connections
compare voltage readings. Check voltages while
Dynamic Tests are activated.
1
Identify erratic or lower than expected voltage
readings. Determine if the voltage source or the
wiring and connections of the circuit are the prob- 3
lem.
2
1. Main battery cable DR6495
2. Star washer
3. Battery post
Refer to Battery Installation on p. 34 for battery,

terminal, and cable requirements.
Starter Solenoid
Starter solenoid and connections
Starter solenoid ground, terminal B
Starter cable (solenoid to starter motor)
12 V from solenoid terminal (POS) and engine
harness (red wire) to 10 A fuse
112
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
START CIRCUIT
Starter Motor and Drive Gear Key Switch, START Position

Starter motor operation, refer to ELECTRIC Switches 12 V to terminal S of key switch and
STARTER SERVICING on p. 145. 12 V is applied to neutral safety switch.
Starter bendix operation.
1
1. Starter motor 002064

2. Starter cable
5
Starter Solenoid Activation
Solenoid Wiring
The positive (B+) battery cable connects to the 2 3
large front terminal of the starter solenoid. This 1. Ignition switch, START position Continuity 000691R
between terminals B and A; B and S
terminal also provides the 12 V power supply to 2. Terminal S, 12 V
the engine harness (red wire) and the 10 A fuse. 3. Neutral safety switch
The red/purple wire from the fuse holder (10 A)
provides 12 V to terminal B of key switch. Neutral Safety Switch (Remote Control)
Terminal S of the key switch provides 12 V (yel-
The negative (B) battery cable connects to the low/red) to the neutral safety switch (key switch in
ground stud on the starter housing. START position).
3 6 4
A depressed or activated neutral safety switch (in
remote control) provides 12 V to the engine wire
harness yellow/red wire (key switch in START
position) and terminal A of starter solenoid.
2
5 7 1 2
1. Positive (B+) battery cable (Red) 001683S
2. Engine harness red wire
3. 10 A fuse
4. Engine harness red/purple wire 1. Yellow/red wire 001683S
5. Negative (B) battery cable (Black) 2. A terminal
6. Solenoid ground (Black)
7. Engine harness ground (Black)
113
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
IGNITION AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
IGNITION AND Crankshaft Position Sensor

Provides EMM with input.
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS Outboard cranking speed exceeds 300 RPM
and a steady CPS signal is generated.
Following is a complete list of circuits required for
ignition output:
Alternator Output Voltage
Stop Circuit Alternator output from EMM (white/red) pro-
vides 55 V to the high pressure fuel pump, the
Outboard running: black/yellow wire NOT
oil injector pump, the fuel injectors, and the igni-
grounded (emergency stop switch lanyard in
tion module of EMM.
place).
Neutral Switch Capacitor

Connected to 55 V circuit (white/red) to stabilize
Powerhead mounted neutral switch provides a
current on 55 V circuit.
switched ground circuit to EMM. The circuit
enables specialized control functions such as Negative terminal of capacitor must be
neutral start protection and RPM limiting in grounded.
NEUTRAL.
Ignition Power Supply to EMM
Stator Output Voltage 55 V to pins 3 and 4 of EMM J1-B connector.
Provides EMM with A/C voltage.
Outboard cranking: 30 V to EMM J2 connector.
Ignition Primary Voltage
Output from EMM.
Outboard running: 55 V to EMM J2 connector
EMM provides 200 V output to orange ignition
EMM primary wires. Minimum required voltage is
130 V.
Stator output to EMM provides voltage to
EMMs internal power supply. EMM digital
ground, ignition grounds, and injector grounds
Ignition Coil
must be functional. EMM provides input to primary winding of coil.
Output from ignition coil secondary winding and
high tension spark plug wire.
114
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
IGNITION OUTPUT
IGNITION OUTPUT Ignition Voltage

DANGER to check ignition voltage to the primary ignition cir-
cuit(s). Check the EMMs ignition voltage to the
The electrical system presents a serious primary circuits of the ignition coils on the engine
shock hazard. Allow outboard to sit for Monitor screen.
two minutes after running before handling
capacitor or 55 V electrical components.
Failure to handle capacitor properly can
result in uncontrolled electrical discharge
and possible electrical shock to humans.
DO NOT handle primary or secondary igni-
tion components while outboard is run-
ning or flywheel is turning.
Wiring Inspection 5
Visually inspect all wiring, connections, and
grounds.
Use an ohmmeter to perform resistance tests on

all ground circuits and connections. Ohmmeter Engine Monitor Screen, Ignition Voltage 006307
readings should be approximately 0.0 .
Results:
Check that main engine wire harness ground stud KEY ON - approximately 5 V, Ignition voltage
has continuity to the cylinder/crankcase. is GOOD, check voltage with outboard run-
ning. Refer to Static Spark Test on p. 116.
KEY ON - no voltage, check system voltage to
EMM. Refer to System Voltage on p. 116.
RUNNING - 200 V 10, Ignition voltage is
GOOD. Refer to Static Spark Test on p. 116.
RUNNING - less than 200 V 10, check stator
output to EMM. Refer to System Voltage on
1 p. 116 and Stator Tests on p. 129.
Low or no voltage on EMM ignition circuit:

Check system voltage (55 V) input to ignition
1. Ground stud 002292
circuit on pins 3 and 4 of EMM J1-B connector.
Make sure battery is fully charged.
Clean or repair all ground circuits, wiring, and con-

nections as needed. Refer to ELECTRICAL CON-
NECTIONS on p. 104.
115
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
IGNITION OUTPUT
System Voltage Static Spark Test

The ignition module of the EMM is powered by Perform the static spark test using the Evinrude
input voltage on pins 3 and 4 of EMM J1-B con- Diagnostics Software program and a timing light.
nector.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a spark checker tool
Use the engine Monitor screen of the Evinrude with E-TEC models. Radio Frequency Interfer-
Diagnostics Software program to check system ence (RFI) generated by the arcing current can
voltage. cause erratic behavior in the EMM.
The outboard must NOT be running and the emer-

gency stop switch lanyard must be installed.
Engine Monitor Screen, System Voltage 006307
Results:
KEY ON - Approximately 1 V less than battery
voltage, system voltage is GOOD.
Connect timing light pickup to primary and then
KEY ON - NO voltage, check 12 V power to secondary circuit of the ignition circuit being acti-
EMM. Repair connection or wiring. vated. Activate one circuit at a time and observe
RUNNING - 55 V 2, system voltage is GOOD. timing light strobe for consistent flash.
RUNNING - less than 55 V 2, check stator
output to EMM. Repair connection or wiring.
Possible faulty stator or EMM. Refer to Stator
Tests on p. 129.
IMPORTANT: EMM must be ON for voltage to

be present on the 55 V alternator output circuit.
2
This output supplies all 55 V circuits on the
engine, including the ignition module of the
EMM.Power is normally supplied to the EMM
when the key switch is ON. Switched B+ (12 V) is 1
supplied to the engine wire harness. Voltage
enters the EMM at pin 10 (purple) of the EMM J1- 1. Timing light pick-up 005080
B connector. 2. Ignition coil primary wire (orange)
116
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
IGNITION OUTPUT
Results: Monitor Ignition Output with Timing Light

GOOD spark control on all cylinders and out- Use a timing light to monitor the spark signal
board runs, refer to Running Ignition Tests on through each of the high tension spark plug wires.
p. 117 and Dynamic Tests on p. 110.
NO spark control on one or more cylinders, note Start outboard and observe the timing lights
cylinders. Refer to Ignition Primary Circuit strobe. Look for a consistent flash and only one
Resistance Test on p. 118 and Ignition Coil flash per revolution. The strobe of the timing light
Tests on p. 128. should be consistent or the same for each cylin-
ders ignition output.
Running Ignition Tests
IMPORTANT: Test on primary circuit if strobe
The purpose of this test is to isolate ignition sys- from secondary circuit appears faulty.
tem malfunction. This test should be used in con-
junction with other ignition system tests to identify
component failures. This test provides limited
information. Use the findings of this test to elimi-
nate ignition system components. A thorough
understanding of the outboards ignition system is
2
5
required.
Monitor Voltage Outputs

to monitor system voltage (55 V) and ignition volt- 1
age (200 V).
Voltage readings at a specific speed (RPM) 1. Timing light pick-up 005081
2. Spark plug lead
should be steady.
Results:
Steady voltage and strobe:
Inspect or replace spark plugs, check fuel sys-
tem performance, and/or eliminate the possibil-
ity of internal engine damage.
Voltages are steady, engine misfires:

Check CPS resistance, check ignition voltage
while problem is occurring. Refer to Ignition
Primary Circuit Resistance Test on p. 118
and Ignition Coil Tests on p. 128.
Voltages fluctuate, engine misfires:

Inspect condition of battery and connections,
Engine Monitor Screen, System and Ignition Voltage 006307 test capacitor, and check all ground connec-
tions. Refer to System Voltage on p. 116, Igni-
Results: tion Voltage on p. 115, Ignition Primary
Low voltages: refer to System Voltage on p. 116 Circuit Resistance Test on p. 118, and Igni-
and Ignition Voltage on p. 115. tion Coil Tests on p. 128.
IMPORTANT: If a running problem occurs at

about 1200 RPM, the outboard may be in S.A.F.E.
Refer to Conditions that initiate S.A.F.E. on
p. 92.
117
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
IGNITION OUTPUT
Ignition Primary Circuit Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)

Resistance Test Test
Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software program
to check RPM reading. An RPM display higher
Calibrate ohmmeter to low ohms scale. than zero indicates a CPS signal to the EMM.
With key switch OFF, remove the EMM J1-B con- Cranking RPM is typically 200 RPM or higher.
nector and measure resistance of each primary Observe Engine RPM and Power ON Time dis-
circuit. Note resistance reading between each pri- play fields of the engine Monitor screen. ON
mary wire and ground. Refer to engine wiring dia- Time should be continuous and should not reset
gram. unless the key switch is turned OFF or power to
Ignition Primary Circuit Resistance the EMM is interrupted.
0.090 0.005 .
IMPORTANT: A reading of less than 2 ohms is

acceptable. Make sure meter is calibrated to read
1 ohm or less.
Engine Monitor Screen, Engine RPM display 006307
Check CPS resistance (560 10%). Make cer-

1. Ohmmeter 002433 tain ohmmeter is calibrated properly. Refer to
2. J1-B EMM connector
3. Red meter lead, with pin adapter
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) Test on
4. Black meter lead to ground p. 127.
Results:
Primary circuit resistance reading is higher than
5 :
Repair primary circuit wiring or coil grounds as
needed and retest.
Replace faulty coils or wiring.
Primary circuit resistance reading less than 5 or
within specification and EMM ignition output volt-
age is 130 V or higher:
Refer to Secondary Winding Resistance Test
on p. 128. Repair high tension spark plug lead
or replace ignition coil and/or high tension spark
plug lead assembly.
118
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
FUEL DELIVERY
FUEL DELIVERY Results:

Pressure test indicates 20 to 30 psi (138 to 207
kPa):
WARNING
Circulation pump output is good. Make sure fuel
Protect against hazardous fuel spray. system pressure does not fall below 15 psi (103
Before starting any fuel system service, kPa) after outboard (pump) is OFF for five min-
carefully relieve fuel system pressure. utes. Leakdown indicates a fuel system leak or
leaking injector.
Refer to Relieving Fuel System Pressure on Low or no pressure, pump runs:
p. 168. Suspect damaged fuel pressure regulator in
Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software program vapor separator or faulty circulation pump. Per-
to review service codes prior to troubleshooting. form Pressure Regulator Test on p. 165.
Correct all conditions related to service codes Pump does not run:
FIRST.
Check voltage at pin 1 of fuel pump connector.
Inspect all fuel hoses, filters, and connections. Voltage should be 12 V key ON, 55 V cranking 5
Check quality of fuel supply. or running.
Check voltage at pin 2 of fuel pump connector.
Manifold Pressure Test The EMM controls the fuel pump ground (brown
If the outboard runs, check pressure with the out- wire). Use the fuel pump test of the diagnostic
board running. Perform pressure tests outlined in program to activate the ground control function
Fuel Supply on p. 165. of the EMM. Connect voltmeter positive lead to
pin 2 and negative meter lead to ground. Acti-
If the outboard does not run, use the primer bulb vate Fuel Pump test or run outboard. Voltage
to fill the vapor separator. Make sure circulation reading should drop slightly as EMM connects
pump activates with outboard cranking. the control circuit to ground.
The Fuel Pump test of the diagnostic program can Excessive pressure:
be used to activate electric fuel pump. Check for restricted pressure regulator in vapor
separator or restricted fuel return manifold.
119
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
Vapor Separator Checks FUEL INJECTOR

Fuel Supply
The vapor separator must provide solid fuel to
OPERATION
the fuel circulation pump. Make sure the vapor Neutral Switch
separator receives the proper fuel supply from the
The powerhead mounted neutral switch provides
fuel lift pump.
a ground signal for the EMM to indicate shift link-
Perform Lift Pump Pressure Test on p. 166. age position. The engine Monitor screen of the
Use primer to check fuel movement through fuel diagnostic program provides a display which indi-
lift pump. cates switch position, NEUTRAL or IN GEAR.
Outboard runs: Check pressure with outboard Make sure switch is operating properly. Refer to
running. Neutral Switch on p. 90.
Outboard does not run: Check pressure with
outboard cranking.
Static Tests
Perform the Fuel Injector Static Test using the
Venting diagnostic program. Static tests are performed
Monitor the vapor separator vent hose. No fuel or with the outboard static or not running. Listen for
a trace of fuel is acceptable. Excessive fuel dis- an audible click from each injector when it is
charge indicates a vapor separator vent malfunc- actuated.
tion. Monitor vent for presence of fuel during
testing. Temporarily install clear tubing for moni- IMPORTANT: Battery must be fully charged and
toring. Replace vapor separator if the venting of connections must be clean and tight.
fuel is continuous. Results:
Fuel Delivery to Lift Pump No injectors actuate:
Use the diagnostic software to monitor 55 V out-
Perform the Lift Pump Vacuum Test on p. 167. put. Check individual injector circuits from EMM
Make sure no restrictions or air leaks exist in the to injectors. Check alternator 55 V input to
fuel supply hose or boat fuel system. EMM. See Stator Voltage Output Test on
p. 129.
Some injectors actuate; some do not:

Make sure individual injector circuits and injec-
tors are functional. See Injectors on p. 164.
All injectors actuate:

Confirm fuel system pressure and fuel supply to
injectors.
120
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
Dynamic Tests Results:

Use the engine Monitor screen of the diagnostic Steady light activation on all injector wires and
software program to monitor outboard system consistent voltage readings:
voltage. Perform these tests while monitoring volt- EMM injector control function is good.
age. If voltage drops as RPM increases, check
Irregular or no light activation on some injector
stator and charging system operation.
wires:
Run or crank outboard. Monitor the injector control Check the voltage on each circuit. Test the
wire for each injector with an inductive timing light. resistance of each injector circuit. Measure
Make certain the inductive pickup is attached to resistance between the injector connector and
only one wire. Flashes on the timing light indicate injector control wire at the EMM connector.
current in the circuit is being switched by the Check battery cable connections.
EMM. The Dynamic Tests screen allows fuel injec- Make sure all grounds are clean and tight.
tors or ignition to be turned off to a particular cylin- Eliminate all other possibilities to isolate a faulty
der. EMM.
IMPORTANT: Some timing lights may not flash No light activation on any injector wires (outboard 5
consistently at cranking speeds. Always check the cranks and starter turns flywheel):
orientation of the timing light pickup and the oper- Confirm stator input (55 V circuit) to EMM, CPS
ation of the timing light to avoid needless part(s) operation, and all grounds and wiring connec-
replacement. tions. Possible open circuit(s), faulty CPS or
EMM.
IMPORTANT: This test is operating injector on

12 V battery power. Injector activation should be
carefully confirmed.
121
SYSTEM ANALYSIS
NOTES
NOTES
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
122
ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
DASH CONNECTIONS, INSTRUMENT HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
IGNITION SYSTEM TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
SENSOR RESISTANCE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
IGNITION COIL TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
STATOR TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CAPACITOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CHARGING SYSTEM TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
12 V CHARGING CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
55 V ALTERNATOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
SYSTEMCHECK CIRCUIT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
GAUGE SELF-TEST CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
CHECK ENGINE CIRCUIT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
WATER TEMP/ HOT CIRCUIT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
LOW OIL CIRCUIT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6
NO OIL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
ELECTRIC STARTER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
STARTER SOLENOID TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
NO LOAD CURRENT DRAW TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
TILT/TRIM RELAY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
TEST PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
TACHOMETER CIRCUIT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
FLYWHEEL SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
TIMING ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
TIMING POINTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
TIMING VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
TPS CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
SPARK PLUGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
INDEXING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
ELECTRIC STARTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
CLEANING AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
CONNECTOR SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
123
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
75 90 HP MODELS
5 to 8 in lbs.
(.6 to .9 Nm)
120 to 140 in lbs.

(13.6 to 15.8 Nm)
100 to 115 ft. lbs.

A (136 to 156 Nm)
168 to 192 in lbs. N

(19 to 21 Nm) F
A
84 to 108 in lbs.
(9.5 to 12.2 Nm) 60 to 84 in lbs.
(6.8 to 9.5 Nm)
T
F
60 to 84 in lbs.
(6.8 to 9.5 Nm)
IMPORTANT:
DO NOT lubricate TPS
to throttle shaft surface
24 to 36 in lbs.
(2.7 to 4 Nm)
F
24 to 36 in lbs.
(2.7 to 4 Nm)
F A Triple-Guard Grease
B Gasket Sealing Compound
C Adhesive 847
D Moly Lube
24 to 36 in lbs.
(2.7 to 4 Nm) E Red Ultra Lock
002248 F Blue Nut Lock
N Starter Bendix Lube
T Liquid Neoprene
124
SERVICE CHART
24 to 36 in lbs.
(2.7 to 4 Nm)
B
J
15 to 30 ft. lbs.
(20.3 to 40.7 Nm)
6
F, T
60 to 84 in lbs.
(7 to 9.5 Nm)
30 to 42 in lbs.
(3.4 to 4.8 Nm)
24 to 36 in lbs.
(2.7 to 4 Nm)
60 to 84 in. lbs.
7 to 10 in. lbs. (6.8 to 9.5 Nm)
(0.8 to 1.1 Nm)
A Triple-Guard Grease
C Adhesive 847
D Moly Lube
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
002249
J Thermal Grease
T Liquid Neoprene
X Refer to Spark Plug Indexing on
p. 144
125
DASH CONNECTIONS, INSTRUMENT HARNESS
DASH CONNECTIONS,
INSTRUMENT HARNESS
3-pin connector Connect to trim switch located
in the handle of the remote control or to trim
switch mounted on the boat dash.
6-pin connector Connect to a pre-wired remote

control or to a dash-mounted key switch.
Black, purple, white/tan wires Connect to the

trim gauge.
8-pin connector Connect to a 2 in. System-

Check gauge or to a 3 1/2 in. SystemCheck
tachometer.
2-pin connector Must connect to the warning

horn in all installations.
Black, purple, gray wires Connect to a con-

ventional tachometer when a SystemCheck
tachometer is not used.
Instrument Harness Diagram DRC6165R
126
IGNITION SYSTEM TESTS
IGNITION SYSTEM Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) Test

TESTS Remove the electrical connector from the TPS.
Sensor Resistance Tests Use an ohmmeter to measure sensor resistance.

All sensor circuits are dependent on wiring and IMPORTANT: DO NOT lubricate TPS to throttle
connections, EMM supplied current (5 V), and shaft surface.
sensor resistance. The supplied current flows
through the wiring circuit and sensor before STEP 1
returning to the appropriate circuit in the EMM. Connect red meter lead to terminal A and black
meter lead to terminal B.
IMPORTANT: Use the Evinrude Diagnostics
Software program to monitor sensor circuit volt- Sensor Resistance (between A and B)
ages or values. > 3000 @ 77F (25C)
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) Test

Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. Use Sensor Resistance (between A and C)
an ohmmeter to measure sensor resistance. > 4000 @ 77F (25C)
1 6
1
1. CPS 002286
1. TPS 002289
Sensor Resistance
560 10% @ 77F (25C) STEP 2
Connect red meter lead to terminal A and black
The CPS is mounted to throttle body housing and meter lead to terminal C. Rotate the sensor lever
requires no adjustment. Air gap or clearance to through its range of travel. Resistance reading
flywheel is fixed at approximately 0.073 in. must change evenly as the sensor lever is moved.
(1.85 mm). The acceptable clearance is 0.036 to STEP 3
0.110 in. (1 to 2.8 mm).
Connect red meter lead on terminal B and black
meter lead to terminal C. Rotate the sensor
lever. Resistance reading must change evenly as
the sensor lever is moved.
TPS voltage can be monitored using the diagnos-

tic program. Use the engine Monitor screen to
observe voltage while outboard is running. Volt-
age should change evenly as sensor lever is
CPS 002312 moved.
127
Engine Temperature Sensor Test Ignition Coil Tests

Use an ohmmeter to measure resistance.
Primary Winding Resistance Test
Engine Temperature Sensor Resistance Connect ohmmeter between coil primary terminal
9000 to 11000 @ 77F (25C) and clean engine ground.
Ignition Coil Primary Resistance
0.090 .005 @ 77F (25C)
1 IMPORTANT: A reading of less than 2 ohms is

acceptable. Make sure meter is calibrated to read
1 ohm or less.
1. Engine temperature sensor 002288
Air Temperature Sensor (AT) Test

AT Sensor Resistance
9000 to 11,000 @ 77F (25C)
000741
Secondary Winding Resistance Test

Connect ohmmeter between coil secondary termi-
nal and coil primary terminal.
1 Ignition Coil Secondary Resistance
301 14 @ 77F (25C)
1. AT sensor 002287
00742
128
Stator Tests STEP 2

The stator consists of 3 windings (4 poles each) To check for a grounded condition, connect one
on a 5 inch diameter core and generates an out- meter lead to ground wire and alternately connect
put voltage of 55 VAC (1100 watts maximum). the other meter lead to each stator wire. Meter
This voltage is converted by the EMM and used to should read no continuity. If meter reads continu-
provide 12 VDC for battery charging (3 to 5 A at ity, replace stator due to grounded winding.
500 RPM and 25 A at WOT) and 55 VDC for fuel
Stator Voltage Output Test
injector, fuel and oil pump operation. The ignition
module of EMM is also powered by the 55 VDC Use a voltmeter to check the stator output voltage.
output. Set meter to read 55 VAC output.
Stator Resistance Tests WARNING

Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. Use To prevent accidental starting of outboard,
an ohmmeter to check resistance of stator wind- disconnect crankshaft position sensor
ings. (CPS).
STEP 1
Disconnect EMM J2 connector from EMM. Disconnect CPS.
Disconnect stator (6-pin) connector from the

1 engine harness (6-pin) connector. 6
Connect Stator Test Adaptor tool, P/N 5005799, to
stator connector.
Connect meter leads to connector leads 1 and 6.
1. EMM J2 Connector 002462
Calibrate ohmmeter to appropriate scale and con-

nect meter leads to the following pins: 1
Yellow/white and yellow (pins 9 and 1)
Brown/white and brown (pins 10 and 2)
Orange/white and orange (pins 11 and 3)
1. Stator Test Adaptor 002396
IMPORTANT: A reading of less than 2 ohms is
acceptable. Make sure meter is calibrated to read With a fully charged battery, crank outboard (300
1 ohm or less. RPM minimum) and observe meter reading.
Stator Winding Resistance Specification Stator Voltage Output

(Measured between terminals 1 and 6)
Yellow & Yellow / white
.670 .020 @ 73F (23C) 30 VAC at 300 RPM
40 VAC at 400 RPM
Brown & Brown / white
55 VAC above 500 RPM
.670 .020 @ 73F (23C)
Orange & Orange / white
.670 .020 @ 73F (23C)
129
CHARGING SYSTEM TESTS
Capacitor Test CHARGING SYSTEM

The capacitor should charge when you use an
ohmmeter on the high ohms scale with the proper TESTS
polarity. The resistance will increase until it goes
to (nearly) infinity. If the capacitor is shorted, then 12 V Charging Circuit
it will never charge. If it is open, the resistance will To test the operation of the regulator in the EMM,
be infinite immediately and won't change. If the you must be able to run the outboard continuously
polarity of the probes is reversed, it will not charge at approximately 5000 RPM, such as in a test tank
properly either. Determine the polarity of your or on a marine dynamometer.
meter and mark it. Black is usually negative with
VOMs, for example. Confirm with a marked diode. The test consists of monitoring the systems
A low reading across a good diode indicates that response to a partially discharged battery. Use a
the positive lead is on the anode (triangle) and variable load tester to discharge the battery.
negative lead is on the cathode (bar). IMPORTANT: The regulator requires battery
voltage on the red wire to operate. Before pro-
ceeding, make sure battery voltage is at the con-
nector red wire when key is ON.
Test Procedure
Use an inductive amp meter or connect a 0 to
40 A ammeter in series between the red wire of
engine wire harness (alternator output from EMM)
and the positive (B+) battery cable terminal of
starter solenoid.
Fluke model 334 or 336, Snap-On model MT110

or EETA501, and various other amp meters
should be available through local tool suppliers.
Reconnect the outboards battery cables.
130
CHARGING SYSTEM TESTS
Following the manufacturers directions, connect Start the outboard and run it at approximately
the variable load tester (carbon pile) across the 5000 RPM. Use the variable load tester to draw
battery terminals. Stevens model LB-85 and the battery down at a rate equivalent to the sta-
Snap-on model MT540D are examples of testers tors full output.
available. The ammeter should indicate nearly full output,
Approximately 25 A @ 5000 RPM.
WARNING
Decrease the battery load toward 0 A.
Excessive battery discharge rates might Ammeter should show a reduced output. As the
overheat battery causing electrolyte gas- current draw decreases, the battery voltage
sing. This might create an explosive atmo- should stabilize at approximately 14.5 V.
sphere. Always work in a well ventilated
If results vary, check stator BEFORE replacing
area.
the EMM. See Stator Tests on p. 129.
4
55 V Alternator Circuit
2 STEP 1
Check battery ground cable for continuity.
1
STEP 2
With the key switch ON, check battery voltage at 6
5 battery, then check voltage on white/red wires at
3 J2 connector of EMM. Voltage at EMM connector
should be 0.5 to 1 V less than battery.
1
Variable Load Test Diagram 002077
1. Red wire (alternator output from EMM)
2. Starter solenoid
3. Battery cable terminal (B+)
4. Variable load tester
5. Ammeter
75 90 HP
1. J2 connector of EMM 002291
STEP 3
With outboard running at 1000 RPM, voltage on
white/red wires should increase to 55 V.
Voltage readings at a specific speed (RPM)
should be steady.
If there is any other reading, perform Stator

Resistance Tests on p. 129 and Stator Voltage
Output Test on p. 129. Inspect the stator wiring
Battery Charging Graph 002076
and connections. Inspect the capacitor wiring,
connections, and capacitor. Repair the wiring or
replace a faulty capacitor, stator, or EMM.
131
SystemCheck CIRCUIT TESTS
SystemCheck CIRCUIT instrument harness terminal 1 (purple wire) and

terminal 2 (black wire).
TESTS
Make sure the SystemCheck engine monitor can
alert the operator during a NO OIL, WATER
TEMP or HOT, CHECK ENGINE, or LOW 2
OIL condition. Check the condition of the warning
system and associated wiring and connections.
Test the engine monitor regularly and anytime you
suspect an alert situation has been missed.
The instrument harness must be connected to the 1

outboard before performing the following tests.
Refer to the Engine Wiring diagram and the 1. Test adapter(s) 42761
2. Connector, SystemCheck gauge
MWS Instrument Wiring diagram in the back of
this manual.
If battery voltage is present, replace the gauge.
IMPORTANT: Use jumper wires made with the If there is no battery voltage, check that 12 V is
appropriate terminals to test the warning circuits. present at terminal B of the key switch. Check
condition of the instrument harness, key switch,
and connections.
If the lights worked, but the warning horn did not
sound for one-half second, turn the key switch
OFF. Disconnect the warning horn 2-pin connec-
tor. Substitute a known good warning horn. Turn
the key switch ON.
If the substitute horn beeps, the original horn is
defective and must be replaced.
If the substitute horn does not beep, check for
battery voltage between instrument harness 2-
42811 pin connector, terminal 2 (purple wire) and
ground with the key switch ON. Also, check the
Gauge Self-Test Check tan/blue wire for continuity between pin 8 of the
Turn the key switch to ON with the outboard NOT 8-pin connector and pin 1 of the 2-pin connec-
running. The gauge warning lights for NO OIL, tor.
WATER TEMP, CHECK ENGINE, and LOW OIL If battery voltage is present at the purple wire
must all light at once, then turn off in sequence, and the tan/blue wire has continuity between
and the warning horn must sound for one-half
second.
If the gauge lights do not turn on, turn the key

switch OFF. Disconnect the gauge 8-pin connec-
tor from the back of the gauge and turn the key
switch ON. Test for battery voltage between
132
SystemCheck CIRCUIT TESTS
the two connectors, replace SystemCheck WATER TEMP/ HOT Circuit Test
gauge.
The tan wire of engine harness and the MWS har-
ness receives a signal from the EMM. The EMM
receives information from the temperature sensor
on the cylinder head.
Using a jumper wire, connect tan wire (pin 6) of

the engine harness connector to a clean engine
ground.
2 1
1. Purple wire DRC6280
2. Tan/blue wire
002079
6
Turn the key switch OFF and reconnect all discon-
nected circuits.
Turn the key switch ON. After the normal self-test
sequence, the gauge WATER TEMP / HOT indi-
CHECK ENGINE Circuit Test cator should stay on.
Separate the 6-pin SystemCheck connector of If LED is not on, test circuit for continuity. Test
MWS instrument harness from engine harness. for continuity of both the engine harness (tan
Black wire (pin 3) must be grounded. wire) and the MWS instrument harness (tan
Using a jumper wire, connect tan/orange wire (pin wire).
2) to a clean engine ground. Turn the key switch OFF and reconnect all discon-
Turn the key switch ON. After the normal self-test nected circuits.
sequence, the CHECK ENGINE light should stay IMPORTANT: To test the temperature sensor
on. itself, refer to Engine Temperature Sensor Test
If the CHECK ENGINE light is not on, test circuit on p. 128.
for continuity. Check continuity of the MWS
instrument harness (tan/orange wire).
Check continuity of the engine wire harness
between terminal 2 (tan/orange wire) of the Sys-
temCheck connector and pin 17 of the EMM J1-
A connector.

nected circuits.
133
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH TESTS
LOW OIL Circuit Test REMOTE CONTROL

Turn the key switch ON. Using a jumper wire, con-
nect tan/black wire (pin 4) of the engine harness SWITCH TESTS
connector to a clean engine ground. The LOW
OIL light should turn on after 40 seconds. Key Switch Test
Refer to Wiring Diagrams at back of manual.
Use an ohmmeter or a continuity light to test key

switch operation. Replace switch if results are
incorrect with any of the following tests.
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery and key

switch wiring before proceeding with the following
tests.
STEP 1
Stop/Ground Terminals (M) Connect meter
002079 between the two M terminals. Meter must indi-
cate NO continuity at START or ON.
If the LOW OIL light does not turn on after con-
Turn key switch OFF. Meter must indicate continu-
necting the terminal to ground, test circuit for con-
ity.
tinuity.
STEP 2
nected circuits. Accessory Terminal (A) Make sure the key
switch is OFF. Connect the ohmmeter or continu-
NO OIL Circuit ity light between terminals B (battery) and A
(accessory) of key switch. Meter must indicate NO
Separate the 6-pin SystemCheck connector of
continuity.
MWS instrument harness from engine harness.
Black wire (pin 3) must be grounded. Turn switch ON. Meter must indicate continuity.
Using a jumper wire, connect tan/yellow wire (pin Turn key switch to START. Meter must continue to
5) to a clean engine ground. indicate continuity.
Turn the key switch ON. After the normal self-test STEP 3
sequence, the NO OIL light should stay on.
Starter Terminal (S) Hold key switch at START.
If the NO OIL light is not on, test circuit for conti- Connect meter between terminal B and terminal
nuity. Test for continuity of the MWS instrument S. Meter should indicate continuity.
harness (tan/yellow wire).
Test for continuity of the engine wire harness IMPORTANT: The choke function or terminal
between terminal 5 (tan/yellow wire) of the Sys- C of the key switch is NOT used.
temCheck connector and pin 24 of the EMM J1-
A connector. 1 2 3

nected circuits.
1. OFF 000443
2. ON
3. START
134
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH TESTS
Neutral Start Circuit Test Neutral Start Switch Test

Use an ohmmeter or continuity light to test the Use an ohmmeter or a continuity light to test neu-
continuity of the circuit while positioning the tral start switch operation.
remote control in NEUTRAL, FORWARD, and
REVERSE. IMPORTANT: All wiring must be disconnected
from the switch before proceeding with this test.
IMPORTANT: Turn propeller shaft or disconnect
shift cable to allow proper remote control shift Disassemble the remote control and remove the
action while outboard is not running. Disconnect neutral start switch.
the MWS instrument harness connector from the Connect one meter lead to each terminal of the
key switch harness connector. switch.
Make sure the remote control handle is in NEU- Meter must indicate continuity when the plunger
TRAL. Connect meter between terminal 5 is depressed
(red/purple wire) and terminal 2 (yellow/red wire). Meter must indicate no continuity when the
Turn the key switch to START. Meter must indicate plunger is released.
continuity.
Move the remote control handle to FORWARD

and turn the key switch to START. Meter must 1
NOT indicate continuity. 6
Move the remote control handle to REVERSE and
2
turn the key switch to START. Meter must NOT
indicate continuity.
TYPICAL 3224
1. Plunger
2. Neutral start switch
Replace switch if results are incorrect.
1 3 2
1. Key switch harness connector 000443
2. Neutral start switch
3. Key switch
IMPORTANT: Reconnect shift cable and MWS

instrument harness connector to key switch har-
ness connector.
135
ELECTRIC STARTER TESTS
Emergency Stop Switch Test ELECTRIC STARTER

This switch can be incorporated into the key
switch or installed as a separate switch. Either TESTS
style effectively connects the M terminals of the
key switch. Starter Solenoid Test
Disconnect the B+ (POS) battery cable at the bat-
The emergency stop switch function grounds the tery.
stop circuit wire (black/yellow) when the lanyard
clip is removed. One M terminal is the ground IMPORTANT: Disconnect all wiring from sole-
wire (black) and one M terminal is the stop circuit noid terminals before proceeding with this test.
wire (black/yellow).
4 1 2
STEP 1
Put one ohmmeter lead on the starter positive (+)
cable terminal and the other ohmmeter lead on
the battery positive (+) cable terminal:
Ohmmeter must not show continuity (high read-
ing).
If ohmmeter shows continuity (low reading),
replace the solenoid.
3 2
3
1. Lanyard and clip assembly 000444
2. Emergency stop switch, separate from key switch
3. Stop circuit wire (black/yellow)
4. Ground wire (black)
Install the clip on the emergency stop switch or

key switch. Start the outboard. Pull the clip from
the switch. The outboard must stop running.
1 5 4
1. Ground wire (black) 002073
2. Starter positive (+) cable terminal
3. Battery positive cable (B+) terminal
4. A terminal (yellow/red)
5. B terminal (black)
136
ELECTRIC STARTER TESTS
STEP 2 Use an inductive ammeter or connect a 0 to 100

Apply B+ to terminal A of solenoid and ground amp ammeter in series with a heavy jumper
(NEG) to terminal B of solenoid. Measure resis- between the battery positive (+) terminal and the
tance between the starter positive (+) cable termi- starter positive (+) terminal.
nal and the positive battery (+) cable terminal.
Fluke model 334 or 336, Snap-On model MT110
The solenoid must close with an audible click. or EETA501, and various other ammeters should
Ohmmeter must show continuity (low reading). be available through local tool suppliers.
If ohmmeter shows no continuity (high reading),
replace the solenoid. Attach or hold a vibration tachometer, such as a
Frahm Reed tachometer, to the starter.
After re-installing the solenoid, coat all wires and
terminals with Black Neoprene Dip.
6
TYPICAL 24083
002292 Complete the circuit with a heavy jumper between

the battery negative () terminal and the starter
No Load Current Draw Test frame.
Securely fasten starter in a vise or suitable fixture
Monitor the starter RPM and current draw.
before proceeding with this check.
At 10,500 RPM the ammeter should show a
Use a battery rated at 500 CCA (60 amp-hr) or maximum of 30 A.
higher that is in good condition and fully charged.
137
TILT/TRIM RELAY TEST
TILT/TRIM RELAY TEST Test Procedure

Make sure red and black wires are connected to
The tilt and trim (TNT) module contains the cir-
12 V battery power supply.
cuitry and relays required for power trim and tilt
operation. Set voltmeter to 12 VDC scale. Connect test leads
to terminals A and B of TNT motor connector.
Use a wire jumper to alternately connect B+ to ter-

minals 1 and 2 of tilt and trim switch connector.
The meter must indicate battery voltage (12 V)
with B+ connected to either terminal.
1
3
4
1. Tilt and trim module 002064
The tilt and trim switch provides B+ input to

1
green/white or blue/white wire of the TNT module.
Operation
2
The relay activates when B+ input from the switch
is supplied to terminal 86 of the internal relays.
Terminal 87a connects to ground (B). 6
5
Terminal 87 connects to B+.
Terminal 30 connects TNT motor. Tilt and Trim Module Diagram

1. Green/white wire
002063
2. Blue/white wire
Terminals 87a and 30 are connected when relay is 3. B+, red wire
not activated. This supplies ground (B) connec- 4. B, black wire
5. TNT motor connector
tion to TNT motor. 6. TNT switch connector
Terminals 87 and 30 are considered normally

open. B+ is applied to terminal 30 when relay is
activated. This supplies ground B+ connection to
TNT motor.
Refer to Tilt and Trim Module Diagram.
138
TACHOMETER CIRCUIT TESTS
TACHOMETER CIRCUIT STEP 1

Connect the red meter lead to the tachometer pur-
TESTS ple wire and the black meter lead to the tachome-
ter black wire (key ON, outboard NOT running).
IMPORTANT: Make sure all outboard and boat If meter shows battery voltage, go to STEP 2.
wiring and connectors are in good condition. If meter shows less than battery voltage, check
the purple, red/purple, and black wiring circuits,
Check voltage at the battery. Use this reading as fuse, key switch, and battery connections.
a reference for battery voltage.
STEP 2
Disconnect instrument harness gray wire and
black wire at tachometer. Set Fluke 29 Series II
meter, or equivalent, to Hz scale. Connect meter
between gray wire and black wire. With outboard
running at 1000 RPM, meter should indicate 90 to
105 Hz.
2 If meter reads 90 to 105 Hz, replace tachome-
1 ter.
3 If meter reads low or no signal, confirm output
on gray wire at pin 16 of EMM J1-A connector. 6
Reading OK Check condition of tachometer
circuit (gray wire). Repair as needed.
1. Purple lead 002074 Reading not OK Check connection at EMM;
2. Black lead
3. Gray lead replace faulty EMM.
139
FLYWHEEL SERVICING
FLYWHEEL SERVICING Disconnect wiring for MWS harness and remove

wiring from cover.
IMPORTANT: Weak flywheel magnets can
cause low alternator output and affect outboard
performance. Weak flywheel magnets can also
cause low readings on ignition test equipment
such as the peak-reading voltmeter, which might
cause unnecessary replacement of ignition com-
ponents.
An accurate test of alternator output can help 1

determine the flywheels condition. Refer to
CHARGING SYSTEM TESTS on p. 130.
1. MWS harness 002086
Removal
Remove fuse holder from flywheel cover.
WARNING
To prevent accidental starting while ser-
vicing, disconnect the battery cables at
battery.
Remove the electrical cover from flywheel cover.

1
1
1. Fuse holder 002094
Lift flywheel cover to remove.
1. Electrical cover 002084
002087
1. Electrical cover removed 002085
140
FLYWHEEL SERVICING
Remove flywheel nut using Flywheel Holder, Installation

P/N 771311, or equivalent, and a 1 5/16 in.
Install the outer edge of flywheel key parallel with
socket. Discard flywheel nut.
centerline of crankshaft.
1. Flywheel key DRC2116
002088 Thoroughly clean the crankshaft and flywheel

tapers with Cleaning Solvent and let dry.
Apply Moly Lube grease to the threads of the
puller pressing screw, P/N 307637, and the center
hole of the crankshaft.
Assemble the following components from Univer- 6

sal Puller Set, P/N 378103:
Body, P/N 307636
Screw, P/N 307637
Handle, P/N 307638
Three screws P/N 309492
Three washers, P/N 307640
002093
Put the puller on flywheel with body flat side up.
Attach the puller body with the three shoulder Align the flywheel keyway and install flywheel.
screws and washers. Hold puller body with han- Coat the threads of a new flywheel nut with Triple-
dle, and tighten pressing screw until flywheel Guard grease. Install the washer and nut and
releases. Turn the center screw and lift the fly- torque to 100 to 115 ft. lbs. (136 to 156 Nm).
wheel off of the crankshaft.
002090
1. Universal puller 002089
141
TIMING ADJUSTMENTS
TIMING ADJUSTMENTS firmly against the tool. Mark the flywheel directly
across from the pointer. Label this mark A.
Timing Pointer
The timing pointer must be adjusted to indicate
top dead center (TDC) of the number 1 piston.
This reference to the position of the number 1 pis-
ton is used to synchronize the electronic timing
controlled by the EMM with the mechanical posi-
tion of the number 1 piston.
1
WARNING
vicing, remove emergency stop lanyard
1. Timing pointer 002091
and disconnect the battery cables at the
battery. Rotate the flywheel in a clockwise direction until
the piston contacts the tool. Mark the flywheel
Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect the bat- directly across from the pointer. Label this mark
tery cables at the battery. B. Rotate flywheel counterclockwise slightly to
release tool and remove it from spark plug hole.
Remove spark plugs. Rotate the flywheel clock-
wise to 30 ATDC. Install Piston Stop Tool, Use a flexible measuring device to measure the
P/N 342679, into the spark plug hole of the num- distance between marks A and B. Measure
ber 1 cylinder. along the edge of the flywheel. Mark the midpoint
on the flywheel. Label this mark C. If mark C
and the cast-in TDC boss on flywheel are in align-
ment, the timing pointer is in the correct location.
1
1. Piston stop tool, P/N 342679 002095

2. Number 1 cylinder
Rotate flywheel in a counterclockwise direction

until the number 1 piston contacts the tool. Keep 2 3 4 1
pressure on the flywheel to position the piston 1. Mark A 002092
2. Mark B
3. Mark C
4. TDC boss
142
TIMING ADJUSTMENTS
If the pointer alignment is NOT correct, rotate the CPS replacement

flywheel clockwise to align the mark C with the EMM replacement
pointer. Hold the flywheel in this position. Loosen EMM software replacement (reprogramming)
the pointer retaining screw and adjust the pointer
location to align with the cast-in TDC boss on the IMPORTANT: Make sure the timing pointer is
flywheel. Tighten retaining screw. set and the outboard reaches operating tempera-
ture before timing verification is performed.
TPS Calibration
2
to tell the EMM what the throttle position sensor
voltage level is when the throttle plates begin to
open.
1
Remove the air silencer.
On the Settings screen of the diagnostic software,

click the Set TPS Calibration button.
1. Timing pointer 002285
2. TDC boss
Install spark plugs. Refer to Spark Plug Indexing

6
on p. 144.
Timing Verification
Use the Evinrude Diagnostics Software program 1
to synchronize the mechanical timing of the out-
board with the electronic timing control function of
the EMM.
1. TPS Calibration button 006308
While holding the throttle plates closed, advance

the throttle linkage until it stops. The Measured
TPS Calibration field on the screen will increase.
Click the Working button in the software to cali-

brate the TPS.
Install the air silencer.
Perform TPS Calibration after replacing or adjust-

ing any throttle body or throttle linkage parts.
Timing Adjustment Screen 005168
Perform timing verification after any of the follow-

ing procedures:
Powerhead replacement
Crankshaft replacement
Flywheel removal or replacement
143
SPARK PLUGS
SPARK PLUGS Apply Triple-Guard grease to the gasket surface

of the spark plugs. Install all spark plugs and
Inspection tighten them to a torque of 15 ft. lbs. (20 Nm).
Spark plugs should be removed and examined If the mark is in unshaded area do not tighten any-
periodically. Replace worn, fouled or damaged more.
spark plugs.
Use only recommended spark plugs with the cor-

rect gap setting. 1 2
Spark Plug, Champion
QC12PEPB @ 0.030 0.003 in. (0.76 mm)
Remove spark plugs and inspect condition.

Set spark plug gap on new, replacement spark
plugs.
Mark spark plugs for ground electrode orienta-
tion. Spark Plug Indexing Diagram 002106
1. Unshaded area
Apply Electrical Grease to the ribbed portion of 2. Shaded area
the spark plug ceramic and to the opening of
the spark plug cover to prevent corrosion. If the mark is in the shaded area, reset torque
Install spark plugs using indexing procedure. wrench to 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm) and continue to turn
until the mark is in the unshaded area.
Indexing
If the mark does not reach the unshaded area
Spark plug indexing positions the ground elec- before the torque of 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm) is reached,
trode of the spark plug opposite the fuel injector the spark plug cannot be indexed for that cylinder.
nozzle. Try another spark plug and repeat the steps
Put an ink mark on the ceramic of the spark plug above.
that is in line with the OPEN side of the ground
electrode. This mark will be used to orient the
spark plug with the OPEN side of the ground elec-
trode facing the fuel injector.
2 1
1. Ink mark 000758

2. Open side
144
ELECTRIC STARTER SERVICING
ELECTRIC STARTER Disassembly

Remove the retaining ring, spacers, spring and
SERVICING starter pinion from pinion shaft.
Removal
IMPORTANT: Do not clean the starter drive
while the starter motor and drive are installed on
the powerhead. The cleaning agent could drain
into the starter motor, washing dirt from the drive
into the starter bearings and commutator.
Remove port side lower motor cover. Refer to

Powerhead REMOVAL on p. 205.
002294
Disconnect battery positive (+) cable from post on 002295
starter.
Mark the end cap and brush holder cap orienta-
Remove the three screws from the starter. tion. Remove the two thru-bolts.
6
1 1
1. Screws 002293 002296
Remove the starter from engine. Remove the end cap and thrust washer.
002298
145
Remove brush holder cap from armature and Clean the commutator with 300-grade emery
frame assembly. Do not lose the brush springs. cloth. If commutator surface is unevenly worn or
pitted, turn it on a lathe. Remove any trace of oil or
metal dust from commutator.
Check the armature on a growler for shorted turns

using a test light or meter. Inspect armature insu-
lation for indications of overheating or damaged
windings. Clean off any carbon deposits or foreign
matter which could contribute to failure of wind-
ings.
002299
Slowly, remove the armature from frame.
TYPICAL 24058
Check permanent magnets and make sure they

strongly attract any steel or iron object held inside
frame. Weak magnetism could cause excessive
RPM on No Load Current Draw Test on p. 137.
38288
Cleaning and Inspection

Inspect the brushes for wear and damage.
Replace brushes if damaged or worn. Replace
weak brush springs.
TYPICAL 24057
After disassembling the drive, clean each part with

Cleaning Solvent and inspect for wear and distor-
tion.
002300
146
If the pinion does not properly engage the fly- Compress the brushes and springs with a modi-
wheel, the pinion and screw shaft assembly could fied putty knife.
be worn, distorted, or dirty. Locate the cause of
binding and correct it before completing the
assembly.
Inspect and replace end cap thrust washer if dis-

torted or worn excessively.
Assembly
IMPORTANT: If removed, apply Locquic Primer
and Screw Lock to the brush card screws before
installing.
002309
Place armature in frame.
Apply Extreme Pressure Grease to the armature Align and place brush holder cap firmly on arma-
bushing. ture and slide putty knife out, making sure the
brushes are retained properly.
Route the brush leads and install the springs and
brushes. 6
IMPORTANT: Incorrect orientation of the
brushes could damage the starter or cause
reverse rotation.
2 1 002310
Install thrust washer. Align and place end cap onto

armature shaft.
1. Brush card screws 002300

2. Armature bushing
002308
147
Apply Locquic Primer and Screw Lock to the Install spacer and retaining clip. Spacer must be
threaded portion, and install the two thru-bolts. raised to cover clip completely.
Torque bolts 100 to110 in. lbs. (11 to 12.5 Nm).
002311
002306 002297
Lubricate the splines (helix) of starter pinion shaft To test the assembly and operation of the starter,
with Starter Bendix Lube. DO NOT use liquid or refer to No Load Current Draw Test on p. 137.
aerosol spray lubricants.
Installation
Apply Triple-Guard grease to the threads of the
two starter screws, the double-ended stud, and
also to the washers.
Position the starter and install the screws and

washers. Torque to 168 to 192 in. lbs. (19 to 21
Nm).
Attach starter positive (+) cable to post with lock

washer and nut; tighten securely. Coat connec-
tions with Black Neoprene Dip.
002307
Attach the battery negative () cable to the starter
Install pinion, spacer and spring. frame. Attach the starter positive (+) cable to the
starters positive terminal.
Coat all electrical connections with Black Neo-

prene Dip.
1
1
002305
1. Black Neoprene Dip 002292
148
CONNECTOR SERVICING
CONNECTOR Release terminal latch and gently pull on wire.
SERVICING
1
DEUTSCH Connectors 2
IMPORTANT: Electrical Grease is recom-
mended. Incorrect grease application can cause
electrical or warning system problems.
1. Terminal latch (receptacle) 42329
2. Terminal latch (plug)
To disconnect the connector, press the latch and
pull the connectors apart.
Terminal Installation
To connect the connector, confirm that the seal is Push terminal through seal until it locks into place.
in place. Clean off any old grease and dirt from Fill connector with Electrical Grease to 1/32 in.
connectors. Apply a light coat of Electrical Grease (0.8 mm) below ledge or end of plug.
to seal. Push connectors together until latched.
2
1 6
2
1
1. Latch 42079A 1. Ledge of plug 42330
2. Seal 2. End of plug
Terminal Removal Push wedge in until latched. Wedge in 2-pin

Use hook-end of Connector Service Tool, receptacle is not symmetrical; position latch shoul-
P/N 342667, to pull out wedge from receptacle, or ders next to terminals.
use other end of tool to pry out wedge from plug.
Crimping Terminals
Use needle-nose pliers to remove wedge from
3-pin receptacle. Strip insulation back 3/16 in. (5 mm). Place termi-
nal in 18-gauge notch of Crimping Pliers,
P/N 322696. Position end of wire strands in termi-
nal past wire crimp area, and position end of insu-
lation past insulation crimp area. Capture all wire
1 strands in crimp; leave no loose strands. Crimp
wire securely. Do not solder. Crimp insulation in
14/16-gauge notch of crimping pliers.
2 1
1. Wedge 42327
3 4
1. End of wire strands DRC6205
2. Insulation crimp area
3. End of insulation
4. Wire crimp area
149
CONNECTOR SERVICING
AMP Connectors
IMPORTANT: Always use the appropriate meter
test probes and adapters when testing compo-
nents fitted with these terminals. Electrical grease
is NOT used on AMP connectors. 1 2
SUPERSEAL 1.5
Disconnect
Lift latch. Pull connectors apart.
1. Locking tab, plug 002447
2. Locking tab, receptacle
Connect
Confirm the seal is in place. Push connectors Terminal Installation
together until latched. Align terminal with connector housing. Push con-
1 nector and seal into housing until seated.
2
1. Latch 002448
2. Seal
1. Terminal and seal 002451

Terminal Removal
Use Secondary Lock Tool, P/N 777078, to release Align anti-backout device with connector housing
anti-backout device of connector housing. Next, and terminals. Use Secondary Lock Installer,
use Primary Lock Tool, P/N 777077, to release P/N 777079, to seat device in connector.
locking tab of connector housing. Release locking
tab and pull on wire to remove from connector Crimping Terminals
housing. Crimping Superseal 1.5 terminals requires the
PRO-CRIMPER II with a specific crimping die
set.
The PRO-CRIMPER II hand tool assembly,

2
P/N 58583-1, comes with die assembly
P/N 58583-2.
1
1
1. Anti backout device, plug 002449

2. Anti backout device, receptacle 002450
2
1. Terminal 002452
2. Seal
150
CONNECTOR SERVICING
SUPER SEAL POWER TIMER SERIES

The J1-A and J1-B connectors of the EMM are The J2 connector of the EMM is a AMP Power
AMP Super Seal connectors. Timer Series connector.
Disconnect Disconnect
Depress BOTH latches and pull connector from Use a screw driver to open latch. Pull connector
plug. from plug.
Connect Connect
Push connector into plug until latches engage. Push connector until seated in plug. Close latch
completely.
1
1
2
1. J1-A connector
2. J1-B connector
002118
1. J2 connector 002120
6
2. Latch (closed)
Terminal Removal
Open lock mechanism and remove terminal from Terminal Removal
connector housing. Use Terminal Release Tool, P/N 351413, to
release BOTH locking mechanisms of connector.
2 2 Pull terminal from housing.
1
1 1
002453
1. Latch
2. Lock mechanism
1
Terminal Installation 1. Locking mechanism(s) 002455
Push terminal through seal until it is seated in con-

nector housing. Close lock mechanism.
1. Terminal release tool 002313

1. Terminal 002454
151
CONNECTOR SERVICING
Terminal Installation Packard Connectors

Align terminal with connector housing and push
terminal with seal into connector housing until IMPORTANT: Always use the appropriate meter
seated. test probes and adapters when testing compo-
nents fitted with these terminals.
1
Disconnect
Lift latch(s). Remove connector.
Connect
Confirm the seal is in place. Push connector onto
2 housing until latched.
1. Latch 002456
2. Terminal with seal
152
CONNECTOR SERVICING
Terminal Removal Terminal Installation

A tab on the back side of the terminal engages a Install wire gasket on wires and feed wires
shoulder in the connector housing to hold the ter- through the correct terminal position of the con-
minal in place. The terminal is removed by push- nector housing. Terminal is crimped onto wire and
ing wire and terminal through connector housing. then pulled back into connector housing until lock-
ing tab engages and terminal is seated.
Insert a thin wire, such as a paper clip, into the
connector above the terminal to release tab.
002304
Crimping Terminals
TYPICAL DRC5940 Strip insulation back 3/16 in. (5 mm). Position end
of wire strands in terminal past the wire crimp area 6
and the end of insulation in the insulation crimp
area of the terminal.
Capture all wire strands in crimp; leave no loose

strands. Crimp wire and insulation securely using
crimping pliers.
Terminal Tool DRC5941
153
NOTES
NOTES
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
154
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
FUEL LIFT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
VAPOR SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
FUEL CIRCULATION PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
FUEL MANIFOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
FUEL INJECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
FUEL SYSTEM HOSE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
DIRECT INJECTION ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
INJECTOR / CIRCULATION PUMP CIRCUITS DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
FUEL COMPONENT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
INJECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
FUEL COMPONENT SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
RELIEVING FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
FUEL LIFT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 7
VAPOR SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
FUEL INJECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
FUEL MANIFOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
INTAKE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
155
FUEL SYSTEM
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
INJECTORS, VAPOR SEPARATOR, FUEL PUMP
S
Torque in 3 stages
60-84 in. lbs.

1 (6.8-9.5 Nm)
A
120 in. lbs.
2 (14 Nm)
24-36 in. lbs.
(2.7-4 Nm) A 3 24-26 Ft. lbs.
(33-35 Nm)
60-84 in. lbs

F (7-9.5 Nm)
60-84 in. lbs
(7-9.5 Nm)
60-84 in. lbs

(7-9.5 Nm)
24-36 in. lbs.

(2.8-4.0 Nm)
F
C Adhesive 847
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
H Outboard Engine Lubricant 002154b
S STP Oil Treatment
156
FUEL SYSTEM
SERVICE CHART
REED PLATE ASSEMBLY AND THROTTLE BODY
F
25-35 in. lbs
(2.8-3.5 nm)
F
60-120 in. lbs
(7-14 nm)
7
IMPORTANT:
DO NOT lubricate TPS
to throttle shaft surface
10-14 in. lbs
(1.1-1.6 nm)
10-14 in. lbs
(1.1-1.6 nm)
60-120 in. lbs 10-18 in. lbs

(7-14 nm) (1.1-2.0 nm)
C Adhesive 847
D Moly Lube
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
G Needle Bearing Grease
157
FUEL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS Vacuum from the fuel lift pump pulls fuel from the
fuel tank. Once fuel reaches the pump, internal
The Evinrude E-TEC direct injection system con- pump pressure forces the fuel from the pump
sists of the following components: through the fuel filter and into the vapor separator.
Fuel Lift Pump
IMPORTANT: The oil injector supplies oil to the
Fuel Filter
outboard's incoming fuel supply. A limited amount
Vapor Separator
of oil is injected into the fuel supply to clean injec-
Fuel Circulation Pump tors and reduce internal fuel system deposits.
Fuel Supply Manifolds Refer to Oil Supply and Distribution Diagram
Fuel Return Manifolds on p. 182.
Fuel Injectors
Fuel Filter
Fuel Lift Pump The in-line filter protects the vapor separator and
The fuel lift pump is a mechanical, pressure-pulse the high-pressure components of the fuel system
pump. The diaphragm of the pump is driven by a from water and contaminants. Refer to INSPEC-
pulse hose that connects to the number 3 cylinder TION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE on p. 72
of the cylinder/crankcase assembly. for service frequency.
1. Fuel lift pump 005005 1. Filter 004968
Vapor Separator
The vapor separator:
Serves as a water-cooled fuel reservoir to accu-
mulate incoming fuel from the fuel lift pump and
from the fuel return manifold;
Contains a float controlling the venting of fuel
1 vapors; and
Contains a fuel pressure regulator for the high
pressure fuel system.
1. Pulse hose 002314
158
FUEL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
The vapor separator is serviced as an assembly Venting

and includes the fuel circulation pump. The fuel vapor vent regulates fuel vapor pressure
in the fuel system.
1
1
Vapor Separator Assembly 005006

1. Circulation pump
1. Vent 005007
Fuel Reservoir
The vapor separator accumulates fuel in an inter-
nal fuel reservoir and supplies fuel to the electric
circulation pump. It is water-cooled to enhance
vapor separating capabilities. 1
Cooling
Water is used to cool the fuel as it flows through 7
the vapor separator. The water cavity of the sepa-
rator self-drains when the outboard is stored verti-
cally. Refer to HOSE ROUTING AND WATER
FLOW DIAGRAM on p. 192.
1. Vent hose 002180
The vapor separator vent is opened and closed by

a float valve. The float valve moves relative to the
fuel level in the fuel chamber. Hot fuel causes an
increase in vapor pressure. This results in a lower
fuel level in the vapor separator. The float valve
drops and the vent opens. This allows fuel vapor
to flow to the intake manifold through the vent
hose.
As the vapor pressure in the vapor separator

decreases, the fuel level begins to increase. An
increase in the fuel level raises the float valve and
the vent closes.
159
FUEL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Pressure Regulator Fuel Manifolds

The fuel pressure regulator helps maintain consis- The fuel supply and return manifolds route fuel
tent fuel pressure in the fuel system. through the high pressure side of the fuel system.
Fuel returning from the injectors enters the fuel Fuel Supply Manifold
chamber of the vapor separator through a pres-
The fuel supply manifold supplies pressurized fuel
sure regulator. The pressure regulator maintains
to the inlet port of each fuel injector.
approximately 20 to 30 psi (138 to 207 kPa) of fuel
pressure in the high pressure side of the fuel sys- Fuel Return Manifold
tem.
The fuel return manifold provides a route for fuel
passing through the fuel injectors to flow back to
Fuel Circulation Pump the fuel chamber of the vapor separator.
The fuel circulation pump is an electric high pres-
sure fuel pump. The pump is controlled by the
EMM. 1
Fuel Supply 2
The pump is mounted to the vapor separator and
draws fuel from the fuel chamber. The fuel injec-
tors receive pressurized fuel from a fuel supply
manifold connected directly to the circulation
pump.
Electrical Circuit
Activation of the circulation pump is controlled by 1. Inlet port(s) 002178
the EMM. The outboard must be cranking or run-
ning for the circulation pump to be activated. Acti-
vation of the circulation pump requires CPS input
to the EMM.
005008
160
FUEL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Fuel Injectors Injector Fuel Supply

Fuel injectors are fuel metering (55 V), electric Fuel is supplied to the injectors by the fuel circula-
injector pumps bolted directly to the cylinder head. tion pump and the fuel supply manifold.
The EMM supplies 55 V and controls the activa- Each injector has internal fuel passages. These
tion of each injector. passages are designed to:
Fuel Flow Compensation Provide fuel to the injector's injection chamber
Flow tests included in the injector manufacturing Route fuel through the injector housing to cool
process measure the flow rates of each injector. the injector coil and armature.
Each injector's fuel flow rate is recorded and con-
verted to specific coefficients. These coefficients
are assigned to the injector by serial number.
Each individual service injector includes these

coefficients on a 3.5 in. floppy disk. The disk also
includes the software necessary to install a
replacement injector. This software enables the
EMM to control each injector based on unique fuel
flow characteristics.
IMPORTANT: The cylinder location of each

005333
injector must always be maintained. EMM pro-
gramming is associated with the cylinder location
of each injector. 7
161
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM HOSE ROUTING
FUEL SYSTEM HOSE ROUTING
10
10
5
10 11 12 3
4
9
8 7
2
Fuel Supply
13
Fuel Return
1
Oil to Fuel
6
002148
1. Fuel supply from boat fuel system

2. Oil into fuel supply
3. Fuel lift pump (2 to 8 psi)
4. Pulse hose from cylinder/crankcase
5. Fuel filter
6. Fuel supply to vapor separator
7. Vapor separator
8. Electric fuel circulation pump (20 to 30 psi)
9. Fuel supply manifold
10. Fuel injector(s)
11. Fuel return manifold
12. Vent hose to intake manifold
13. Pressure regulator (high pressure)
162
FUEL SYSTEM
DIRECT INJECTION ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
DIRECT INJECTION back to the EMM, and through the EMM to

ground. The injectors internal coil provides
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS approximately 3 ohms of resistance in the injector
circuit.
The outboards 55 V alternator circuit supplies the
injectors and fuel circulation pump with the current Requirements for injector or circulation pump acti-
required to activate the fuel injectors and pump. vation:
Unique circuits from the EMM distribute this cur- 55 V output from the alternator to the EMM and
rent to the specific injector or pump. through the individual circuits; and
Switched ground connection provided by the
The EMM controls injector and pump operation by EMM.
rapidly connecting and disconnecting one side of
each components internal coil to ground. Current IMPORTANT: The 55 V alternator output is pro-
must flow from the EMM to the injectors and duced by stator input to EMM and rectifier circuits
pump, through the winding of the component, of EMM.
Injector / Circulation Pump Circuits Diagram

11
1
2
4
1
3 3 3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
7
J1-A
20 14 8 1
21 15 2
9 3
22 16 10
6 543 21 23 17 11
4
5
J1-B
24 18
25 12 6
26 19 13 7
2
6 5 4 3 2 1
5
9
1
10
2
11
3
12
4
13
5
J2
14
6
15
7
16
8
10
9
7 8
6
002174
1. Stator 5. Capacitor 9. PURPLE

2. EMM 6. WHITE/RED (55 V) 10. GREEN (2)
3. Fuel injector 7. BLACK ground wires 11. BROWN
4. Fuel circulation pump 8. BLUE
163
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL COMPONENT TESTS
FUEL COMPONENT Static Test

TESTS to test circulation pump and fuel injectors.
IMPORTANT: Static tests are performed when

WARNING outboard is not running. Listen carefully for fuel
Carefully relieve fuel system pressure pump and injector activation. These tests are
before disassembling any fuel system operating components on battery voltage (12 V).
component.
Injectors
Pressure Test
This test requires fitting and O-ring kit,
P/N 5005844.
Relieve fuel system pressure. See Relieving Fuel

System Pressure on p. 168.
IMPORTANT: Perform test with injector

mounted to cylinder head and fittings installed
with manifold retainer.
Use cap and tie strap to seal off outlet fitting and Resistance Test
connect a 0 to 30 psi (0 to 207 kPa) pressure Disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
tester to the inlet fitting. Pressurize the injector to
30 psi (207 kPa). Pressure must hold for at least Use a digital multimeter to measure the injector
five minutes. circuit and coil resistance.
Injector Coil Resistance
2.28 @ 72F (22C)
1
2
1. Outlet fitting 002379

2. Inlet fitting
Fluke Model 29 Multimeter 002336
164
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Supply Relieve fuel system pressure before removing fuel

pressure gauge. See Relieving Fuel System
Fuel System Pressure Test Pressure on p. 168.
Relieve fuel system pressure. See Relieving Fuel
System Pressure on p. 168. Results:
Normal pressure
WARNING Observe pressure reading after outboard is shut
OFF.
Use caution when working on any pres-
Proceed to Lift Pump Pressure Test on
surized fuel system. Wear safety glasses
p. 166.
and work in a well ventilated area. Extin-
guish all smoking materials and make Pressure drops after outboard shut OFF
certain no open flames or ignition Leaking fuel injector
sources exist. Failure to properly relieve Leaking pressure regulator
fuel system pressure can result in spray- External fuel system leak
ing fuel and/or excessive fuel spillage
during servicing. Fuel is flammable and High pressure
can be explosive under certain condi- Suspect damaged pressure regulator in vapor
tions. separator, restricted fuel return manifold, or
vapor separator fitting.
After relieving fuel system pressure, install a 0 to
100 psi (0 to 690 kPa) Fuel Pressure Gauge, Low pressure
P/N 5000902 or equivalent, to the upper fuel pres- Check fuel supply to fuel lift pump. Refer to Lift
sure test fitting. Pump Vacuum Test on p. 167. Higher vacuum
readings indicate restrictions in the fuel supply. 7
Repair or replace as needed.
1 Lift pump not supplying adequate fuel to vapor
2 separator. Refer to Lift Pump Pressure Test
on p. 166.
If the above requirements are met and vapor
separator remains full of fuel, suspect damaged
circulation pump. Replace vapor separator
assembly.
No pressure
Check electrical circuit and ground connections
1. Test fitting 005009
2. Fuel pressure gauge for circulation pump.
Voltage present and pump does not run. Repair
START outboard and check pressure. System connection or replace vapor separator assem-
pressure should be 20 to 30 psi (138 to 207 kPa). bly.
Shut OFF outboard. Monitor pressure gauge. Pressure Regulator Test

Pressure should not drop below 15 psi (103 kPa). Refer to Vapor Separator on page 170 to
remove vapor separator. Apply oil to valve and
IMPORTANT: If outboard does not run, prime connect pressure pump and hose to the fuel
fuel system and crank outboard; check circulation return fitting of vapor separator. Apply pressure to
pump operation; check fuel system pressure. check regulator operation. The pressure should
165
FUEL SYSTEM
open check valve at approximately 15 psi (103 Lift Pump Pressure Test
kPa). Install a 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa) Fuel Pressure
Gauge, P/N 5006397 or equivalent, to the lower
fuel pressure test fitting.
1. Fuel pressure gauge 005010

2. Test fitting
Prime the fuel system and check for leaks. START

outboard and run at idle speed. Hold gauge level
with inlet fitting and monitor gauge for pressure
reading.
1 2
1. Pressure regulator 000249 Pressure should stabilize and gauge must not
2. Fuel return fitting indicate less than 3 psi (27 kPa).
Circulation Pump Resistance Test Results:

Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. Normal pressure
Perform the Lift Pump Vacuum Test on
Use a digital multimeter to measure the fuel pump p. 167. Make certain no air leaks or restrictions
circuit and coil resistance. exist in the fuel supply hose or boat fuel system.
Fuel Pump Resistance
Low pressure
Between 2 and 3 @ 77F (25C)
Check pulse hoses and fittings for restrictions.
Perform the Lift Pump Vacuum Test on
p. 167. Make sure no air leaks or restrictions
exist in the fuel supply hose or boat fuel system.
Check fuel flow through fuel lift pump. Use fuel
primer bulb to force fuel through pump.
No pressure
Check pulse hoses and fittings restrictions.
Check fuel flow through fuel lift pump. Use fuel
primer or primer bulb to force fuel through
pump.
Momentarily prime or squeeze primer bulb to
Fluke Model 29 Multimeter 002382 check gauge operation.
Check pulse hose and fittings for restrictions.
166
FUEL SYSTEM
Lift Pump Vacuum Test Apply 15 psi (103 kPa) to the pulse hose of the
Confirm fuel supply to the fuel lift pump. pump. Replace lift pump if pump fails to hold pres-
sure.
Temporarily install a vacuum gauge, T-fitting, and
8 in. (20.3 cm) of clear vinyl hose between the fuel
supply hose and fuel lift pump (inlet). Secure con-
nections with tie straps to prevent fuel or air leaks.
1
IMPORTANT: Do not use fuel primer bulb, man-
ual fuel primer, or electric fuel pump primer to
restart outboard. A positive pressure in the fuel
supply could damage some vacuum gauges.
1. Pulse fitting 002334
Anti-Siphon Valve Test

Remove anti-siphon valve from fuel tank. Install
adapter fittings and a 36 in. (91.4 cm) length of
clear hose to the inlet side (tank end) of valve.
000243 3 7
START outboard and run at FULL THROTTLE for
at least two minutes. Monitor clear vinyl hose for
the presence of air. Air bubbles indicate a faulty 20 in. (500 mm)
hose, connection, or fuel tank pick-up. Repair, if
necessary, before proceeding. 2
There should be no air or vapor bubbles visible in

the clear hose. The maximum inlet fuel vacuum 1
should not exceed 4 in. Hg. (13.5 kPa) at the inlet
to the fuel lift pump under any operating condi-
tions (IDLE to WOT). 1. Anti-siphon valve DR2277
2. Adapter fitting
A higher vacuum indicates an excessive restric- 3. Clear hose
tion in the fuel supply. Repair as needed. Refer to
Fuel System Requirements on p. 39 for fuel sup- Fill clear hose with water to a height of 20 in. (500
ply component requirements. mm). Water must NOT flow through valve. An
occasional drip is acceptable. Replace valve if
Lift Pump Diaphragm Test water drips continuously.
Perform this test only if a damaged pump is sus-
pected. This test does not confirm the perfor- Increase height of water to 25 in. (630 mm). Water
mance of internal fuel pump check valves. should flow through valve as water level reaches
25 in. (630 mm). Replace the anti-siphon valve if
Remove the pulse hose from the crankcase fitting. test results are different.
167
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL COMPONENT SERVICING
FUEL COMPONENT Disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
SERVICING Wrap a shop towel completely around the pres-

sure test valve while connecting Fuel Pressure
Gauge, P/N 5000902, to top test fitting of high
WARNING pressure fuel pump/vapor separator assembly.
Gasoline is extremely flammable and
highly explosive under certain conditions.
Use caution when working on any part of
the fuel system.
Protect against hazardous fuel spray. 1
Before starting any fuel system service,
carefully relieve fuel system pressure.
Refer to Relieving Fuel System Pressure.
Always disconnect the battery cables at
the battery before servicing the fuel sys-
tem unless instructed to do otherwise. 1. Shop towel 005011
Always work in a well ventilated area and

wipe off any fuel spillage. Insert venting hose of gauge into a suitable con-
tainer.
DO NOT smoke and make certain no open
flames or ignition sources exist. Slowly open gauges venting valve.
After servicing the fuel system check for Clean up any spilled fuel with shop towels.
leaks. Failure to check for fuel leakage
could allow a leak to go undetected,
resulting in fire or explosion. 1
2
Relieving Fuel System Pressure
WARNING
Protect against hazardous fuel spray.
Before starting any fuel system service, 3
1. Test fitting 005012
IMPORTANT: Minimize fuel system pressure 2. Venting valve
3. Venting hose
prior to disassembly. Temporarily restrict the fuel
supply hose from fuel tank with hose pincer.
Remove propeller and disconnect circulation fuel
pump electrical connector. If outboard runs, start
and run at IDLE for 5 seconds and STOP out-
board. If outboard does NOT run, crank for 10
seconds.
168
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Filter Disconnect the fuel lift pump pulse hose at the
crankcase fitting.
Removal
Remove filter carefully to prevent spilling contents.
Inspect contents for any presence of water. If

water is present, identify the source and correct
the problem. Take additional fuel samples and 1
drain fuel tank(s) if necessary.
1. Crankcase fitting 002193
1 Disconnect the fuel supply hose at the in-line oil

supply fitting.
2
3
1. Fuel filter 002192
2. Arrow
7
Installation 2
Position filter in fuel supply hoses. Note arrow
indicating direction of fuel flow on filter. Secure fil- 1
ter with appropriate clamps.
1. Fuel supply hose 002184
Squeeze primer bulb to prime fuel system. Hold 2. In-line oil supply fitting
pressure on bulb and check for fuel leaks. 3. Check valve
Connect battery cables. Disconnect the fuel outlet hose from the fuel filter
housing.
Run outboard and check for fuel leaks.
Loosen the fuel lift pump mounting screws.
Fuel Lift Pump Remove the fuel lift pump as an assembly.
The fuel lift pump is serviceable as a complete
assembly or can be repaired with a fuel pump
repair kit. Refer to appropriate parts catalog for
service parts.
Removal
Remove air silencer and lower motor covers as

needed.
1
1. Screws 002194
169
FUEL SYSTEM
Installation Remove clamps and vapor separator cooling

Fasten fuel pump to the cylinder/crankcase with water hoses.
pump to crankcase screws.
Remove clamps and fuel return manifold and fuel
Apply Nut Lock to screws and install screws into supply hose from bottom of vapor separator.
crankcase. Torque screws to 24 to 36 in. lbs. (2.8
Remove the vapor separator housing retainer clip.
to 4.0 Nm).
1
1. Retainer clip 005013
1. Screws 002194
Remove vapor separator/fuel pump from the

Connect the fuel outlet hose to the fuel filter.
mounting stud and slide vapor separator housing
Secure with tie strap.
from the grooves of the isolator mounts.
Connect the fuel supply hose to the in-line oil sup-
Installation
ply fitting. Secure with 18.5 mm Oetiker clamp.
Installation is essentially the reverse of removal.
Route and connect the fuel lift pump pulse hose to Pay close attention when performing the following
the crankcase. Secure with tie strap. additional tasks.
Squeeze primer bulb to prime fuel system. Hold Reinstall all hoses and manifolds to original loca-
pressure on bulb and check for fuel leaks. tions and secure in place with appropriate clamps.
Squeeze primer bulb to prime fuel system. Hold
Install lower engine covers and air silencer. Con- pressure on bulb and observe for fuel leaks.
nect battery cables.
Install lower engine covers and air silencer. Con-
Run outboard and check for fuel leaks. nect battery cables.
Vapor Separator Run outboard and check for fuel leaks.
Removal Fuel Injectors
IMPORTANT: Note the proper locations and
Relieve fuel system pressure. Refer to Relieving positioning of all spark plug leads and retainer
Fuel System Pressure on p. 168. clips prior to disassembly.
Disconnect circulation pump electrical connector. Remove high tension spark plug leads and retain-
Remove clamp and fuel supply manifold from top ers that are used to position the spark plug leads.
of circulation pump. Remove clamp and vapor Mark fuel injector(s) to indicate cylinder loca-
vent hose from separator cover. tion(s).
170
FUEL SYSTEM
IMPORTANT: Fuel injector(s) must be installed Remove the injector/fuel fitting retainer and disen-
in the correct cylinder location(s). Use the gage fuel manifold fittings.
Evinrude Diagnostics Software program to con-
firm that the EMM programming matches injector
positioning by cylinder location. The injector infor-
mation screen of the diagnostic program displays
injector serial numbers.
1
1. Retainers 002178
Remove injector screws.
Injector Coefficients Screen 005164 1
Use caution when handling fuel injectors. Prevent 7

dirt and debris from entering fuel inlet and outlet
ports of injectors or fuel tubes. Cover the injector
nozzle port in cylinder head to prevent contamina-
tion of combustion chamber.
1. Injector screws 002179
Removal
Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. Disconnect the fuel injector/coil electrical connec-
tor.
Relieve fuel system pressure. Refer to Relieving
Fuel System Pressure on p. 168. Disengage fuel manifold fittings from fuel injector
and remove fuel injector and insulator.
Remove oil tank assembly.
Crush Ring Replacement
IMPORTANT: Injector crush rings must be
replaced if injector is installed in a different head
or cylinder location.
Use Slide Hammer assembly, P/N 391008, with

Slide Hammer Adaptor kit, P/N 390898, to remove
injector from mounting cup.
171
FUEL SYSTEM
Thread adaptor and stud into face of injector. Hold Reinstall injector into mount housing. Press on
mounting cup securely. Work slide hammer to injector face until injector seats in mount housing.
separate injector from mount housing.
002318
002345
Installation
Remove adaptor from injector. Remove crush ring
and O-rings from injector. Inspect and clean injec- IMPORTANT: All injectors must be installed in
tor filter. Install new crush ring and O-rings. Lubri- the correct cylinder by serial number. Improper
cate O-rings with STP Oil Treatment. injector installation can result in outboard failure.
Installation of replacement injectors requires the

use of diagnostic software and coefficient data
supplied with all replacement injectors on 3.5 in.
floppy disk.
1. Adaptor 002196
2 005157
IMPORTANT: PDA software requires manually

1 moving the coefficient data file to the PDS_data
folder on a PC and then a hotsync of the PDA
before the injector serial number can be reviewed
on the PDA. Refer to the electronic users guide
on the Engine Diagnostics CD.
1. Crush ring 002317
2. O-rings
172
FUEL SYSTEM
The following items and their mating surfaces

must be cleaned prior to reassembly:
Injector
Cylinder head
Adapter
Screws
Threaded areas
CAUTION
All injector components must be clean to
ensure correct torque tightening specifi-
cations. To prevent fuel leakage, carefully Tighten Screws in Stages 002195
follow these installation instructions.

Check condition of sealing O-rings on fuel mani-
fold fittings. Lubricate O-rings with outboard lubri-
Position injector and insulator in the proper cylin- cant and insert fuel manifold fittings into injector.
der location. Both fittings must be fully seated into the injector
fuel ports.
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to pinch any wiring
or hoses during assembly. Install retainer and screw. Retainer must engage
the outer groove of the manifold fittings.
Lubricate mounting screw threads and under the
head of screw with a light coat of Triple-Guard
grease. Install washers (one per screw) on injec-
tor retaining screws. Install screws and washers 1
7
through mounting flange of injector and thread
into cylinder head.
1. Fuel supply manifold fitting 002185

2. Fuel return manifold fitting (White)
3. Retainer
002316
Reconnect fuel injector/coil electrical connectors
and high tension spark plug leads with retainers.
Tighten screws in stages, starting with the lower
screw. Reconnect battery cables. Start outboard briefly to
First torque is 5 ft. lbs. (7 Nm) pressurize fuel system. Turn outboard OFF and
Second torque is 10 ft. lbs. (14 Nm) inspect all fuel system components for leaks.
Final torque is 24 to 26 ft. lbs. (33 to 35 Nm).
Install lower engine covers and air silencer.
IMPORTANT: Install service injector data (3.5

in. floppy disk) by using the Injector Replacement
Utility of the Evinrude Diagnostics Software pro-
gram. Use the diagnostic program to confirm that
all injectors are positioned properly.
173
FUEL SYSTEM
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Fuel Manifolds INTAKE MANIFOLD

Removal Removal
Disconnect throttle linkage. Remove throttle body
Relieve fuel system pressure. Refer to Relieving screws and throttle body assembly.
Fuel System Pressure on p. 168.
Remove fuel manifold retainer screws and remove

retainer from fuel injector.
1
002321
Remove gasket from throttle body.
1. Screw 002185 Remove screws and reed plate assembly from the
cylinder/crankcase assembly.
Disconnect fuel manifold fittings from fuel injector
ports.
Remove clamps and disconnect the fuel manifolds

as follows:
Fuel supply manifold to circulation pump
Fuel return manifold to vapor separator
Remove any tie straps used to secure manifold(s)
in place, then remove the manifold assembly(s).
Installation
Installation is essentially the reverse of removal. 002322
Pay close attention when performing the following
additional tasks. Disassembly
Connect battery cables. Visually inspect reed valve assemblies. For disas-
sembly of the reed valve assembly, see Inspec-
Start outboard briefly to pressurize fuel system. tion on p. 175.
Turn outboard OFF and inspect all fuel system
components for leaks. Repair any fuel leaks. All reed plate assembly and reed valve assem-
blies must be cleaned prior to reassembly. DO
Install lower engine covers and air silencer. NOT use strong carburetor cleaner or the hot
soaking tank method for cleaning.
174
FUEL SYSTEM
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Remove the reed valve retainer screws and directions. Surface must be flat, 0.004 in. (0.10
remove the assembly. mm).
002323 1. Straight-edge 002324
Use caution to prevent damaging reed valve Inspect the leaf plate assemblies for damage or
assemblies. contamination:
Leaf plates must not be distorted.
Leaf valve must not be cracked or chipped.
Leaf plate stops must not be distorted or loose.
Leaf plate assemblies must be clean.
Assembly 7
Remove old adhesive from reed valve retaining
screws.
Install gasket on reed plate assembly. DO NOT

use sealer on the gasket.
002325
Inspection
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disassemble reed valve
assemblies unless reed plate seats, reed valves,
or reed stops are damaged, corroded, or contami-
nated with debris. Damaged reed plates are not
serviceable and are replaced as an assembly.
Inspect the intake manifold. All gasket surfaces

must be cleaned, smooth, and free of nicks. Use a
002333
machinists straight-edge to check flatness in all
175
FUEL SYSTEM
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Prime the threads with Locquic Primer and let dry. Position gasket on throttle body. Install throttle
Apply Nut Lock to threads. Position reed valve on body on reed plate and install screws.
reed plate and install screws. Final torque is 25 to
35 in. lbs. (2.8 to 4.0 Nm).
002332
002326 Tighten the center screws first and expand out-

ward. Final torque is 60 to 120 in. lbs. (7 to 14
Installation Nm).
Position reed plate assembly on cylinder/crank-
case.
Apply Nut Lock to screws. Install all screws.

Tighten the center screws first and expand out-
ward. Tighten in stages. Final torque is 60 to 120
in. lbs. (7 to 14 Nm).
002329
Install upper main bearing vent hose and secure

with tie strap.
Connect throttle linkage and electrical connectors.
Refer to TPS Calibration on p. 143.

002328
176
OILING SYSTEM
OILING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
OIL TANK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (55 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
SYSTEMCHECK LOW AND NO OIL WARNING SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
OILING SYSTEM ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
CYLINDER AND CRANKCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
OIL SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
OIL RECIRCULATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
RECIRCULATION HOSE DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
PRIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
OILING RATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
OIL INJECTION RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
BREAK-IN OILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
OILING SYSTEM TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OIL INJECTION PUMP STATIC TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OIL INJECTION PUMP VOLTAGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OIL INJECTION PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
OIL FLOW TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
OIL-TO-FUEL CHECK VALVE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
LOW OIL SENDING UNIT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
NO OIL WARNING TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 8
OIL COMPONENT SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
OIL DISTRIBUTION HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
OIL TANK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
177
OILING SYSTEM
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
60 - 84 in lbs. (6.8 - 9.5 Nm)
30 - 42 in lbs. (3.4 - 4.8 Nm)

F
F 30 - 42 in lbs. (3.4 - 4.8 Nm)

30 - 42 in lbs. (3.4 - 4.8 Nm)
C Adhesive 847
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
H Outboard Engine Lubricant
002213
S STP Oil Treatment
178
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS Check valve, oil to fuel
The oiling system consists of the following compo-

nents:
Oil tank and injection pump and manifold
2
assembly (includes distribution manifold and
pressure switch)
Oil pressure switch
SystemCheck LOW and NO OIL warning sig- 5
nals
Cylinder and crankcase 1
Oil recirculation system
Oil Tank Assembly

The oil tank is powerhead mounted and should be
properly monitored for oil level and condition. The 4
oil injection pump and manifold assembly distrib-
utes the oil supplied by the oil injection pump. A
pressure-sensing switch monitors oil injection
function. 3
Capacity
1. Oil injector pump 002208
75 90 HP models 3 qt. (2.8 l) 2. Oil distribution manifold
3. Pickup tube and filter
Oil injection pump and manifold assembly and fill 4. Low oil sending unit
5. Oil pressure switch
cap are included with oil tank assembly.
Oil Pressure Switch 8
The oil pressure switch is located in the oil distri-
bution manifold and reacts to changes in oil mani-
fold pressure. The EMM supplies and monitors
electrical current to the switch. The switch opens
or closes based on oil distribution manifold pres-
sures. See NO OIL Warning Test on p. 188.
Service Codes
Code 38
002338 A lack of oil pressure in the oil distribution mani-
fold, or an inoperative pressure switch activates
Oil Injection Pump and Manifold Assembly service code 38 (oil pressure feedback not
Components detected for 255 cycles) and the EMM:
Oil injection pump and distribution manifold Activates the SystemCheck "NO OIL" light
Pickup tube and filter Activates EMM LED: NO OIL/OVERHEAT
Low oil sending unit Stores a service code 38
Oil pressure switch Initiates S.A.F.E.
Oil distribution hoses
179
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Code 32 SystemCheck LOW and NO OIL

A constantly closed oil pressure switch (EMM Warning Signals
does not detect oil pressure changes for 255
cycles) activates service code 32 and the EMM: LOW OIL Warning
Initiates EMM LED: SENSOR FAULT A sending unit of the oil injection pump and mani-
Stores a service code 32 fold assembly monitors the oil level in the tank.
This sending unit is designed to activate the Sys-
temCheck LOW OIL light when the oil level falls
Electrical Circuit (55 V) below one-quarter capacity.
The oil injector is powered by the 55 V electrical
Approximate oil reserve at Low Oil activation:
circuit. The EMM controls injection pump opera-
75 90 HP models 0.61 qt. (0.57 l)
tion by opening and closing the circuits ground.
Circuit components: IMPORTANT: This warning circuit does NOT

interact with the EMM. If the oil tank is run out of
EMM, injector control function
oil, the EMM will react to the oil pressure switch
55 V electrical system: stator, EMM
input, initiate S.A.F.E. and activate the System-
Main wire harness Check NO OIL light.
EMM injector ground circuits
Refer to Oiling System Electrical Diagram on
p. 181.
Service Code 34
The EMM monitors the oil injection pumps electri-
cal circuit. If circuit voltage is beyond the specified
range, the EMM:
Activates S.A.F.E.
Initiates EMM NO OIL / OVERHEAT LED
SystemCheck 2 in. Gauge DR5206
Initiates the SystemCheck NO OIL light
NO OIL Warning
The EMM monitors the electrical circuit of the oil
pressure switch. If the switch or circuit fails or if
there is a lack of oil pressure in the oil distribution
manifold, the EMM initiates EMM NO OIL / OVER-
HEAT LED and/or the SystemCheck NO OIL
light.
Refer to External Sensors on p. 88.
180
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Oiling System Electrical Diagram
4
1
13
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
7 11
20 14 8 1
21 15 2
9 3
22 16 10
6 543 21 23 17 11
4
5
J1-B
24
9 25
18
19
12
13
6
7
26
12
6 5 4 3 2 1
6
9
1
2 10
11
2
3
12
4
10
13
5
J2
14
6
15
7
16
8
8
4 14
002218
1. Stator
2. Stator output (55 V)
3. Alternator grounds (BLACK)
4. Injector circuit grounds (BLACK)
5. Alternator output, WHITE / RED wires (55 V)
6. Capacitor (55 V)
7. Main harness ground (BLACK)
8. 55 V to injection pump (WHITE / RED)
9. EMM oil injector pump control (BLUE)
10. Oil injection pump
11. EMM to switch (TAN / WHITE)
12. Oil pressure switch
13. Low oil switch to SystemCheck gauge (TAN/BLACK)
14. Oil level sending unit
181
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Cylinder and Crankcase

Each cylinder has a pressed-in fitting at the front
of the cylinder/crankcase which is connected to an
oil distribution hose. Lubrication for each cylinder
is injected through these fittings. Additionally, one 1
oil distribution hose is routed to a check valve that
is connected to the incoming fuel supply hose.
This provides a limited amount of oil to keep injec-
tor nozzles clean.
1. Pressed-in fitting 002359
Oil Supply and Distribution Diagram

75 90 HP MODELS
6
4
3
8
002479
1. Oil tank 6. Oil distribution hose (cylinder 1)

2. Oil inlet filter 7. Oil distribution hose (cylinder 2)
3. Oil pick-up 8. Oil distribution hose (cylinder 3)
4. Oil injection pump 9. Oil to fuel check valve
5. Oil distribution manifold
182
OILING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Oil Recirculation System Lower to upper main bearing oil flow:

Lower main bearing cavity to internal crankcase
External hoses and fittings, internal cylin-
passage to external fitting, external hoses with
der/crankcase passages, and intake manifold pas-
in-line check valve to external fitting at upper
sages are used to recirculate any accumulation
main bearing, and into upper main bearing
of oil from various locations in the powerhead.
through internal crankcase passage.
The movement of oil in these oil circuits is con-
trolled by check valves. Internal crankcase passage to external fitting in
crankcase cover at upper main bearing, hose
Cylinder Recirculation routed to reed plate fitting. This circuit vents the
Internal powerhead oil drain passages connect upper main bearing cavity to promote oil flow.
the intake port areas of the cylinders to circulate 1
residual oil in the block.
External fittings and in-line check valves on each

side of the cylinder block control the movement of
oil from the lower cylinder port to the upper cylin-
der port.
Crankcase / Main Bearing Recirculation

The movement of oil through the upper main bear-
ing, center main bearing(s), and lower main bear-
ing is provided through internal powerhead oil
drain passages, external fittings, and external in-
1. Upper main bearing vent 002872
line check valve(s) and hoses.
Refer to the Recirculation Hose Diagram.
Recirculation Hose Diagram 8

75 90 HP MODELS
Starboard view Port view 002223
183
OILING SYSTEM
PRIMING
PRIMING OILING RATES

EMM programming controls the rate of oil injec-
WARNING tion. Use engine diagnostics software to access
Prevent injury from contact with rotating this EMM feature.
propeller; always remove propeller before
running on a flushing device. Oil Injection Rate
The TC-W3 OIL control setting allows the out-
The oiling system of the outboard must be primed board to be run on TC-W3 outboard lubricant.
if the oil tank assembly is replaced, the oiling sys- Changing to the optional XD100 OIL CONTROL
tem is run out of oil, or the system is disassem- setting requires the use of Evinrude XD100 out-
bled for servicing. board lubricant. Running the outboard in XD100
OIL mode can reduce oil consumption by approxi-
START outboard and run it at IDLE. Use the diag- mately one third. See Oil Control on p. 98.
nostic software program to activate Prime Oil.
Two oil programming labels are provided to iden-
tify EMM oil programming. Install the correct label
to alert user to specific oil requirements.
1 2
Dynamic Tests Screen 005161 1. Evinrude /Johnson XD50 outboard lubricant (TC-W3) 002507
1. Prime oil button YELLOW label
2. Evinrude /Johnson XD100 outboard lubricant (Premium)
BLUE label
IMPORTANT: All clear blue oil distribution
hoses on the powerhead should fill with oil as the
air is purged from the lines. Temporarily discon-
nect the fuel supply hose, which will relieve pres-
sure and help prime the oil-to-fuel hose.
Observe oil flow through the oil distribution hoses. 1
1. Install correct label 002508
Break-in Oiling
The Break-in OIL setting doubles the oiling ratio
for the first two hours of operation, above 2000
RPM. See Oil Control on p. 98.
184
OILING SYSTEM
OILING SYSTEM TESTS
OILING SYSTEM TESTS Results:

Slightly less than 12 V is acceptable with out-
board not running. See Oil Injection Pump Cir-
IMPORTANT: Always perform visual inspections
cuit Resistance Test.
to identify oiling system leaks. Make sure the oil
No voltage reading, proceed to STEP 2.
tank is filled and oil supply is not contaminated.
STEP 2
Oil Injection Pump Static Test Check voltage on the 55 V alternator output wires
IMPORTANT: Static tests are performed with of the EMM. The alternator output wires
the outboard not running. (white/red) are terminals 12, 13, 14 of the EMM J2
connector.
to activate Oil Injector test. This initiates the EMM Results:
control function for the oil injection pump. Monitor Proper voltage reading, repair or replace faulty
the voltage on the oil injector circuit at pin 2 (blue wire harness or connection.
wire) of oil tank connector. No or low voltage, check connection from stator
to EMM and EMM J2 connection. Repair faulty
IMPORTANT: Oil injection pump will not activate connection or refer to Stator Tests on p. 129
on 12 V. Use voltmeter to check circuit voltage. for alternator testing procedures.
STEP 3
Monitor the voltage on the oil injector circuit at
pin 2 (blue wire) of oil tank connector with out-
board running at 1500 RPM.
1
Use Electrical Test Probe Kit, P/N 342677, and
digital volt meter calibrated to a scale that reads
55 V (DC). Connect positive meter lead to pin 2 8
and negative meter lead to ground.

1. Oil injector test button
The EMM provides ground to pin 23 (blue wire) of

J1-B connector. Refer to Oil Flow Tests on
p. 186 and to Oil Injection Pump Voltage Test
on p. 185.
Oil Injection Pump Voltage Test

Acceptable voltage readings: 002385
Key switch ON: slightly less than 12 V
Outboard running: 55 V Voltage reading should be approximately 55 V,
and drop approximately 5 V as EMM actuates oil
STEP 1 injection pump.
Check voltage at pin 1 (white/red wire) of oil tank
electrical connector with key switch ON.
185
OILING SYSTEM
OILING SYSTEM TESTS
Oil Injection Pump Circuit Oil Flow Tests

Resistance Test Running
Disconnect the battery cables at the battery. With outboard not running, remove oil distribution
hose from fitting at oil distribution manifold. Do not
Disconnect oil tank electrical connector from
lose the brass hose support. Allow oil in hose to
engine wire harness connector.
drain, allowing air to enter the hose.
Calibrate ohmmeter to the LOW OHMS scale and
measure the resistance between pin 1 and 2 of
the oil tank connector.
Oil Injection Pump Resistance 2
22
1. Oil distribution hose 002362

2. Hose support
Reinstall hose into manifold.
IMPORTANT: Make sure hose support is in

hose and hose is fully inserted into manifold.
Refer to Oil Distribution Hoses on p. 189. Tem-
002378 porarily disconnect the fuel supply hose to relieve
pressure in fuel supply hose to allow the oil-to-fuel
Results: distribution hose to prime. All clear blue oil distri-
If injection pump resistance reading is approxi- bution hoses on the powerhead should fill with oil
mately 22 , injection pump winding is good. as the air is purged from the lines.
An infinite reading () indicates an open circuit. Run the outboard at 1500 RPM. Monitor air bub-
Isolate the faulty wiring, connection, or injection bles in oil distribution hose(s) to confirm oil move-
pump winding. Repair faulty wiring or replace oil ment. Once oil movement is confirmed, use the
tank assembly for faulty pump. Evinrude Diagnostics Software program to initiate
For higher than expected reading, isolate faulty the Prime Oil function.
component or repair faulty wiring.
IMPORTANT: The oil injection pump electrical

circuit includes EMM alternator output, the engine
wire harness, the injection pump winding and con-
nectors, and the oil injector control circuit of the
1
EMM. Check continuity of all wiring and connec-
tions.
1. Air bubbles 002361
186
OILING SYSTEM
OILING SYSTEM TESTS
Results: Temporarily install a 12 in. (30 cm) length of oil

Oil movement is confirmed, compare to oil flow hose, P/N 776892.
of other distribution hoses.
No oil flow, compare to oil flow at other distribu-
tion hoses. One or more hoses fail to flow oil,
check for kinked or restricted hose or fittings
before replacing oil tank assembly.
Injector Fittings to Cylinder Block

Confirm that the oil injection fittings of the cylinder
block allow fluid to move into the cylinder sleeve.
Remove oil distribution hose from fitting or oil dis-

tribution manifold. Connect Syringe, P/N 346936,
filled with isopropyl alcohol. Force fluid through 002377
hose and fitting.

Use the Oil Injector static test of the Evinrude
Diagnostics Software program to activate oil injec-
tion pump.
1
1
1. Syringe 002376
8
Static
Remove oil distribution hose from fitting at oil dis-
tribution manifold. Do not lose the brass hose sup- 1. Oil injector test button
port.
IMPORTANT: Disconnect CPS electrical con-
nector to prevent engine from starting.
Crank outboard momentarily to boost voltage to

2 oil injection pump. Monitor oil in hose to confirm oil
movement while injection pump is activated.
Results:
Oil movement is confirmed, compare to oil flow
1
of other distribution fittings.
No oil flow, compare to oil flow at other distribu-
tion fittings. If one or more fittings fail to flow oil,
1. Oil distribution hose 002362 replace oil tank assembly (oil pump and mani-
2. Hose support
fold).
187
OILING SYSTEM
OILING SYSTEM TESTS
Oil-to-Fuel Check Valve Test the oil tank. Confirm that the LOW OIL warning
stops as the oil level exceeds one-quarter of oil
The oil-to-fuel check valve controls oil that flows
tanks capacity.
into the outboard fuel system. Oil is injected into
the incoming fuel supply before the fuel lift pump. NO OIL Warning Test
IMPORTANT: Temporarily disconnect fuel sup- STEP 1
ply hose to relieve pressure in the hose.
Monitor the voltage on the oil pressure switch cir-
Using a marker or pen, mark the position of the oil cuit at pin 5 (tan/white wire) of oil tank connector
hose, relative to the hose retaining mechanism, with outboard running at 1500 RPM.
before removing hose.
Use Electrical Test Probe Kit, P/N 342677, and
Release the hose by depressing outer ring of the digital volt meter calibrated to scale that reads
retaining mechanism. 12 V (DC). Connect positive meter lead to pin 5
and negative meter lead to ground.
1. Check valve 002340

1. Oil tank connector 002384
Remove oil-to-fuel check valve.
Voltage reading should be approximately 13 V,
Connect a 30 psi (207 kPa) pressure tester to the and drop approximately 2 V as oil pressure switch
inlet side of the check valve. Apply pressure to the closes and connects the circuit to ground.
check valve. The check valve should not require
more than 3 psi (21 kPa) to open. STEP 2
Temporarily disconnect the tan/white wire from the
Connect a vacuum tester to the outlet side of the
oil pressure switch connector. Run the outboard at
check valve. Apply vacuum to the check valve.
IDLE. The SystemCheck NO OIL warning should
The valve should not require more than 6 in. Hg to
activate (10 seconds), EMM LED should light, and
open.
Code 38 should be stored in the EMM.
Install check valve and secure with clamp.
Turn the key switch OFF and reconnect tan/white
Make sure the hose support is in the distribution wire into electrical plug. START the outboard. The
hose and insert oil-to-fuel distribution hose into NO OIL warning should not activate.
check valve to proper depth. Run outboard and
Results:
check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
NO OIL warning activates, EMM LED lights, and
LOW OIL Sending Unit Test Code 38 is stored: the system is functional.
NO OIL light activates but the horn does not
Remove the oil from the oil tank, and turn the key sound: faulty horn, horn wiring, or gauge.
switch ON. The LOW OIL light of the System-
No warning at all: check electrical circuit
Check gauge should activate. Once the warning
(tan/white wire) for oil pressure switch and oil
has been verified, turn the key switch ON and refill
tank connector ground circuits.
188
OILING SYSTEM
OIL COMPONENT SERVICING
OIL COMPONENT Once hose is removed from the manifold, make

sure hose support is in end of the hose.
SERVICING
WARNING 1
the battery.
IMPORTANT: Access to certain oil distribution

hoses requires removal of various engine compo- 2
nents. Refer to service information in the various
sections of this manual for additional information 1. Reference mark DSC00291
2. Hose support
related to the removal and installation of specific
components. DO NOT disassemble or replace
any oiling system components until you are famil-
iar with the entire OILING SYSTEM section.
Oil Distribution Hoses

The oil distribution hoses to each cylinder MUST
be the same length. DO NOT alter the length of
any hoses.
Manifold to cylinder block fitting hoses and mani- 1

fold to oil to fuel check valve hose:
23 in. (584 mm) 8
1. Hose support DSC0290
Removal
The oil distribution manifold has oil hose retainer Installation
mechanisms incorporated into the design. Installation is essentially the reverse of removal.
Use a pen or marker to mark the position of the oil Pay close attention when performing the following
hose relative to the retaining mechanism. additional tasks.
Release the hose by depressing the outer ring of Insert hose support in manifold end of hose.
the hose retaining mechanism. IMPORTANT: DO NOT reinsert the hose into
manifold without the hose support.
Be sure the hose is fully inserted into manifold.

The insertion depth of hose into the manifold is
5/8 in. (16 mm). Visually inspect for hose sup-
ports. Hose supports are seen through hoses.
189
OILING SYSTEM
OIL COMPONENT SERVICING
Oil Tank Assembly

Removal
Remove engine covers and air silencer. 2 1

Disconnect the electrical connector to the oil injec-
tion pump and manifold assembly.
1. Screws 002338
2. Nut
Installation
Position oil tank assembly on powerhead. Clean
mounting screws and apply Nut Lock to threads of
screws. Install screws and torque to 30 to 42 in.
lbs. (3.4 to 4.8 Nm). Install nut and torque to 30 to
42 in. lbs. (3.4 to 4.8 Nm).
002342
Route oil distribution hoses from the oil distribu-
IMPORTANT: Note oil distribution hose rout- tion manifold to the crankcase oil delivery fittings.
ings before proceeding with disassembly. Clamps Install protective sleeves and route hoses as they
and protective sleeves are used to position and were prior to removal. See Oil Supply and Distri-
protect the oil distribution hoses. bution Diagram on p. 182. Connect oil hoses to
crankcase fittings and fasten with tie straps.
Remove oil distribution hoses from the crankcase
fittings and the oil-to-fuel check valve.
Remove oil tank retaining screws and nut.
1. Tie strap 002360
Run outboard and check for leaks. Use the

1. Screw 002341 Evinrude Diagnostics Software program to acti-
vate Oil Prime. Check oil flow through oil distri-
bution hoses. Check oil system operation and
routing of oil system hoses.
Repair any oil leaks and kinked or misrouted

hoses. Reinstall engine covers and air silencer.
190
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HOSE ROUTING AND WATER FLOW DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
ENGINE TEMPERATURE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
SOFTWARE METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
PYROMETER METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
IDLE OPERATING TEMPERATURE TROUBLESHOOTING (BELOW RANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
WATER PUMP AND INTAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
WATER SUPPLY TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
ADAPTER HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
BLOCK VENTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
WATER PRESSURE CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
CYLINDER BLOCK / CYLINDER HEAD COOLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
EMM AND VAPOR SEPARATOR COOLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
THERMOSTAT SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
9
191
COOLING SYSTEM
HOSE ROUTING AND WATER FLOW DIAGRAM
HOSE ROUTING AND WATER FLOW DIAGRAM

Outgoingwater
Outgoing water (warm/hot)
(warm/hot)
8
Incoming
Incoming water
water (cool)
(cool)
10 4
1. Water intake screens

2. Water pump
3. Water tube
4. Adapter housing
5. Cylinder block
6. Pressure relief valve
7. Thermostat
8. Water supply to EMM
9. Water supply, EMM to vapor separator
10. Overboard indicator, outgoing water
from vapor separator.
192
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE TEMPERATURE CHECK
ENGINE TEMPERATURE Software Method

CHECK to monitor engine temperature.
IMPORTANT: The engine temperatures listed

below are based on an intake water temperature
of 70 10F (21 3C).
Install correct test propeller and place outboard in

a test tank or in the water. Start outboard and run
at 3000 RPM in FORWARD gear for at least five
minutes. Remember, running outboards at high
speeds in test tanks may disrupt water flow to
gearcase water intakes. Make sure the outboard
has adequate water flow.
CAUTION
When servicing the propeller, always shift Engine Monitor Screen 006307
the outboard to NEUTRAL, turn the key
switch OFF, and disconnect the battery Typical temperature sensor readings at IDLE
cables at the battery. speed should be 155F 5F (68.3C 3C).
Typical temperature sensor readings at WOT

Reduce outboard speed and run engine at IDLE
speed should be 160F 40F (71C 22C).
for five minutes. Check IDLE operating tempera-
ture. At 5000 RPM, operating temperature must not
exceed 212F (100C).
Increase speed to 5000 RPM and check tempera-
ture. Pyrometer Method
If engine temperatures are not within range, trou- Use a Temperature Gun, P/N 772018, or a digital
bleshoot cooling system. pyrometer to measure the outboards operating 9
temperatures.
If engine temperature tests within range, but the
SystemCheck gauge indicates a WATER TEMP Measure temperature of the thermostat housing at
warning, refer to WATER TEMP/ HOT Circuit the top of cylinder head.
Test on p. 133.
Typical pyrometer readings at IDLE speed should
be 145F 10F (63C 6C).
Typical pyrometer readings at WOT speed should

be 150F 40F (66C 22C).
193
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE TEMPERATURE CHECK
IMPORTANT: If you get low or inaccurate read- Check thermostat for cracks, heat damage, or
ings with a digital pyrometer, coat the probe loca- signs of corrosion. Check for proper operation.
tion with Thermal Joint Compound, P/N 322170. Thermostat opens at 143F (62C).
Refer to THERMOSTAT SERVICING on p. 199.
Pressure Relief Valve Inspection

1 The pressure relief valve should be closed at
IDLE speed. Water should not flow past the
plunger and seal.
If IDLE temperature is too low, check pressure

relief valve plunger and seal for damage or debris
that could prevent the valve from closing com-
pletely.
Thermostat housing 002438 If IDLE temperature is still below operating range,
replace pressure relief valve assembly and
IMPORTANT: Digital pyrometer or temperature plunger seal.
gun measurements may be slightly lower than
software temperature readings. To test pressure relief valve operation, monitor
temperature at the thermostat housing with Tem-
Idle Operating Temperature perature Gun, P/N 772018, or digital pyrometer.
Troubleshooting (Below Range) Confirm normal IDLE operating temperature.
If engine IDLE temperature is below operating
range 155F 5F (68.3C 3C), check thermo- Slowly increase engine speed from IDLE, up
stat and pressure relief valve operation. through 2500 RPM.
Engine temperature should decrease from normal

Thermostat Inspection IDLE temperatures as pressure relief valve opens.
Check position of thermostat seal and how ther- Valve should open between 1800-2200 RPM.
mostat seals against cylinder head. Seal must be
properly fitted to flange of thermostat. If temperature decreases at a lower RPM, replace
pressure relief valve assembly.
Refer to PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SERVIC-

ING on p. 200.
1. Thermostat seal 006401
194
COOLING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
General Description
All models use a two-stage cooling system
2
design. The cooling system is dependent on water
3
pump pressure and controlled by thermostat and
pressure relief valve operation.
IMPORTANT: Restricted or inadequate water

flow through the outboard reduces cooling system
performance and may lead to severe powerhead
damage.
Water Pump and Intakes

External water intakes mounted in the gearcase 5
housing collect water and must supply the inlet
side of the water pump with an unrestricted and
unaerated water supply. Water is drawn into the
4
water pump through a hole in the lower plate of
the water pump assembly. All cooling water to the
powerhead is provided by the water pump. 1
A nylon wedge (impeller key) is used to engage
the impeller bushing and driveshaft.
The nylon impeller housing with stainless steel
liner must seal against a separate stainless (Impeller key removed for clarity) 000697
1. Water inlet DSC02328
steel water pump plate. 2. Water outlet
The pump operates as a positive displacement 3. Seal
4. Plate
pump at LOW speeds (below 1500 RPM) and 5. O-ring
as a centrifugal pump at HIGHER speeds.
The bottom plate MUST seal to gearcase hous-
ing.
Water Supply Tube 9
The water pump outlet connects with the water
Refer to WATER PUMP on p. 262 for water pump supply tube located in the outboards midsection.
servicing. Grommets seal the water tube to the water pump
housing and the adaptor housing. The water tube
fastens to the base of the adapter housing with a
retainer plate and screws.
Water supplied to the water tube provides all cool-

ing water to the adapter housing and cylinder
block.
195
COOLING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Adapter Housing Pressure Relief Valve

Adapts the cylinder/crankcase assembly (pow- A pressure relief valve is used to control water
erhead) to the megaphone and exhaust hous- flow and operating temperature at higher speeds
ings and the water tube. (above approximately 2000 RPM). Pressure relief
Provides water passages which route incoming valve activates or blows-off the seat as water
and outgoing cooling water. pressure increases. Spring tension is used to set
Provides exhaust passages which connect to the blow off pressure.
the inner exhaust of the outboards midsection.
Overheating: A restricted or faulty valve typically
results in HIGH SPEED overheating.
Overcooling: Debris may prevent the valve from

closing completely.
3
Pressure relief valve components 002437
2 The pressure relief valve diaphragm allows the

valve plunger to lift off the seat completely. This
improves the self cleaning properties of the pres-
sure relief valve.
1. Megaphone 002436
2. Exhaust housing
3. Water tube
4. Adapter housing
5. Inner exhaust housing
196
COOLING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Thermostat Block Venting

The thermostat is used to control water flow and A fitting and hose connected to the top of the
operating temperature at slower speeds (below exhaust cover allows the constant movement of
2000 RPM). water and/or air from the block. Circulated water
flows through the EMM and vapor separator
Overheating: A restricted or faulty thermostat typ- before exiting through the overboard indicator.
ically results in LOW SPEED overheating.
Overcooling: Debris may prevent the thermostat

from closing completely.
4 3 2 1
1. Fitting 002440
Water Pressure Connection

1. Cover and O-ring 002439 Fitting and hose for accessory water pressure
2. Spring and thermostat
3. Seal gauge is connected at top of cylinder block adja-
4. Cylinder head cent to the pressure valve housing.
Refer to THERMOSTAT SERVICING on p. 199.
1
9
1. Fitting 002461
Water Pressure@ 5000 RPM

Model
(Minimum)
75 90 HP 16 psi
197
COOLING SYSTEM
OPERATION
OPERATION EMM and Vapor Separator

Cooling
Cylinder Block / Cylinder Head Cooling water is routed through the EMM water
Cooling cavity. Cooling of the EMM minimizes the temper-
The thermostat is located in the top of the cylinder atures of internal components.
head. A separate pressure valve is positioned in
the top of the cylinder block adjacent to the Cooling water is routed to the water inlet fitting of
exhaust cover. The thermostat and pressure valve the vapor separator water cavity. Cooling the
control the flow of water entering the vertical water vapor separator fuel chamber minimizes fuel
passages of the cylinder head. vaporization.
1 2 Cooling water from the EMM and vapor separator

exits through the overboard indicator. See HOSE
ROUTING AND WATER FLOW DIAGRAM on
p. 192.
1. Thermostat 002441
2. Pressure valve 1
The controlled discharge of water from the ther-
mostat and/or the pressure relief valve allows
water from the top of the cylinder block to enter 1. Overboard indicator 002457
the cylinder head. Water flows down through the
cylinder head and exits at the bottom of the cylin- IMPORTANT: Improper EMM cooling will acti-
der head. The water outlet of cylinder head aligns vate service codes (code 29 and 25) and initiate
with a water passage at the bottom of the cylinder S.A.F.E. or SHUTDOWN. Refer to EMM DIAG-
block. Circulated water flows through the outlet NOSTICS on p. 93 for specific service code infor-
passage of the block to the adapter/exhaust hous- mation.
ing and then out of the outboard.
At low speed, temperature is thermostatically

controlled. The spring loaded thermostat remains
on a seat in the cylinder head. Water flows
through the thermostat only when it is open. The
thermostat opens at approximately 143F (60C).
At higher speeds, temperature is water pressure

controlled. The pressure relief valve spring ten-
sion provides the proper blow off pressure. The
valve lifts from the seat in the cylinder block at
approximately 2000 RPM. Cooling water flows
around the valve to achieve high speed cooling.
198
COOLING SYSTEM
THERMOSTAT SERVICING
THERMOSTAT der head with side marked TO CYL HEAD facing

thermostat.
SERVICING
Disassembly
Remove the thermostat cover and O-ring from cyl-
inder head. 1
1. Cylinder head seal 002445
Inspection
Inspect all components for cracks, heat damage,
or signs of corrosion. Replace damaged compo-
002460 nents. Clean debris from all housings and thermo-
stat components.
Remove spring, thermostat, and gasket.
000756 9
Assembly
Assembly is essentially the reverse of disassem-
002444
bly. Pay close attention when performing the fol-
Remove the cylinder head if cylinder head seal lowing additional tasks.
requires replacement. Place new seal in the cylin- Coat threads of cylinder head thermostat cover
with Gasket Sealing Compound and install new
O-ring. Install and tighten the cover to a torque of
120 to 144 in. lbs. (13.5 to 16 Nm).
199
COOLING SYSTEM
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SERVICING
PRESSURE RELIEF Inspection

Inspect all components for cracks, heat damage,
VALVE SERVICING or signs of corrosion. Replace damaged compo-
The pressure relief valve assembly should be ser- nents. Clean all debris from pressure relief valve
viced at the same time as the thermostat. components.
Disassembly
Remove pressure relief valve cover retaining
screws.
002458
002443
Remove the pressure relief valve assembly.
Pressure relief valve assembly components 002442
Assembly
Assembly is essentially the reverse of disassem-
bly. Assemble components as shown above.
Torque cover screws to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5

Nm).
002459
200
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
CYLINDER COMPRESSION TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
RETAINING RING PLIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
SHIFT LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
THROTTLE LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
CRANKCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
CONNECTING RODS AND PISTONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
CYLINDER BORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
PISTONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
PISTON RINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
BEARINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
CRANKSHAFT AND CONNECTING RODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
CRANKCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
SHIFT LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
THROTTLE LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
10
UPPER MOUNT SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
POWERHEAD VIEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PORT SHORT BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
STARBOARD SHORT BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PORT DRESSED POWERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
STARBOARD DRESSED POWERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
201
POWERHEAD
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
F
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
J B
A 120-144 In. lbs.
(13.5-16 Nm)
H
168-192 In. lbs.
(19-21.5 Nm)
15-30 Ft. lbs.

(20-41 Nm)
IMPORTANT See Spark Plug
Indexing Procedure
Q
M Apply to crankcase
mating flange
Apply to water passages
F
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
B
H 60-84 In. lbs.
26-30 Ft. lbs. (7-9.5 Nm)
(35-41 Nm)
D Moly Lube F
E Red Ultra Lock 60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
F Blue Nut Lock
H Outboard Lubricant
J Thermal Grease
M RTV Sealant
P Permatex No. 2 B
Q Gel Seal II
Y Extreme Pressure Grease 002281
202
POWERHEAD
SERVICE CHART
H
G
H
30-32 Ft. lbs.
(41-43 Nm)
Must have
alignment tool
H A Triple-Guard Grease
B B Gasket Sealing Compound
D Moly Lube
A
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
H
H Outboard Lubricant
D
P Permatex No. 2
Q Gel Seal II
Y Extreme Pressure Grease
10
Y
15-20 Ft. lbs.
(20-27 Nm) Y
110-130 Ft. lbs.

(149-176 Nm)
002282
203
POWERHEAD
GENERAL
GENERAL Retaining Ring Pliers

Cylinder Compression Testing
Start and run outboard until it achieves operating
temperature, then shut OFF.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (CPS) con-

nector. Remove all spark plugs.
Advance throttle linkage to WOT.
Install compression testers hose attachment into

spark plug hole (14 mm threads).
While cranking outboard with starter, note maxi-

mum pressure reading on gauge. Repeat proce-
dure for each cylinder.
Retaining Ring Pliers DRC2523
If engine shows a variation greater than 15 psi
(100 kPa) between cylinders, check for:
damaged cylinder head
damaged pistons
broken or stuck piston rings
scored cylinder walls
Return throttle to idle position and reconnect CPS
connector. Replace spark plugs.
Refer to Spark Plug Indexing on p. 144.
204
POWERHEAD
REMOVAL
REMOVAL Loosen port side cover slightly, and disconnect

trim/tilt switch connector. Then, remove port and
starboard covers.
WARNING
Protect against hazardous fuel spray.
Before starting any fuel system service,
1
Refer to Relieving Fuel System Pressure.
the battery.
IMPORTANT: Reinstall fasteners, nuts, and

bolts in their holes as engine components are 1. Trim/tilt switch connector 002151
removed. This will simplify identification and
assembly. Disconnect power trim connectors.
Loosen screw and remove the air silencer.
Remove lower engine cover screws, including one
at inside, top rear.
1 1
002152
Remove screw and washer from shift rod lever to

release the lower shift rod.
1. Cover screws 002149
10
1. Shift rod screw 002013
1. Top, rear cover screw 002150
205
POWERHEAD
REMOVAL
Remove six retaining screws and exhaust relief Remove the small powerhead screw at rear.
muffler.
1. Rear small powerhead screw 002160

002159
Remove remaining four small powerhead screws,
Install Lifting Fixture, P/N 396748, on flywheel and six large powerhead screws, and the upper mount
seat the three screws completely. screws.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only the 1 1/8 in. 3

(short) screws, P/N 398067, included with the tool
to avoid damage to electronic components under 1
the flywheel.
1
1
2 2
1. Small powerhead screws 002153
2. Large powerhead screws
3. Upper mount screws
Use a suitable tool to carefully separate the pow-

erhead from exhaust housing.
1. Lifting fixture 002098
2. 1 1/8 in. screws
Fasten appropriate chain hook to eye of tool and

support weight of powerhead with hoist.
002161
206
POWERHEAD
DISASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY Next, remove the set screw from the shift rod
lever. The shift rod lever will slide off the shaft.
General
Remove the electric starter and solenoid. Refer to 1
Starter Removal on p. 145.
Remove the oil tank and oil injection hoses. Refer

to Oil Tank Assembly on p. 190.
Remove the EMM, wiring harness assembly, fly-

wheel, and stator. Refer to ELECTRICAL AND
IGNITION and ENGINE MANAGEMENT MOD-
ULE (EMM) sections. 1. Shift rod lever screw 002127
Remove fuel pump assemblies and fuel injec- Pull the shift linkage assembly out and away from
tor/coil assemblies. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM sec- the crankcase.
tion.
Remove the ball, guide, and spring of the shift
IMPORTANT: Mark injectors for proper cylinder detent assembly from the crankcase.
location before removal. All injectors must be rein-
stalled in their original location. Improper injector
installation can result in powerhead failure.
1
Shift Linkage
The shift linkage can be removed as an assembly.
First, remove the shift lever screw.
1
1. Shift detent assembly 002135
Throttle Linkage
Remove throttle lever screw and throttle return 10
lever screw.
1. Shift lever screw 002126
1 2
1. Throttle lever screw 002257

2. Throttle return lever
207
POWERHEAD
DISASSEMBLY
Crankcase Using a 1/8 in. diameter pin punch, push crank-

case taper pin toward the front side of the engine.
Remove the throttle body and reed plate assem-
blies. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD on p. 174.
Remove pressure valve assembly. Refer to

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SERVICING on
p. 200.
Disconnect crankcase and block-to-block oil recir-

culating hoses.
2
1 002136
Remove crankcase flange screws.

3
1. Crankcase recirculation hose (port) 002128

2. Block-to-block recirculation hose (starboard) 005018
3. Crossover hose
Remove screws and one double-ended stud and

remove exhaust side water cover.
002137
Loosen in stages and remove the main bearing

nuts and washers.
002124
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to avoid injury.
002138
208
POWERHEAD
DISASSEMBLY
Separate crankcase and cylinder block. It may be Connecting Rods and Pistons
necessary to tap on crankshaft with a rawhide or
Use a permanent marker to identify each connect-
rubber mallet to loosen.
ing rod cap, connecting rod, and piston by cylinder
number. Number 1 is closest to the flywheel.
002139
002140
Cylinder Head
Remove thermostat cover and thermostat assem- Use Torquing Socket, P/N 331638, to loosen in
bly. Refer to THERMOSTAT SERVICING on stages the rod cap retaining screws. DO NOT
p. 199. remove the screws.
Loosen in stages and remove cylinder head

retaining screws. Remove the cylinder head. Dis-
card thermostat seal and O-rings.
1
1
002123
Using one hand to support the piston, remove the

10
rod cap screws with your other hand. Remove
1. Cylinder head screws (20 total) 002066
each piston and rod assembly.
002141
209
POWERHEAD
DISASSEMBLY
IMPORTANT: Reattach each rod cap to its rod The wrist pin fit is loose on both sides. Push the
as soon as the piston is removed. Each cap is wrist pin through to free the piston from the con-
unique and can only be installed on its mated rod. necting rod. If necessary, use Wrist Pin Pressing
Do not allow rod to contact inside surface of cylin- Tool, P/N 326356, to remove the wrist pin bearing.
der or crankshaft.
IMPORTANT: Identify all internal components

so that if reused, they can be reinstalled in their
original positions.
Repeat steps for each remaining piston and con-

necting rod.
Use an appropriate ring expander to remove all

piston rings from pistons. Discard the rings.
002047
Be careful not to lose any of the 28 needle bear-

ings or the two wrist pin washers. If any of the
bearings are worn or lost, replace all 28 bearings
during reassembly.
Crankshaft
Carefully lift crankshaft straight up and remove
from crankcase.
002054
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to avoid injury.
Use Retaining Ring Pliers, or equivalent, to

remove wrist pin retaining rings. Discard retaining
rings.
002045
Remove upper seal from crankshaft. Discard the

seal. A new upper seal must be installed on
assembly.
002046
210
POWERHEAD
DISASSEMBLY
Remove the upper main bearing. To remove the housing seal, use a punch as
shown. Discard seal.
1
1. Upper oil seal 002034

2. Upper main bearing
1. Punch 002053
Remove the lower bearing seal housing. Inspect housing and replace if necessary.
Remove O-ring from crankshaft sleeve and
inspect it. Replace the O-ring if it is not in good
condition.
002042
Remove the housing O-ring. Discard O-ring.
002040
Inspect the crankshaft sleeve and replace if nec- 10

essary. To remove the sleeve, use Slide Hammer,
P/N 432128, and Large Puller Jaws, P/N 432129.
002044
002041
211
POWERHEAD
CLEANING
Remove the lower main bearing only if it needs

to be replaced. Use external retaining ring pliers
CLEANING
to remove the lower bearing retaining ring.
IMPORTANT: Before inspecting or assembling
powerhead, all internal components must be
completely clean and free of contaminants.
Remove any carbon accumulation from exhaust

port areas.
Remove any carbon accumulation from cylinder
head combustion chambers.
If cylinder walls are glazed from extended use,

use a rigid, medium grit cylinder hone to resurface
walls. Use slow RPM for best oil retention and ring
002039 sealing. When finished, a cross hatch pattern of
22 to 32 should be visible in the cylinder wall.
Using an appropriate bearing separator, support The pattern should be uniform in both directions.
the bearing, place separator flats against the
bearing, and press off the crankshaft. IMPORTANT: To avoid piston or cylinder block
damage, restore the chamfer to all port edges
using a ball hone or other suitable tool.
002052
1. Crosshatch pattern in cylinder wall 002067

Remove center main bearings and split sleeves 2. Chamfered port edge
for inspection. DO not mix parts. Note location of
bearings for reassembly.
24381
212
POWERHEAD
INSPECTION
Use Gel Seal and Gasket Remover to remove all

traces of gaskets, adhesives, and Gel-Seal II
INSPECTION
sealant from the cylinder block and crankcase. For dimensions, refer to TECHNICAL DATA on
p. 18.
IMPORTANT: Before any inspection process

can begin, all internal components must be com-
pletely clean and free of contaminants.
Visually inspect all parts. Check for unusual wear

patterns, scuffing, or deterioration of aluminum
parts, heat-related discoloration of bearings and
bearing surfaces, and broken components.
Cylinder Head
002068 Check for cylinder head warpage using a piece of
bar stock or machinists straightedge and a feeler
gauge set.
WARNING
Cylinder head warpage must not exceed 0.006 in.
To avoid personal injury, wear eye protec-
(0.15 mm) per inch of measurement. Replace
tion and rubber gloves when using Gel
head if warpage exceeds this dimension.
Seal and Gasket Remover.
Carefully remove any carbon accumulation from

the tops and ring grooves of the piston using
Engine Tuner. A ring groove cleaning tool can be
made by breaking an old ring and grinding an
angle on its end. Do not damage ring grooves
while cleaning.
Thoroughly wash entire cylinder block and crank-
case with warm, soapy water to remove all traces
of contaminants.
10
24423
Air dry cylinder block and crankcase. Blow all
holes and passageways with compressed air.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, wear eye protec-
tion and set compressed air pressure at
less than 25 psi (172 kPa).
Cover the cylinder walls with a liberal amount of

outboard lubricant to prevent corrosion.
213
POWERHEAD
INSPECTION
Crankshaft The dimensional difference between the two

areas is cylinder taper.
Measure the diameter of each crankpin and main
The cylinder taper must not exceed 0.002 in.
bearing journal. The lower main bearing journal
(0.05 mm).
would only be measured if the bearing was
removed for another reason.
1. Measurement areas DR3482
002142
The difference between the measurements and
standard bore is cylinder oversize. For dimen-
Cylinder Bore sions, refer to TECHNICAL DATA on p. 18.
Use Cylinder Bore Gauge, P/N 771310, to inspect The cylinder must not be oversized by more
each cylinder bore for an out-of-round, oversize, than 0.003 in. (0.08 mm).
or tapered condition. Be sure the gauge is per-
fectly square in the bore when measuring. IMPORTANT: If any cylinder is outside these
tolerances, it must be bored oversize. It is permis-
sible to have one or more oversize pistons in an
engine.
Pistons
Visually inspect pistons for signs of abnormal
wear, scuffing, cracks, or burning.
Piston Rings
For new ring sets, place each ring separately in its
respective bore. Use a piston to square the ring in
TYPICAL 46528
Measure each cylinder in at least two areas. Each

area should be measured twice. The difference
between the two measurements in each area is
the cylinder out-of-round dimension.
The cylinder must not be out-of-round by more
than 0.004 in. (0.10 mm).
214
POWERHEAD
INSPECTION
the cylinder. Use a feeler gauge to measure the Bearings

ring end gap.
Inspect center main bearings and split sleeves for
excess wear, nicks, or scratches. Replace if nec-
essary.
002143
Ring End Gap Specification

Standard or 0.011 to 0.023 in. 24381
Oversize rings (0.28 to 0.58 mm)
Inspect crankshaft rod bearings for excess wear,
nicks, or scratches. Replace if necessary.
IMPORTANT: Ring end gap increases approxi-
mately 0.003 in. (0.076 mm) for each 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm) increase in cylinder bore diameter.
DO NOT exceed cylinder oversize dimension.
Use a machinists straightedge to check for proper

ring clearance. Position piston rings on piston.
Push rings into groove and hold straightedge
against the side of the piston. Rings must be even
or just below the surface of piston. Rings must
move freely in piston ring groove.
24377
10
31796
215
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY If the installer sticks on the sleeve after installa-

tion, thread Slide Hammer, P/N 391008, into
installer and pull it off.
IMPORTANT: Proceed slowly. Make no forced
assemblies unless a pressing operation is called IMPORTANT: Inspect sleeve after installation.
for. All internal components must be perfectly Sleeve must not be used if surface is damaged.
clean and lightly coated with outboard lubricant.
Using retaining ring pliers, install bearing retaining
IMPORTANT: Use new wrist pin retaining rings, ring with sharp edge facing away from bearing.
gaskets, seals, and O-rings during assembly.
Lubricate a new driveshaft O-ring and lightly lubri-
Crankshaft cate crankshaft splines with Moly Lube. Install
O-ring in sleeve.
Oil the end of the crankshaft. Use Crankshaft
Bearing/Sleeve Installer, P/N 338647, and place a
new lower main bearing onto crankshaft with let-
tered side facing the tool. Install bearing until it 1
seats on the crankshaft.
1. Bearing retaining ring 002031

2. O-ring
Lubricate the center main bearings and split

sleeves with outboard lubricant and install them in
002029 their original positions. The split sleeve ring
grooves must face toward driveshaft (lower) end
Oil the end of the crankshaft. Place a new sleeve of crankshaft when installed.
in the Crankshaft Bearing/Sleeve Installer,
P/N 338647, and drive the sleeve onto the crank-
shaft until the installer contacts the lower main 1
bearing.
1. Groove toward driveshaft end 002032
002030
216
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Lubricate upper main bearing with outboard lubri-

cant and install on crankshaft.
002037
1. Upper main bearing 002033 Lubricate a new lower seal housing O-ring with
outboard lubricant and place the O-ring on the
Pack lip of upper oil seal with Extreme Pressure housing.
Grease. Place seal on crankshaft with lip toward
driveshaft and enclosed face toward flywheel. Lubricate seal lip with Triple-Guard grease and
place lower seal housing on crankshaft.
1
1
1. Upper oil seal 002034

1. Lower seal housing 002038
2. O-ring
Lightly apply Gasket Sealing Compound on the
outer rim of a new lower housing seal. Press seal
into the lower seal housing so that lip of seal 10
extends through the bottom of the housing.
1. Seal lip 002036
217
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Pistons and Connecting Rods Align bearings with Wrist Pin Bearing Tool,
P/N 336660.
IMPORTANT: It is very important that the pis-
tons in this engine are oriented correctly.
New pistons are stamped EXH. This marking 2

should be oriented to the exhaust side of the
block. As another reference, the splash bowl on
the dome of the piston will be located toward the
flywheel and opposite the exhaust port. 1
1
3 1. 28 needle bearings 24903
2. Wrist pin bearing tool
2 Place the two wrist pin thrust washers on the tool

with flat side of the washers facing out.
1. Exhaust side of block 002049

2. Stamped markings
3. Splash bowl
IMPORTANT: It is also very important that the

1
connecting rods are installed with the alignment
dots and the diagonal oil hole facing up, toward
the flywheel.
1. Wrist pin thrust washers 24902

1
1. Oil hole 002055

2. Raised dots
Apply Needle Bearing Grease to the wrist pin DR3480

bearings. Install the bearings in the wrist pin bore.
218
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Oil the wrist pin bore and wrist pin. Push the wrist in each wrist pin hole. Gap of retaining ring faces
pin part way through the top wrist pin hole. up, away from notch in piston.
002056 002058
Place connecting rod, with bearings, washers,

and tool, into the piston with the alignment dots
facing the top of the piston.
1
Install wrist pin through piston and connecting rod,
pushing bearing tool out through the piston.
1. Gap of retaining ring 002050

2. Notch in piston
Repeat steps for each piston.
Installing Pistons
002057 When all pistons and connecting rods are assem-
bled, install piston ring sets. Be sure rings are
installed in the cylinder used to test ring end gap.
10
Use Wrist Pin Cone, P/N 318600, and Driver,
P/N 318599, to install new wrist pin retaining rings
IMPORTANT: Be sure gap of ring fits squarely
around dowel pin.
002048
219
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
IMPORTANT: Before continuing, make sure Cylinder Head

that all Gel-Seal II has been removed from the cyl-
Install a new thermostat seal in cylinder head with
inder block and crankcase mating flanges. If
side marked TO CYL HEAD facing toward ther-
traces of hardened Gel-Seal II are left, main bear-
mostat.
ings could be misaligned. Refer to CLEANING on
p. 212. Refer to THERMOSTAT SERVICING on p. 199
prior to installing cylinder head.
Coat pistons, rings, cylinder walls, and Ring Com-
pressor, P/N 336314 (P/N 336313 for oversize Lightly lubricate new cylinder head O-rings with
pistons), with outboard lubricant. Triple-Guard grease and install in cylinder head.
Center connecting rod in piston and locate piston
rings on dowel pins. Place appropriate ring com-
pressor on piston.
Slide piston and rod assembly into the correct cyl-

inder, as marked during disassembly. Guide con-
necting rod through cylinder block to avoid
scratching cylinder wall.
002061
1
If it has been removed, apply soapy water to water
dam and insert into block.
1. Ring compressor 002059

1
Repeat steps for each piston.
1. Water dam 002062
220
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Apply a 1/16 in. (2 mm) bead of RTV Adhesive Check that main bearing alignment dowel pins are
around each water passage on the block and cyl- seated in the block.
inder head as shown.
2 1
2
1 3
1. Gasket Sealing Compound 002114

2. Dowel pins
3. No sealer here
Push all pistons to the top of cylinders. Remove

numbered connecting rod caps.
1. RTV adhesive (24 locations) 002065 Gently lower crankshaft into place.
2. Thermostat seal
Align tab on lower bearing seal housing with
Install cylinder head. Apply outboard lubricant to hole in crankcase.
threads and install the cylinder head screws. Fol- Align upper oil seal in groove.
lowing sequence on cylinder head, torque all Locate each main bearing on its dowel pin. A
screws in stages to 168 to 192 in. lbs. (19 to 21.5 mark placed on the bearing race opposite the
Nm). dowel pin hole will help in the alignment pro-
cess.
1
1
2 1
10
3
1. Cylinder head screws (20 total) 002066
1. Lower seal housing 002070
Crankshaft and Connecting 2. Upper oil seal

3. Alignment marks
Rods
Rotate cylinder block so crankcase mating flange
is facing up.
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to lower oil seal

groove in cylinder block. DO NOT put any sealer
in upper seal groove.
221
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Lubricate each crankpin and bearing assembly IMPORTANT: Be sure alignment dot on rod cap
with outboard lubricant. Slowly pull connecting rod matches dot on rod and that both dots face fly-
up to crankshaft and install bearing halves. wheel.
1. Alignment dots 53628
002115
IMPORTANT: Torquing the screws without
Alignment Fixture, P/N 396749, or using an incor-
Lubricate rod cap screw threads and under screw
rect procedure could cause permanent damage to
head mating surface with a light coat of Triple-
the connecting rod and crankshaft. To maintain
Guard grease. Apply outboard lubricant to screw accurate torque values, keep torque wrench
hole threads in rod, and to screw head mating sur-
extension length to a minimum.
face on cap.
Install Rod Cap Alignment Fixture, P/N 396749,
Align dot on rod cap with dot on the connecting before tightening rod cap screws. Align the flat
rod. Install rod cap screws finger tight (NO MORE
marked SET on the rod engagement stop with
than 6 in. lbs. (1 Nm) maximum).
the arrow on the frame. Position stop at the center
setting (one line showing). Rotate adjustment
knob 180 to lock in position.
.
002116
1. Center position, one line showing 002484
222
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Secure restraining jaw C and forcing jaw D to Tighten the forcing screw to a torque of 14 to 16
frame. in. lbs. (1.6 to 1.8 Nm).
2
4
Restraining Jaw C 21591 1. Contact area of jaw 002071

2. Forcing screw
3. Adjustment stop
4. Groove line
IMPORTANT: Make sure that frame is squarely

in position and that rod and cap are aligned.
Loosen both rod cap screws one-quarter turn.
Use Torquing Socket, P/N 331638, to tighten rod

cap screws in three stages:
Apply an initial torque of 40 to 60 in. lbs. (5 to 7
Nm) to both rod cap screws.
Forcing Jaw D 21594
Torque screws to 14 to 16 ft. lbs. (19 to 21.7
Nm).
Apply a light coat of outboard lubricant to the cor- Apply a final torque of 30 to 32 ft. lbs. (41 to 43
ners of the connecting rod and rod cap. Place Nm).
frame on connecting rod using the following pro-
cedure.
Position frame onto the connecting rod so the
contact area of the jaw is centered on the side
of the rod.
10
Tighten forcing screw until jaws contact con-
necting rod.
Slide frame down until adjustment stop contacts
the rod cap. The groove lines on the jaws must
be centered on the rod/crankpin diameter.
002072
Loosen forcing screw and remove the frame.
223
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Test at least three corners of the rod and cap joint IMPORTANT: Gel-Seal II has a shelf life of at
with a pick. Joint must be smooth with no step. least one year when stored at room temperature.
Test the Gel-Seal II or replace it if the age of the
tube cannot be determined. Using old Gel-Seal II
could cause crankcase air leaks.
IMPORTANT: If Locquic Primer is used, crank-

case halves must be assembled and tightened
within ten minutes after the Gel-Seal II has been
applied.
Lower the crankcase into place. Confirm that

upper oil seal and lower seal housing are seated
correctly in grooves.
002117
Apply outboard lubricant to studs and hand start
Repeat steps for remaining connecting rods. nuts and washers.
Crankcase
Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating
flanges of the crankcase and cylinder block with a
non-petroleum based solvent, such as isopropyl
alcohol or acetone, and let air dry.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow solvent to get on

internal components. Clean only the mating
flanges.
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to lower oil seal

002119
groove in crankcase. DO NOT put any sealer in
upper seal groove.
When the crankcase is seated, install and firmly
Use a small brush to dab a thin, even coat of Gel- seat the crankcase taper pin.
Seal II sealant to the crankcase mating flange.
The application must not come within 1/4 in. (6.4
mm) of bearings.
002121
Pre-torque nuts to 120 in. lbs. Start in the center

Typical 003874 and work outward in a spiral pattern.
224
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Final torque nuts to 26 to 30 ft. lbs. (35 to 41 Nm). Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to both sides of
a new water cover gasket. Position gasket and
cover on cylinder block.
Apply Nut Lock to screws and double ended stud

and hand start in cover. Place star washer under
J-clamp and position as shown. Torque all screws
to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
1
002096
Apply Nut Lock to crankcase flange screws. Install 2

screws and torque to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5
Nm).
1. Double ended stud 002122

2. J-clamp
Install pressure valve assembly. Refer to PRES-

SURE RELIEF VALVE SERVICING on p. 200.
Connect crankcase and block-to-block recirculat-

ing hoses. Check valves must flow toward fly-
wheel end of powerhead. Refer to POWERHEAD
VIEWS on p. 233 for hose routing.
002105
Test that the crankshaft spins freely without bind-

ing.
IMPORTANT: After powerhead has been

1
10
assembled, allow at least two hours for Gel-Seal II
to cure before running outboard.
1. Flywheel end 002113
Install the throttle body and reed plate assemblies.

Refer to Intake Manifold Assembly on p. 175.
225
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Shift Linkage Install shift rod lever on the shaft and start set
screw. Torque screw 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5
Place the spring, guide, and ball of the shift detent
Nm).
assembly into the crankcase. Lubricate with Tri-
ple-Guard grease.
1 3
1
2 2
1. Shift lever and shaft 002127

2. Bushing
1. Shift detent assembly 002135 3. Shift rod lever screw
4. Washers (3)
Lubricate shift linkage bosses at the base of the

Apply Triple-Guard grease to shoulder of shift
crankcase with Triple-Guard grease. Insert bush-
lever screw and Nut Lock to threads. Install lever,
ings into bosses.
screw, and washer on cylinder block and torque
Apply Triple-Guard grease to the shaft and detent screw to 120 to 144 in. lbs. (13.5 to 16 Nm).
of the shift lever assembly. Guide shaft through
bushings in crankcase.
1
1. Shift lever screw 002126
226
POWERHEAD
ASSEMBLY
Throttle Linkage General

Apply Nut Lock to threads of throttle return lever Install fuel pump assemblies and fuel injector/coil
screw. assemblies. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM section.
Insert spring into cavity of throttle return lever. IMPORTANT: All injectors must be reinstalled in
their original location. Improper injector installation
Install lever, screw, and washer on crankcase and can result in powerhead failure.
hook spring on rib as shown. Torque screw to 120
to 144 in. lbs. (13.5 to 16 Nm). Install the stator, flywheel, EMM, and wiring har-
ness assembly. Refer to ELECTRICAL AND
IGNITION and ENGINE MANAGEMENT MOD-
ULE (EMM) sections.
Install the oil tank and oil injection hoses. Refer to

Oil Tank Assembly on p. 190.
1
Install the electric starter and solenoid. Refer to
Starter Installation on p. 148.
1. Throttle lever spring 002256
Apply Nut Lock to threads of throttle lever screw.

Install lever, screw, and washer on cylinder block
and torque screw to 120 to 144 in. lbs. (13.5 to 16
Nm).
1 2
10
1. Throttle lever screw 002257

2. Throttle return lever
IMPORTANT: Do not lubricate throttle levers or

shoulder screws.
227
POWERHEAD
UPPER MOUNT SERVICING
UPPER MOUNT Inspect mounts and replace if necessary.
IMPORTANT: The motor mount, washer, and

SERVICING screw are serviced as an assembly. Do not disas-
Removal semble.
Remove mount retainer screw.
39820
Installation
002069
Place mount assemblies in position, with flats fac-
Insert suitable punch in taper of mount retainer. ing away from each other.
Tap side of punch to loosen mount retainer.
Apply Extreme Pressure Grease to all sides of
retainer and install between mounts.
002130
002133
Dislodge mount assemblies and remove.

Apply Nut Lock to retainer screw, install the screw
and torque to 15 to 20 ft. lbs. (20 to 27 Nm).
002132
002134
228
POWERHEAD
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION Torque the five small powerhead screws to 60

to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
Apply Permatex No. 2 to both sides of a new base Torque upper mount screws to 110 to 130 ft.
gasket around the exhaust port only. Install gasket lbs. (149 to 176 Nm). Confirm that screw heads
on adapter. To ensure proper sealing, mating sur- are tight against steering arm.
faces must be clean.
3
1 2
1
1. Large powerhead screws 002153
2. Small powerhead screws
1. Apply Permatex No. 2 here 002164
3. Upper mount screws
Coat the driveshaft splines with Moly Lube. Do not

apply lubricant to end of driveshaft.
Slowly lower powerhead onto exhaust housing. 1
Guide into position over alignment pin at rear of
exhaust housing. If necessary, rotate flywheel in a
clockwise direction to align crankshaft and drive-
shaft splines.
1. Rear small powerhead screw 002160
10
1. Alignment pin 002162
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to the threaded

portion of the powerhead screws.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to upper mount screw

threads and reinstall.
Large screw torque sequence, 18 002167
Loosely install the powerhead screws and upper Small screw torque sequence, AE
mount screws.
Torque the six large powerhead screws to 18 to IMPORTANT: Retorque powerhead mounting
20 ft. lbs. (24 to 27 Nm). screws after outboard has been run at full operat-
ing temperature.
229
POWERHEAD
INSTALLATION
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to exhaust relief Tighten adjustment screws to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7
muffler gasket and retaining screws. Install muffler to 9.5 Nm).
and torque screws 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
5
4
3
1
2
002163 1. Adjustment screws 002125

2. Shift detent assembly
3. Shift lever pin
Shift Linkage Adjustment 4. Trunnion pocket
Adjust shift linkage as follows: 5. 7 inch dimension
Loosen adjustment screws on shift lever.

Be sure that ball is centered in detent assembly. Position the shift rod in the shift rod lever. Install
the retaining screw and washer. Torque screw to
Adjust shift lever so that the screw hole in shift
60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
rod lever lines up with the hole in the gearcase
shift rod when gearcase is in neutral.
When correctly adjusted, the shift lever will be
parallel with the vertical line of the outboard,
and the distance between the shift lever pin and
the center of the shift cable trunnion pocket 1
should be approximately 7 in. (17.8 cm).
IMPORTANT: The shift rod height is the most

critical of these adjustments and should not be
moved during this procedure. Refer to SHIFT
ROD ADJUSTMENT on p. 265.
IMPORTANT: Confirm that gearcase shifts sol-

idly into both forward and reverse and that propel-
ler shaft spins freely in neutral.
230
POWERHEAD
INSTALLATION
Connect the power trim connectors. Start the screw above the exhaust relief grommet
first. Tighten just enough to hold the grommet in
place.
002152
Installation of lower motor covers will be greatly 1. Start this screw first 002157
simplified if the following steps are performed in 2. Exhaust relief grommet
sequence:
Place starboard cover on outboard and route Start the top front screw next and draw cover
fuel hose and battery cable through grommet halves together.
notch.
Insert trim cable grommet into port side cover.
Connect trim/tilt switch connector.
Bundle trim wires below starter and in front of
capacitor as shown. 1
Place port side cover into position on outboard.
2 1. Start this screw second 002165

4
Install remaining cover screws and tighten all
3 screws to 24 to 36 in. lbs. (3 to 4 Nm). 10
1. Battery cable 002156

2. Trim cable grommet
3. Trim connector bundle
4. Trim/tilt switch connector 1 1
1. Cover screws 002149
231
POWERHEAD
INSTALLATION
IMPORTANT: Perform the following procedures

before returning outboard to service:
Index all spark plugs. Refer to Spark Plug
Indexing on p. 144.
1 gram to initiate powerhead break-in. Refer to
Powerhead Break-In on p. 98.
Adjust timing pointer and check engine timing.
Refer to TIMING ADJUSTMENTS on p. 142.
Run outboard and check for water, fuel, or oil
leaks.
1. Top, rear cover screw 002150 Confirm that engine reaches correct operating
temperature and does not overheat.
Install air silencer and tighten screw.
232
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD VIEWS
Port Short Block

POWERHEAD VIEWS
Starboard Short Block
10
233
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD VIEWS
Port Dressed Powerhead
Starboard Dressed Powerhead
234
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD VIEWS
Front
10
235
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD VIEWS
Rear
236
POWERHEAD
POWERHEAD VIEWS
Top
10
237
POWERHEAD
NOTES
NOTES
Bulletins
Instruction Sheets
Other
238
MIDSECTION
MIDSECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
TILT TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
EXHAUST HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
CLEANING AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
STERN BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
11
239
MIDSECTION
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
STERN BRACKET
40-50 In. lbs. 8-12 In. lbs.
(4.5-5.7 Nm) (0.9-1.4 Nm)
A 110-130 Ft. lbs.

(149-176 Nm)
A
10-16 In. lbs.
(1.1-1.8 Nm)
A
30-50 In. lbs.

U (3.3-5.6 Nm)
60-84 In. lbs. A 40-50 In. lbs.

(7-9.5 Nm) (4.5-5.7 Nm)
28-30 Ft. lbs.

A
(38-41 Nm) 40-50 In. lbs.
(4.5-5.7 Nm)
50-54 Ft. lbs.
(68-73 Nm) 216-240 In. lbs.
See Text (25-27 Nm)
IMPORTANT
Use Triple-Guard grease
on all pivot points
40-50 In. lbs.
(4.5-5.7 Nm)
216-240 In. lbs.

(25-27 Nm)
170-190 In. lbs. F

(19-22 Nm) 38-45 Ft. lbs.
(52-61 Nm)
40 Ft. lbs. (54 Nm)

Marine Sealant
120-144 In. lbs.
See "Installation &
(14-16 Nm)
Predelivery" in manual
A B
130-150 Ft. lbs. A Triple-Guard Grease
(176-204 Nm)
F Blue Nut Lock
004105a U Instant Bonding Adhesive
240
MIDSECTION
SERVICE CHART
EXHAUST HOUSING
E
60-84 In. lbs.
B (7-9.5 Nm)
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm) B
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
C
A
B
B
18-20 Ft. lbs.
(24.5-27 Nm)
B
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
A
F
150-180 In. lbs.
11
C
(17-20 Nm)
A C Adhesive 847
D Moly Lube
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
P Permatex Number 2
002210 Q Gel Seal II
241
MIDSECTION
TILT TUBE
TILT TUBE Remove the nut from the starboard side.
The tilt tube may be serviced without major disas-

sembly of the outboard using Tilt Tube Service
Kit, P/N 434523.
Removal
WARNING
Support the outboard with a suitable
hoist.
30747
Pull locking tabs on tilt limit cam loose from collar.

Thread the spacer from Tilt Tube Service Kit,
P/N 434523, onto the starboard end of the tilt
tube.
1. Locking tabs 30749
30746
Remove the cam and collar from the tilt tube.
Remove steering cable wiper nut from tilt tube.
Thread the adapter from Tilt Tube Service Kit,
P/N 434523, onto the port end of the tilt tube.
30748
30745
242
MIDSECTION
TILT TUBE
Thread Slide Hammer, P/N 432128, into the Install the starboard locknut.
adapter until at least 2 in. (51 mm) of thread are
engaged. WARNING
Replace locknut if definite resistance is
not felt.
Torque starboard tilt tube nut to 50 to 54 ft. lbs.

(68 to 73 Nm), then loosen nut 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
30744
Pull tilt tube from stern bracket with the slide ham-
mer. When tilt tube clears the port stern bracket,
remove tilt tube from the spacer.
Installation
Thread starboard end of tilt tube into the spacer.
30741
Thread the adapter onto port end of tilt tube.
Use a wood or leather mallet to tap the tilt tube Replace steering cable wiper nut on port end of tilt
into position. tube.
Apply one drop of instant bonding adhesive in

receiving channels of tilt limit switch collar and
install collar and tilt cam on tilt tube. Be sure locat-
ing tab on collar fits in hole on tilt tube.
30743
Make sure the lock tab is in correct position.

11
30750
1. Lock tab 30742
243
MIDSECTION
EXHAUST HOUSING
EXHAUST HOUSING Remove the exhaust housing.
Removal
Before removing the midsection:
The gearcase must be removed. Refer to Gear-
case REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION on
p. 260.
The powerhead must be removed. Refer to
Remove and discard four lower mount screws.

001986
Remove lower mount covers and inspect the

lower mounts.
20 Models 23036
001970
Disassembly
Remove the front and rear screws retaining the
adapter/inner exhaust housing to the exhaust
housing.
25 Models 32590
1 1
1. Adapter retaining screws 001981
244
MIDSECTION
EXHAUST HOUSING
Lift the adapter/inner exhaust housing out of the Remove the water tube from the inner exhaust
exhaust housing. housing. Discard water tube grommet.
001980 1. Water tube grommet 001984
Remove the three upper screws and three lower Remove the seal from the bottom flange of the
screws securing the inner exhaust housing to the inner exhaust housing.
adapter housing.
Remove the four screws securing the exhaust
megaphone to the adapter housing.
1 1
1
1
1. Upper inner exhaust housing screws 001975
1. Adapter to megaphone screws 001976

2. Exhaust megaphone
Remove the lower mount assemblies as neces-

sary. Lubricate with soapy water and carefully pry
at both ends.
1 1
11
1. Lower inner exhaust housing screws 001974
001971
245
MIDSECTION
EXHAUST HOUSING
Cleaning and Inspection Inspect the water tube for obstructions or kinks,
which may restrict water flow.
WARNING
Assembly
Wear safety glasses to avoid personal
Position a new gasket between the exhaust
injury, and set compressed air to less than
megaphone and adapter housing. Apply Ultra
25 psi (172 kPa).
Lock to the threads of the screws and torque to 60
to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
Clean all parts with parts cleaning solvent and dry
with compressed air. All nut and screw threads
coated with thread locking material must be thor- 1
oughly cleaned before assembly. When using a
thread locking product, be sure to prime the
threads with Locquic Primer. 2
Examine the upper and lower thrust mounts, and
replace if deteriorated or damaged.
1
Before checking the exhaust housing for distor-
tion, thoroughly clean the top and bottom mating
surfaces and remove all sealer and corrosion. 1. Adapter to megaphone screws 001976
2. Exhaust megaphone
Check the exhaust housing for distortion. Place
the housing on a surface plate. Use a dial indica- Place a new grommet on the water tube and coat
tor to check flatness by measuring the run-out on the outside edge with Adhesive 847.
the top edge of housing. The maximum allowable
run-out is 0.009 in. (0.228 mm). If you do not have
access to a dial indicator and surface plate, seek
the services of a machine shop. DO NOT attempt
to straighten a distorted housing; replace it. 1
IMPORTANT: A distorted exhaust housing will
cause the upper driveshaft splines to wear exces-
2
sively and will damage the crankshaft splines.
1. Water tube grommet 001977

2. Flared end of water tube
DR2223
246
MIDSECTION
EXHAUST HOUSING
Install the water tube through the top of the inner Apply Adhesive 847 to the bottom flange of the
exhaust housing and align as shown: adapter/inner exhaust housing. Install a new seal.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to outer surface of

seal.
2
001982
Place a new gasket between the inner exhaust

housing and the adapter housing. Apply Ultra 1. Seal New
2. Bottom flange
Lock to the screws. Install the three lower screws
and three upper screws and torque to 60 to 84 in. Clean and degrease the adapter housing and
lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm). outer exhaust housing mating surfaces with
Cleaning Solvent. Apply Gel-Seal II sealant to the
adapter flange of the exhaust housing.
1 1
1. Lower inner exhaust housing screws 001974
001983
1 1
Place the adapter/inner exhaust housing into the
exhaust housing. Guide the water tube through 11
1. Upper inner exhaust housing screws 001975
247
MIDSECTION
EXHAUST HOUSING
the hole in the outer housing and the alignment Position the mount covers. Apply Nut Lock to
pin into the adapter housing. screws, install washers and screws, and torque to
150 to 180 in. lbs. (17 to 20 Nm).
1. Alignment pin 001980

001972
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to threads of the
four retaining screws and torque to 60 to 84 in.
lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
1 1
1. Adapter retaining screws 001981
If removed, coat the lower mounts with soapy

water and press into the exhaust housing with the
OUTSIDE mark facing outward.
248
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Installation STERN BRACKET

Bring the exhaust housing into position with the
stern bracket. Removal
Install four new lower mount screws. These Before servicing the stern bracket:
screws have lock-patch pre-applied, assisting in a The gearcase must be removed. Refer to Gear-
secure mount. Torque screws to 38 to 45 ft. lbs. case REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION on
(51 to 61 Nm). p. 260.
The powerhead must be removed. Refer to
The exhaust housing must be removed. Refer
to Exhaust Housing Removal on p. 244.
The power trim/tilt unit must be removed. Refer
to TRIM AND TILT section.
Disassembly
Remove and discard steering shaft locknut.
20 Models 23036
30738
Remove the lower mount bracket and keeper.
25 Models 32590
Install gearcase. Refer to Gearcase REMOVAL

AND INSTALLATION on p. 260.
Install powerhead. Refer to Powerhead INSTAL-

11
LATION on p. 229.
Lower mount bracket 20 Models 30736
249
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Remove the steering shaft and thrust washer. It Remove the anode.
may be necessary to tap the steering shaft out
using a wood dowel and mallet.
1. Anode 30762
30735 Remove the swivel bracket. Inspect and, if neces-

sary, replace the tilt tube bushings.
Pry out upper and lower steering shaft seals and
discard. Remove the upper and lower steering
shaft bushings.
1. Tilt tube bushing 30761
30765 / 30764
Remove the trim sender unit from the port stern
bracket and pull its wires through the braided
Remove the tilt tube. Refer to TILT TUBE on
tube.
p. 242.
Remove the two tilt tube washers.
30760
30763
250
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Remove the tilt limit switch and retainer from the Remove the two trim rod rollers from the swivel
swivel bracket. bracket.
1. Tilt limit switch 30758 1. Trim rod roller 30754

2. Retainer
Remove the tilt support and bushing from the

Disconnect the trail lock spring and remove it from swivel bracket and inspect the detent roller and
the swivel bracket. Remove trail arm retainer. spring.
1
2
1
1. Trail lock spring 30756

1. Tilt support bushing 30753
2. Trail arm retainer
Remove the trail lock arm and bushings from the

swivel bracket.
11
1
1. Trail lock bushing 30755
251
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Assembly Install the two trim rod rollers on the swivel

bracket. Torque to 216 to 240 in. lbs. (24.4 to 27.1
IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, make sure all Nm).
components have been thoroughly cleaned.
Replace any seals that have been removed.
Inspect all thrust washers and bushings for evi-
dence of deterioration.
Install the detent roller and spring and the tilt sup-
port with bushing in the swivel bracket. Torque
bushing to 28 to 30 ft. lbs. (37.9 to 40.7 Nm). 1
1. Trim rod roller 30754
Install the trail lock and bushings in the swivel

bracket. Torque to 216 to 240 in. lbs. (24.4 to 27.1
Nm).
30752
1
1
1. Trail lock bushing 30755
Install the trail lock spring in the swivel bracket

1. Tilt support bushing 30753 and connect the spring to the trail lock.
2
1
1. Trail lock spring 30756

2. Trail arm retainer
252
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Install the tilt limit switch and retainer on the swivel Coat the bushings and seal lips with Triple-
bracket. Torque screws to 40 to 50 in. lbs. (4.5 to Guard grease.
5.7 Nm).
2 30765 / 30764
Coat tilt tube bushings with Triple-Guard grease

1. Tilt limit switch 30758
2. Retainer and, if removed, install them in the swivel bracket.
Route the trim sender wires through the braided

tube, and install the sender unit in the port stern
bracket.
30761
Place the swivel bracket between the stern brack-

ets and install the anode.
30760
Install the tilt tube and tilt limit cam. Refer to TILT
TUBE on p. 242.
Install the upper and lower steering shaft bushings
and new seals in the swivel bracket. Both seal lips Install the steering shaft and thrust washer.
face out.
Coat the outside surfaces of seals with Gasket
Sealing Compound. 11
30735
253
MIDSECTION
STERN BRACKET
Install the steering shaft keeper. Apply Locquic Install the lower mount bracket and a new locking
Primer and Nut Lock to the splines of the steering nut with its unstaked side facing the mount
shaft and lower mount bracket. bracket. Align the bracket with the steering arm
and torque the nut to 130 to 150 ft. lbs. (176 to
204 Nm).
30767
30736
Fill the swivel bracket with Triple-Guard grease

through the grease fitting on the brackets port
side. Lubricate the tilt tube, swivel bracket, and
stern brackets through the two forward grease fit-
tings.
Install the exhaust housing. Refer to Exhaust

Housing Installation on p. 249.
254
GEARCASE
GEARCASE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
GEARCASE TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
LUBRICANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
DRAINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
FILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
LEAK TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
PRE-DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
PROPELLER SHAFT BEARING HOUSING REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
PINION GEAR AND DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
DRIVESHAFT SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
SHIFT HOUSING, GEAR AND PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
WATER INTAKE SCREENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
GEARCASE HOUSING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
BEARING AND SEAL REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
SHIFT HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
PINION GEAR BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
DRIVESHAFT BEARING HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
PROPELLER SHAFT BEARING HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
BEARING AND SEAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
SHIFT HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
PINION GEAR BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
DRIVESHAFT BEARING HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
PROPELLER SHAFT BEARING HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
DRIVESHAFT SHIMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12
WATER INTAKE SCREENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
SHIFT HOUSING, GEAR, AND PROPELLER SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
SHIFT ROD HOUSING INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
PINION GEAR AND DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
PROPELLER SHAFT BEARING HOUSING AND GEAR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
255
GEARCASE
SERVICE CHART
SERVICE CHART
S TYPE GEARCASE
A
B
120-144 In. lbs.
(13.6-16.3 Nm)
B A
24-36 In. lbs. C B F
(2.7-4.1 Nm) 60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
D
F
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
B
C A
See Water Pump
Assembly instructions
A 20-24 Ft. lbs.
(27-33 Nm)
B F
B
26-28 Ft. lbs.
A (35-38 Nm)
45-50 Ft. lbs.
(61-68 Nm)
A B
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
C 215-240 in. lbs. B

(24-27 Nm)
G F B
60-84 In. lbs.
(6.8-9.5 Nm) 26-28 Ft. lbs.
(35-38 Nm)
B
B
35-40 Ft. lbs.
100-110 Ft. lbs. (47-54 Nm)
(136-149 Nm)
Use Outboard Lubricant on threads only,
taper must be clean and dry.
A 60-84 In. lbs.

(7-9.5 Nm)
E
18-20 Ft. lbs.
B (24-27 Nm)
A
B
120-144 In. lbs.

(13.6-16.3 Nm) B
108-132 In. lbs.
(12.2-14.9 Nm) A Triple-Guard Grease
C Adhesive 847
A D Moly Lube
E Red Ultra Lock
F Blue Nut Lock
DSS133 G Needle Bearing Grease
256
GEARCASE
SERVICE CHART
O TYPE GEARCASE
A
F
B 60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
C 120-144 In. lbs.

(13.6-16.3 Nm) B A
60-84 In. lbs.
24-36 In. lbs. (7-9.5 Nm)
(2.7-4.1 Nm)
F
B B B
26-28 Ft. lbs.
A
(35-38 Nm)
A
See Water Pump

Assembly instructions C
B D
45-50 Ft. lbs.

A (61-68 Nm) B
A
60-84 In. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm)
C
G
B 60-84 In. lbs. 26-28 Ft. lbs.
(7-9.5 Nm) (35-38 Nm)
B B
100-110 Ft. lbs. 35-40 Ft. lbs.
(136-149 Nm)
(47-54 Nm)
Use Outboard
E Lubricant on threads B 60-84 In. lbs.
15-20 In. lbs. only, taper must be (7-9.5 Nm)
(1.7-2.3 Nm) A clean and dry.
18-20 Ft. lbs.

B (24-27 Nm) E
A
B
B
B
70-80 Ft. lbs.
(95-109 Nm)
12
108-132 In. lbs.
(12.2-14.9 Nm)
C Adhesive 847
D Moly Lube
E Red Ultra Lock
A F Blue Nut Lock
DSS152 G Needle Bearing Grease
257
GEARCASE
GEARCASE TYPES
GEARCASE TYPES
Gearcase General Service Procedure
Outboard Model Type Comparison Comparison
(L) Models with Unique housing, shafts,
S
20 in. shaft gears, and bearings
Similar
(X) Models with Unique housing, shafts,
O
25 in. shaft gears, and bearings
PROPELLER LUBRICANT
Inspection Draining
Carefully examine propeller and outboard for the
following: WARNING
Damaged blades and signs of propeller cavita- Gearcase lubricant may be under pressure
tion (burned paint, etc.) and/or hot. If plug is removed from a
Spun or overheated inner hub recently operated outboard, take precau-
Worn or twisted splines and inadequate lubri- tions to avoid injury.
cant
Damaged or missing converging ring (if applica- Remove the lubricant level plug, then the lubricant
ble) drain/fill plug, and drain the lube from the gear-
Damage to outer hub area case into a container. Inspect the lube and the
Worn, missing, or incorrect thrust washer and magnets on the plugs for metal chips.
spacer
Correct size and style
1
Check for bent or damaged propeller shaft and
twisted splines.
Refer to Propeller Hardware Installation on

p. 65.
WARNING
When servicing the propeller, always shift
the outboard to NEUTRAL, turn the key 2
switch OFF, and disconnect the battery
cables at the battery.
1. Lubricant level plug 39514
2. Lubricant drain/fill plug
The presence of metal fuzz can indicate normal

wear of the gears, bearings, or shafts within the
gearcase. Metal chips can indicate extensive
internal damage.
258
GEARCASE
LEAK TEST
Inspection LEAK TEST

Inspect the lubricant for water contamination.
Drain lubricant before testing.
Water can make the lubricant milky in appear-
ance. However, normal aeration can also cause STEP 1
the same appearance.
Install lubricant drain/fill plug and seal, thread
To check for water contamination, drain lubricant pressure test gauge fitting and seal in lubricant
into a suitable glass container. Allow the drained level hole.
oil to settle for a minimum of one hour to deter-
Pressurize 3 to 6 psi (21 to 42 kPa).
mine if there is an abnormal amount of water in
the oil. Some gearcase lubricants are designed to If pressure gauge indicates leakage, submerge
mix with a small amount of water from normal the gearcase in water to determine source of leak.
water vapor condensation within the gearcase.
If the gearcase pressure gauge does not indicate
Refer to LEAK TEST on p. 259. leakage, increase pressure to 16 to 18 psi (110 to
124 kPa). Check for leakage.
Overheated lubricant will have a black color and
burned odor. Make necessary repairs and repeat test.
Internal gearcase inspection is recommended STEP 2
when lubricant is contaminated or shows signs of Complete successful STEP 1 before proceeding.
failure.
Install vacuum test gauge. Apply 3 to 5 in. of vac-
Filling uum (76 to 127 mm) Hg. with pump.
Secure the gearcase in a vertical position.
Check for leakage.
Remove the lubricant level plug and the lubricant
If leakage occurs, apply oil around suspected
drain/fill plug.
seal. If leak then stops or oil is drawn in, that seal
Slowly fill the gearcase with HPF XR gearcase is defective.
lube through the drain/fill hole until it appears at Repeat test, gearcase must hold minimum of 15
the oil level hole. Filling the gearcase too quickly in. (381 mm) Hg.
can cause air pockets and the gearcase may not
fill completely. Clean plug seal area and install the
lubricant level plug and new seal, then the lubri-
cant drain/fill plug and new seal. Tighten them to a
torque of 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
2
12
002388
1. Lubricant level plug 002386

2. Lubricant drain/fill plug
259
GEARCASE
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL AND Remove the forward screw with the washer, and
remove middle screw.
INSTALLATION
Removal
WARNING
To prevent accidental starting while ser- 2
vicing, twist and remove all spark plug
leads. 1
During service, the outboard may drop
unexpectedly. Avoid personal injury;
always support the outboards weight with 1. Forward screw COA3139
2. Middle screw
a suitable hoist or the tilt support bracket
during service.
Remove the four gearcase retaining screws.
Remove screw from shift lever to release the

lower shift rod.
1. Gearcase retaining screws 001990

Remove the gearcase assembly from the exhaust

Note where the index mark on the gearcase aligns housing, being careful not to bend the shift rod or
with the index number of the adjustable trim tab so damage the water tube. The lower inner exhaust
the trim tab can be reinstalled in the same posi- housing may come out with the gearcase.
tion. Remove the trim tab retaining screw and trim
tab from the gearcase.
3
1. Index mark COA3663

2. Trim tab
3. Trim tab retaining screw
260
GEARCASE
Installation Apply Gel-Seal II to gearcase mating surface pads

on exhaust housing. Slide the gearcase into
WARNING place, making sure:
Driveshaft engages the crankshaft.
During service, the outboard may drop Water tube enters the water pump.
unexpectedly. Avoid personal injury;
Lower inner exhaust housing installs correctly.
always support the outboards weight with
Shift rod does not turn and is positioned prop-
a suitable hoist or the tilt support bracket
erly in shift shaft connection area.
during service.
IMPORTANT: Before installation of gearcase on gearcase retaining screws. Torque the screws:
motor, shift rod adjustment MUST be checked. 3/8 in. screws 26 to 28 ft. lbs. (35 to 38 Nm)
Refer to SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT on p. 265. 7/16 in. screws 40 to 50 ft. lbs. (54 to 68 Nm)
Coat the driveshaft splines with Moly Lube. DO
NOT coat top surface of the driveshaft because
lubricant may prevent seating of the driveshaft in
the crankshaft.
1. 3/8 in. screws 001990
30385
Apply Adhesive 847 to the lower exhaust housing

seals inner surfaces. Position two new seals on 2
the housing. Apply Triple-Guard grease to the
seals outer surfaces and position the housing on 1
the gearcase.
1. 7/16 in. screw COA3139

2. 3/8 in screw

1 trim tab screw. Install and align the trim tab with 12
the index marks noted prior to disassembly.
Torque the trim tab screw to 35 to 40 ft. lbs. (47 to
TYPICAL 001985
1. Lower exhaust seals
261
GEARCASE
WATER PUMP
54 Nm). For adjustment, refer to Trim Tab

Adjustment on p. 68.
WATER PUMP
Disassembly
Rotate the driveshaft counterclockwise to unlock
the impeller cam. Remove the four impeller hous-
ing screws.
1 1
2
1
1. Trim tab screw COA3663
2. Index mark
1
Position the shift rod in the connector.
Install and torque shift rod screw to 60 to 84 in.

1. Screws 31998
lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
Slide the water pump off the driveshaft. Remove
the impeller drive cam, O-ring, impeller plate, and
gasket. Discard the gasket.
WARNING
To prevent loss of operator control, check 1. O-ring DSC02328
2. Impeller plate
for proper shifting operation and adjust, if
necessary.
Remove all the parts from the housing.
IMPORTANT: During break-in period of a reas- Inspection

sembled gearcase, change the gearcase lubricant Check impeller for overheating, hub separation,
between 10 to 20 hours of operation. and other wear or damage.
Check liner and wear plate for scoring, distortion,

and impeller material transfer.
Inspect the housing for cracks or melting.
262
GEARCASE
WATER PUMP
Assembly Install the water tube grommet with the inside

taper facing up.
Apply a drop of Adhesive 847 in the seal ring
groove at each of the four ribs.
1
IMPORTANT: Do not allow any adhesive to get
into the air bleed groove in the impeller housing. If
this groove is blocked by adhesive, the pump will
lose its prime and will not pump water.
1. Water tube grommet 32000
Install the impeller housing cover and torque two

3 screws to 24 to 36 in. lbs. (2.7 to 4.1 Nm).
Apply Adhesive 847 to flat side of the impeller

housing grommet. Install the grommet, flat side
down.
1. Seal ring groove 2311
2. Ribs DR1185
3. Air bleed groove 1
Install the O-ring in groove in the impeller housing. 2
1. Impeller housing cover 32001

2. Impeller housing grommet
Lightly coat the liner with Triple-Guard grease.

1. O-ring 34814 With a counterclockwise rotation, install the impel-
ler into the liner with slot for impeller cam facing
Lightly coat the exterior of the impeller cup with out.
Gasket Sealing Compound. Install the cup in the
impeller housing.
12
263
GEARCASE
WATER PUMP
Run a thin bead of Adhesive 847 in the seal impeller, and slide water pump down over cam.
groove, and install the special shaped O-ring seal. Be sure impeller cam does not fall out of position.
1
1
1. Sharp edge of drive cam CO2995

2. Direction of driveshaft rotation
1. O-ring 34815
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to both sides of IMPORTANT: Make sure the impeller engages
a new impeller plate gasket. Install the gasket and the impeller cam properly. Serious powerhead
impeller plate. damage will result if impeller cam is displaced.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to a new impeller O- Align the impeller housing with the gearcase.
ring. Slide the O-ring down the driveshaft and Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to threads of the
slide half way over installed drive cam to tempo- four impeller housing screws. Install the screws
rarily hold cam in place. and torque to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
25 IN. MODELS
Place water tube spacer with grommet on the
impeller housing cover.
3
2
1
2
4 1
1. Impeller plate gasket DSC02326

2. Impeller plate
3. O-ring
4. Drive cam
25 in. Model Water Tube Spacer 32728

The sharp edge of the cam is the leading edge in 1. Spacer
clockwise rotation. Triple-Guard grease or Adhe- 2. Grommet
sive 847 can be used to retain the drive cam dur-
ing water pump installation. IMPORTANT: Before installation of gearcase on
motor, shift rod adjustment MUST be checked.
Slide the water pump down the driveshaft. Align Refer to SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT on p. 265.
impeller slot with the impeller cam. Rotate the
driveshaft to engage the impeller cam with the
264
GEARCASE
SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT
SHIFT ROD With the shift rod and detent lever in NEUTRAL,
rotate the shift rod up or down as necessary for
ADJUSTMENT correct adjustment. Once correct height is
achieved, rotate rod one half turn or less to face
Check the shift rod height from the shift rod hole to offset forward.
the surface of the gearcase using Universal Shift
Rod Height Gauge, P/N 389997. IMPORTANT: The NEUTRAL detent is a two-
step design. Make sure the NEUTRAL detent ball
is in the center step before checking shift rod
height.
Shift Rod Heights

Model Type Height
20 in. (L) S 21.25 in. One-Half Turn
25 in. (X) O 26.25 in. One-Half Turn
COA6166
12
265
GEARCASE
DISASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY Hydrostatic Seal Grooves Must be in good

condition to help prevent propeller ventilation.
WARNING
injury, and set compressed air pressure to
less than 25 psi (172 kPa). 1
IMPORTANT: Clean and inspect all components

during disassembly. Replace any damaged com-
ponents, seals, O-rings, and gaskets upon assem-
bly.
Remove the propeller and mounting hardware. 1. Hydrostatic seal grooves 4557
Drain and inspect oil as described in LUBRICANT

Gearcase Anodes If anodes have eroded to
on p. 258.
two-thirds their original size, they must be
Remove gearcase as described in REMOVAL replaced.
AND INSTALLATION on p. 260.
Remove water pump as described in WATER

PUMP on p. 262.
Pre-Disassembly Inspection 1
Before disassembling the gearcase, examine the
following:
Gearcase Housing Check for visible dam-
age to skeg, strut, anti-ventilation plate, bullet,
and mating surface. Check seal areas for visible
1. Gearcase anode 14161
signs of lubricant leakage.
Propeller Shaft Check for bent or damaged
Drive Shaft Check splines for visible dam-
shaft. Check for twisted splines and damaged
age, twisting and wear. Severe spline wear indi-
threads.
cates the exhaust housing or gearcase has
Shift Rod Check for misadjusted, bent, or been distorted, possibly by impact damage.
binding rod. A misadjusted shift rod height can
Water Intake Screens Check for damage
cause shift difficulty, loss of boat and outboard
and blockage. If screens cannot be cleaned,
control, and gearcase damage.
they must be replaced. Different screens are
available and should not be mixed. Refer to cor-
rect model parts manual for listing and descrip-
tion.
266
GEARCASE
DISASSEMBLY
Propeller Shaft Bearing Assemble components and pull the bearing hous-
ing from the gearcase. Remove the thrust washer,
Housing Removal thrust bearing, and reverse gear from gearcase.
Remove the two screws, washers, and retainers
holding the propeller shaft bearing housing.
22775
1. Retainer tab screws 001989 Pinion Gear and Driveshaft

Remove wedge, screw, and washer (O Type). Removal
Position the shift rod to move the clutch dog as far
forward as possible. This will assist in the removal
of the pinion nut.
Loosen the pinion nut from the bottom of the

driveshaft using Driveshaft Holding Socket,
P/N 311875, Pinion Nut Holder, P/N 334455, and
Wrench Retainer, P/N 341438. Pad the handle of
holder to prevent damage to gearcase.
1
DSM02291
DSC02361
Remove the propeller shaft bearing housing from

the gearcase using the following:
Puller body, screw, and handle from Universal
Puller Set, P/N 378103.
3
Two 5/16-18 x 11 in. (279 mm) threaded rods,
two large 5/16 in. I.D. flat washers, and two
5/16-18 nuts (obtain locally). 2
12
1. Holding socket 42229
2. Pinion holder
3. Retainer
267
GEARCASE
DISASSEMBLY
Remove the four driveshaft bearing housing (Special) Driveshaft Removal Procedures
screws with washers. The driveshaft to pinion taper is a locking taper. If
necessary, use Driveshaft Puller, P/N 390706, and
Backing Plate, P/N 325867, to break the lock.
Install the tools as shown by clamping them
around the driveshaft. Alternately tighten the two
vertical screws against the backing plate inserted
1 between the puller and the gearcase until the
1 driveshaft pops loose from the pinion.
1
1. Driveshaft bearing housing screws COA3153
Remove pinion nut and driveshaft from the gear-

2
case. If driveshaft cannot be removed, refer to
(Special) Driveshaft Removal Procedures on
p. 268.
3
The bearing housing, shims, thrust bearing, and
thrust washer will come out with the driveshaft. 1. Drive shaft 41177
2. Puller
3. Backing plate
1
If upper driveshaft becomes separated from lower
driveshaft, use Lower Driveshaft Puller,
2 P/N 342681, to remove. Install puller into lower
driveshaft and turn 90 to position hook under pin
4
in driveshaft. Thread Slide Hammer, P/N 391008,
into puller and remove driveshaft.
3
1. Bearing housing COA3558
2. Shims
3. Thrust bearing
4. Thrust washer
Reach inside the gearcase and remove the pinion

and pinion nut.
46905
COA3159
268
GEARCASE
DISASSEMBLY
Driveshaft Service S Type Gearcases

To separate the upper driveshaft (if needed) from Install the roll pin flush.
the lower driveshaft, remove the roll pin. Replace
the damaged component. 1
1. Roll pin DR4596
O Type Gearcases
29337 Install the roll pin to the specified dimension.
To assemble the driveshaft, install new driveshaft

retainer into the groove of the upper driveshaft.
0.125 in.
(3.2 mm)
1
1. Roll pin DR4610
29338
Install the upper driveshaft into the lower drive-

shaft, aligning the holes in the driveshaft retainer
and the lower driveshaft.
12
29330
269
GEARCASE
GEARCASE HOUSING INSPECTION
Shift Housing, Gear and GEARCASE HOUSING

Propeller Shaft Removal
Push down on the shift rod. This will move the
INSPECTION
detent lever downward to clear the inside of the Thoroughly clean gearcase housing to remove all
gearcase when the shaft assembly is pulled out. dirt and debris prior to inspection. Inspect pinion
Unthread the shift rod from the detent lever. bearing and forward thrust surface of gearcase
Remove the six screws, shift rod, and cover from housing.
the gearcase.
Use Gearcase Alignment Gauge Kit, P/N 5006349
Discard the cover gasket. Remove and discard to check the condition of gearcase housing prior
the shift rod O-ring from inside of cover. to reassembly. Refer to instructions provided with
kit. Use Gauging Head, P/N 352879, for S Type
gearcases.
1. Cover gasket COA3141
Remove propeller shaft assembly from gearcase.
004315
IMPORTANT: DO NOT force gauging shaft into

alignment hole. Shaft MUST slide easily into hole
of gauging head. If shaft does not slide into hole,
gearcase housing is damaged and must be
replaced.
COA3149
Water Intake Screens

Remove and clean water intake screens. Replace
if damaged.
1
1
1. Gauging shaft 004347
1. Water intake screen 001991
270
GEARCASE
BEARING AND SEAL REMOVAL
BEARING AND SEAL Remove the gear, thrust bearing, and thrust
washer from the shift housing.
REMOVAL
Shift Housing
1
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to avoid injury. 2 3
IMPORTANT: The shift housing and forward

gear bearing are serviced as an assembly. If
either are worn or damaged, replace the complete
assembly. 1. Gear COA3562
2. Thrust bearing
Disassembly 3. Thrust washer
Insert a suitable tool under one end of the clutch
dog spring and remove it from its groove by Remove the shift lever pin from the housing.
unwrapping it from around the clutch dog. Dis- Remove shift shaft, cradle and shift lever. Move
card the spring. shifter detent accordingly to assist in removal of
components.
5 4
1
3
1
2
1. Shift lever pin DSC02449

1. Clutch dog spring COA3560 2. Shift shaft DSC02489
3. Cradle
4. Shift lever
Push the pin out of the clutch dog. Remove all 5. Shifter detent
components.
WARNING
injury. The detent ball and spring and
come out with great force.
12
1
1. Pin COA3561
271
GEARCASE
Wrap the housing with a shop cloth to catch ball S Type Gearcases
and spring. Rotate the shifter detent 90 in either Assemble Pinion Bearing Remover/Installer,
direction, then pull the detent out of the housing. P/N 391257, in the gearcase as follows:
1
2
2
1 3
1. Shifter detent DSC02518

5
2. Ball and spring
6
Remove the detent ball and spring.
1. 1/4-20 x 1/2 in. Hex Head Screw 824163
2. 1 in. O.D. Flat Washer
Remove needle bearings from bearing housing for 3. Plate, P/N 391260
cleaning and inspection (O Type). 4. Rod, P/N 326582
5. Installer/Remover, P/N 326574
6. 1/4-20 x 1 1/4 in. Hex Head Screw
Pinion Gear Bearing
Remove pinion bearing retaining screw. Use a mallet to drive the bearing from the hous-
ing.
O Type Gearcases
2 Use a 7/8 in. wrench to hold the remover in place.
Use a 3/4 in. wrench to turn flange nut clockwise.
1 Draw the bearing up from the housing.
1
2
3
3
1. Pinion bearing retaining screw DSC02370

2. Water screen pocket DRC7416
3. Seal DSC02313
4
1. Flange nut, P/N 326586 DR3419

2. Plate, P/N 391260
3. Rod, P/N 326582
4. Remover, P/N 326579
272
GEARCASE
Driveshaft Bearing Housing Propeller Shaft Bearing Housing

The driveshaft bearing is not serviceable. Replace Rear Seal Removal
the bearing housing assembly if the bearing is
Remove seals using Puller Bridge, P/N 432127,
worn or damaged. Also, inspect the driveshaft
and Small Puller Jaws, P/N 432131. Position the
bearing surface if the bearing is damaged.
plate on top of the housing to support the bridge,
Seal Removal and tighten jaws securely behind the inner seal.
Remove the driveshaft bearing housing seals
using Puller Bridge, P/N 432127, and Large Puller
Jaws, P/N 432129. Discard the seals.
13520
Bearing Removal
Rear seals must be removed if bearing replace-
ment is needed. See Rear Seal Removal.
14155 IMPORTANT: Inspect bearings in place. If a
bearing is removed for any reason, it must be dis-
Remove and discard the O-ring from the bearing carded.
housing.
Remove either bearing using Puller Bridge,
Clean the bearing housing in solvent to remove P/N 432127, and Large Puller Jaws, P/N 432129.
sealer from the seal bore and the O-ring groove. Rest the puller plate on top of the housing to sup-
port the bridge, and tighten the jaws securely
behind the bearing.
12
13522
273
GEARCASE
BEARING AND SEAL INSTALLATION
Inspect the bearing housing anode. Replace

anode if it is reduced to two-thirds of original size.
BEARING AND SEAL
INSTALLATION
1 Shift Housing
IMPORTANT: Clean and inspect all components
before beginning assembly procedures. Replace
any damaged components.
Lightly coat the detent ball and spring with Needle

Bearing grease. Insert the spring in the housing,
then the ball.
1. Anode 001220
Discard the bearing housing O-ring. Clean the

housing and bearings in solvent and dry thor-
oughly. If bearings were not replaced, rotate the
needles to check for freedom of movement.
Inspect O-ring groove, and sand off any sharp

edges that would cut O-ring and prevent its seal-
ing. Check for and remove any nicks or burrs on
front of bearing housing.
1
4518
Insert shifter detent at 90 angle into the housing

as shown, while depressing the ball and spring
with a suitable tool. Once the shifter detent is past
the ball, remove the tool and position detent to
engage NEUTRAL position.
1. O-ring groove DSC02291
DSC02506
274
GEARCASE
Thoroughly grease 25 needle bearings with Nee- Position the shift lever arms into the recesses of
dle Bearing grease and place in the bearing case the shift cradle. Pull shifter detent back up to
(O Type gearcases). NEUTRAL position to hold the cradle and shaft in
place.
4520
001219
With shifter detent in NEUTRAL, install arms of Coat thrust bearing and thrust washer with Needle
shift lever into detent slots. Align the pivot holes Bearing grease. Place the bearing on the back of
and insert the retaining pin. Push shifter detent the gear. Set the washer on top of the thrust bear-
down. ing. Insert the gear, bearing, and washer into the
bearing housing.
IMPORTANT: Bearing and washer must be

installed in the correct order.
1 3 2
2
1
1. Shifter detent DSC02449
2. Shift lever
3. Pin, shift lever
Rest the cradle on the shift shaft. 1. Thrust bearing DSC02297

2. Thrust washer
1
12
2
TYPICAL 4512
1. Cradle
2. Shift shaft
275
GEARCASE
Align holes in the clutch dog with slot in the pro- Pinion Gear Bearing
peller shaft. Install the clutch dog on the shaft with
Assemble the following components of Pinion
PROP END facing rear of the shaft.
Bearing Remover and Installer, P/N 391257, as
IMPORTANT: The clutch dog is not symmetri- shown:
cal. If installed backward, it will not fully engage
S Type Gearcases
and will immediately damage itself and the gears.
1
2
3
4
1
6
1. PROP END COB7581
Slide the propeller shaft onto the shift shaft, align 7

the hole in the shaft with the hole in the clutch 1. 1/4-20 X 1/2 in. Hex head screw 824182
dog, install the pin and then, a new clutch dog 2.
3.
1 in. O.D. Flat washer
Spacer, P/N 341437
retaining spring. Position three coils over each 4. Plate, P/N 391260
end of the pin, MAKING SURE NONE OF THE 5. Rod, P/N 326582
COILS OVERLAP OR ARE LOOSE. 7. 1/4-20 X 1 1/4 in. Hex head screw
O Type Gearcases
1
2
3*
4
1
1. Retaining spring COB3101 5
7
1. 1/4-20 X 1/2 in. Hex head screw 824182
2. 1 in. O.D. Flat washer
3. Spacer, P/N 326584
4. Plate and Bearing P/N 391260
5. Rod P/N 326582
7. 1/4-20 X 1 1/4 in. Hex head screw
276
GEARCASE
IMPORTANT: Spacers are different sizes and Driveshaft Bearing Housing

cannot be interchanged.
Lightly apply Gasket Sealing Compound to a new
Apply Needle Bearing grease to the needle bear- O-ring. Install the O-ring in top groove of the bear-
ings and insert them into the bearing case (O ing housing. Do not allow sealant in oil passage.
Type gearcases).
IMPORTANT: Do not install the O-ring in the
Place the bearing on the installer tool with the let- bearing housings bottom groove. The bottom
tered side of the bearing facing the top of the groove is an oil passage. Gearcase damage could
gearcase. Use Needle Bearing grease to hold the result.
bearing on the tool.
IMPORTANT: The pinion bearing is tapered so 1

that, when installed correctly, its shape compen-
sates for stresses in the gearcase and allows full
bearing contact. Whenever a gearcase is disas-
2
sembled, the pinion bearing should be checked to
ensure that it has been installed with the lettering
facing up.
Insert the tool with the bearing into the gearcase.

1. O-ring (top groove) 14156
Drive the bearing into the gearcase until the 2. Oil passage
washer on the tool contacts the spacer.
Install new seals back to back in bearing housing
Remove the tool.
using Seal Installation Tool, P/N 330268. Apply
Position new O-ring on the pinion bearing retain- Gasket Sealing Compound to metal casings of the
ing screw. Apply Nut Lock to screw threads. Install seals before installing. Install inner seal with lip
the screw and torque to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 facing toward bearing housing, then the outer seal
Nm). with lip facing away from bearing housing. Apply
Triple-Guard grease to seal lips.
1. O-ring DRC7416
12
1. Inner seal DR2061

2. Outer seal DR2062
277
GEARCASE
Propeller Shaft Bearing Rear Seal Installation

Housing Install new seals back to back in bearing housing
using Seal Installer. Apply Gasket Sealing Com-
Bearing Installation pound to metal casings of the seals before install-
Oil, then install new bearings in bearing housing. ing.
Place the lettered end of the bearing case on the Install inner seal with lip facing toward the bearing
bearing installer, then press the bearing into the housing, then outer seal with lip facing away from
housing until the tool seats. When installed, the the bearing housing.
lettered end of the bearing should be visible.
Seal installation tool:
Bearing installation tool: P/N 326551 S Type gearcases
P/N 326562 S Type gearcases P/N 336311 O Type gearcases
P/N 339750 O Type gearcases
Forward Bearing 29967

1. Bearing installation tool
2
1
1. Inner seal DR2061
2. Outer seal DR2062
Apply Triple-Guard grease to seal lips.

Install bearing housing anode. Torque screws to
108 to 132 in. lbs. (12.2 to 14.9 Nm).
1
Rear Bearing 44237
1. Bearing installation tool
1. Anode 001220
278
GEARCASE
DRIVESHAFT SHIMMING
DRIVESHAFT SHIMMING Select Collar, P/N 341440, and Shim Gauge Bar,
P/N 328367.
IMPORTANT: If new pinion gear is needed, Slide the collar onto the driveshaft with large end
replace gear set before shimming. in contact with the bearing housing.
Pinion gear backlash is achieved by using shims Insert the assembled driveshaft into the tool base
between the driveshaft bearing housing and the and tighten preload screw against the driveshaft
thrust washer. When installing a new thrust bear- until groove on the spring-loaded plunger is flush
ing or washer, bearing housing, pinion, or drive- with end of threads. Tighten locking ring on pre-
shaft, it is necessary to properly shim the load screw.
assembly to restore factory clearance.
1
Use Driveshaft Shimming Tool, P/N 393185. 3
Shim gauge bars are precision made and should

be handled carefully. The length of each bar is
stamped near the part number. This dimension is
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) shorter than the actual
shimmed length of the driveshaft.
IMPORTANT: Degrease pinion and driveshaft

tapers prior to assembly. Check tapers for any 2
damage or material transfer. Replace any dam-
aged components before proceeding. 1. Collar COA3566
2. Tool base DSC00326
Assemble the driveshaft bearing housing, thrust 3. Groove
washer, thrust bearing, and pinion onto the drive-
shaft. Use Driveshaft Seal Protector, P/N 318674, Rotate the driveshaft several revolutions to seat
whenever installing or removing the bearing hous- bearings.
ing. Lightly coat the threads of the pinion nut with
outboard lubricant and torque to 100 to 110 ft. lbs. Lay the tool base on its side. Position the shim
(136 to 149 Nm). gauge bar against guide pins of the tool base.
IMPORTANT: The original pinion nut may be

used for shimming, but must NOT be used in final
assembly.
1
1 2
12
1. Shim gauge bar COA3567
3 4 Check the squareness of the bearing housing

mounting surface by holding the shim gauge bar
1. Driveshaft bearing housing COA3565 against the pinion while rotating just the bearing
2. Thrust washer housing and measuring the clearance between
3. Thrust bearing
4. Pinion the gauge bar and the bearing housing with feeler
279
GEARCASE
ASSEMBLY
gauges. Measure between each pair of screw

holes. Replace the bearing housing and repeat
ASSEMBLY
check if variance exceeds 0.004 in. (0.010 mm). Water Intake Screens
Check the squareness of the pinion to the drive- Install water intake screens. Torque screws to 60
shaft by holding the shim gauge bar against the to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
bearing housing (between the screw holes) while
rotating just the driveshaft and pinion assem-
bly and measuring the clearance between the
shim gauge bar and the pinion. Replace the pinion
or the driveshaft, as necessary, and repeat the 1
check if variance exceeds 0.002 in. (0.050 mm).
Subtract the average clearance measurement

obtained from 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) to determine
the correct shim thickness required. Select the
fewest number of shims to achieve the correct 1. Water intake screen 001991
thickness.
Remove the driveshaft from the tool base. Shift Housing, Gear, and
Remove the collar and bearing housing from the Propeller Shaft Installation
driveshaft, and add the required amount of shims.
Push shifter detent into farthest downward posi-
IMPORTANT: Use extreme care when removing tion. Tip the rear of the gearcase slightly down-
bearing housing to avoid damaging the seals. Use ward to assist in the installation of the shaft
Driveshaft Seal Protector, P/N 318674. assembly.
Check shimming by reassembling the driveshaft Be sure the thrust bearing and the thrust washer
with shims and placing it back into the tool base. are properly positioned. Insert the shaft assembly
The measurement between the gauge bar and the fully into the gearcase while aligning shift hous-
pinion should be 0.020 in. (0.508 mm). ing pin with hole in forward end of gearcase
housing.
COA3543
1. Pin 13594
Remove the nut and pinion from the driveshaft.
Discard the nut.
280
GEARCASE
ASSEMBLY
Shift Rod Housing Installation on the gearcase. Thread the shift rod into the
shifter detent about four turns.
Lubricate a new shift rod cover O-ring with Triple-
Guard grease. Install the O-ring into the shift rod
cover. 2
IMPORTANT: Make sure O-ring is fully seated
in groove around shift rod covers full circumfer-
ence.
1
1 1. Cover gasket COA3141

2. Grommet
Move shift rod from side to side while pushing on

the propeller shaft to ensure proper alignment of
the bearing housing locator pin into the locator pin
hole in the gearcase.
1. O-ring 12308
Apply Ultra Lock to the threads of the shift rod
Place the shift rod grommet on the shift rod. cover screws. Install the screws. Torque the
screws to 60 to 84 in. lbs. (7 to 9.5 Nm).
Install shift rod spacer under grommet on 25 in.
models.
1
COA3569
1. Grommet COA3568
2. Shift rod spacer
Apply Triple-Guard grease to the threaded end of

the shift rod and insert it through the cover. Turn
the shift rod while pushing it through the cover to
12
avoid damaging the O-ring.
Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to both sides of

a new shift rod cover gasket. Position the gasket
281
GEARCASE
ASSEMBLY
Pinion Gear and Driveshaft IMPORTANT: The inside taper of the pinion
gear and the driveshaft taper MUST be com-
Installation pletely free of grease. Clean the tapers with
Refer to DRIVESHAFT SHIMMING on p. 279 Cleaning Solvent. Use a shop towel free of grease
before proceeding. and lint.
Position the driveshaft thrust bearing, thrust Lightly coat the threads of a new pinion nut with
washer, and shim(s) (selected earlier) on the outboard lubricant and install on the driveshaft
driveshaft, exactly in order shown. using Pinion Nut Starting Tool, P/N 342216. Turn
the driveshaft by hand to engage the nut. Hand
tighten pinion nut and remove the pinion nut start-
ing tool. Proceed to next step and then torque pro-
3 cedure.
1
2
1. Thrust bearing COA3168

2. Thrust washer
3. Shim(s)
Using Driveshaft Seal Protector, P/N 318674,

slide the driveshaft bearing housing onto the 42230
driveshaft.
Install washers on the driveshaft bearing housing
screws. Apply Gasket Sealing Compound to the
1 threads of the screws. Install screws and torque to
120 to 144 in. lbs. (13.6 to 16.3 Nm).
1 1
1. Seal protector COA3130
Move shift rod to position clutch dog as far forward 1. Driveshaft bearing housing screws COA3153
as possible. Be sure excess grease is removed
from the pinion bearing. Use Driveshaft Holding Socket, P/N 311875, Pin-
ion Nut Holder, P/N 334455, and Wrench
282
GEARCASE
ASSEMBLY
Retainer, P/N 341438, to torque the pinion nut to Housing must be completely seated to install
100 to 110 ft. lbs. (136 to 149 Nm). retainer tabs.
1. Holding socket 42229 Retainer Tab Notch 50106a

2. Pinion holder
3. Retainer
Install two retainers, washers and screws. Apply
Ultra Lock to threads and torque screws 18 to 20
Propeller Shaft Bearing Housing ft. lbs. (24 to 27 Nm).
and Gear Installation
Oil and install thrust bearing and thrust washer on
hub of reverse gear. Slide the gear assembly onto
the propeller shaft until it engages the pinion gear.
1
1
1. Retainer tab screws 001989
1. Thrust bearing DSC02295

2. Thrust washer
Lightly apply Gasket Sealing Compound to a new

bearing housing O-ring. Install O-ring in groove in
the housing.
Install housing into gearcase, aligning screw holes 12

with retainer slots in gearcase.
283
GEARCASE
ASSEMBLY
O Type Gearcases Re-torque two retainer screws to 18 to 20 ft. lbs.

Loosen retainer screws 1/4 turn. (24 to 27 Nm).
Install wedge, screw, and washer. Apply Ultra Confirm that torque on the wedge screw is 15 to
Lock to threads and torque screw 15 to 20 in. lbs. 20 in. lbs. (1.7 to 2.3 Nm).
(1.7 to 2.3 Nm).
To complete gearcase assembly, refer to:
LEAK TEST on p. 259
WATER PUMP on p. 262
SHIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT on p. 265
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION on p. 260
LUBRICANT on p. 258
Propeller Hardware Installation on p. 65
Trim Tab Adjustment on p. 68.
During break-in period of a reassembled gear-
case, change the gearcase lubricant between 10
to 20 hours of operation.
DSM02291
DSC02361
284
TRIM AND TILT
TRIM AND TILT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
MANUAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
TRAILERING BRACKET AND TILT SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
ROUTINE INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
RESERVOIR FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
MANUAL RELEASE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
STERN BRACKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
RELAY TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
TRIM AND TILT MOTOR CURRENT DRAW TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
TRIM AND TILT MOTOR NO LOAD TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
TRIM GAUGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
TRIM SENDER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
13
285
TRIM AND TILT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Trailering Bracket And Tilt

The power trim/tilt hydraulic system is completely
Support
contained between the outboard's stern brackets. Use the trailering bracket to support the outboard
when trailering in the tilted position. This bracket
The system consists of: protects the hydraulic system from damage.
Electric motor
Oil reservoir Tilt the outboard up fully, engage the bracket, then
tilt the outboard down until the bracket is firmly in
Pump manifold assembly
position.
Cylinder body assembly
Optimal boat and outboard performance can be
achieved by adjusting (trimming) the angle of out-
board propeller thrust. The first 15 of outboard
movement is considered trim range. 1
Outboard movement beyond the trim range is

considered tilting. Tilting of the outboard may be
desired for shallow water drive and for traile-
ring/storage. The tilt cylinder moves the outboard
through the tilt range (final 50).
A tilt relief valve limits the propeller thrust load that Trailering Bracket 001987
will be supported by the unit in tilt range. As pres-
sure increases, the outboard will tilt down to the For mooring or storing the boat with the outboard
top of the trim range. tilted, a tilt support is provided to support the out-
board.
IMPORTANT: When in tilt range, make sure
water is available to gearcase water pickups.
Manual Adjustment
The outboard can be manually raised or lowered 1
through the entire trim and tilt range by opening
the manual release valve a minimum of three
turns. The manual release valve must be closed
and torqued 45 to 55 in. lbs. (5 to 6 Nm) to hold
the outboard in position and before normal opera-
tion can be resumed.
002279
IMPORTANT: The tilt support must not be

used to support the outboard while trailering.
1
1. Manual release valve 001988
286
TRIM AND TILT
ROUTINE INSPECTIONS
ROUTINE INSPECTIONS
General
Check for external signs of fluid leakage. Correct
causes as necessary. 1
Check the battery and make sure it is in good
operating condition.
Reservoir Fluid
Check reservoir fluid level every three years or
every 300 operating hours. System capacity is 1. Reservoir cap 004278
approximately 20 fl. oz. (620 ml).
Tilt the outboard and engage the tilt support. Manual Release Valve
Remove the fill plug. Check the manual release valve with a torque
Add Evinrude/Johnson Biodegradable TNT wrench.
Fluid, as needed, to bring level to the bottom of
the fill plug threads. IMPORTANT: The valve must be torqued 45 to
Install the fill plug and torque 45 to 55 in. lbs. (5 55 in. lbs. (5 to 6 Nm).
to 6 Nm).
Disengage tilt support. Stern Brackets
Cycle the unit at least five complete cycles to Inspect the stern brackets for binding with the
purge all air from the system. When cycling the swivel bracket in the thrust rod area. Retorque the
unit, hold the trim switch ON an additional 5 to tilt tube nuts as follows:
10 seconds after the unit reaches the end of its Tighten the tilt tube nuts to a torque of 40 to 45
travel before activating the switch in the oppo- ft. lbs. (54 to 60 Nm).
site direction. Loosen one nut 1/8 to 1/4 turn after torquing.
13
287
TRIM AND TILT
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT

Use the following guidelines to check a single pis- TESTS
ton trim/tilt unit that is not working correctly.
Relay Testing
Cylinder Leakdown:
Manual release valve seals When the trim-UP button is pressed, the UP relay
is energized and connects the blue trim motor wire
External leaks
to the battery positive (+) terminal. The green trim
No reverse lock: motor wire remains grounded. When the button is
External leaks released, the blue trim motor wire returns to a
grounded position.
No operation, motor runs:
Manual release valve open When the trim-DOWN button is pressed, the
Fluid level low DOWN relay is energized and connects the green
trim motor wire to the battery positive (+) terminal.
Pump coupler
The blue motor wire remains grounded. When the
Hydraulic pump
button is released, the green trim motor wire
No tilt down: returns to a grounded position.
Manual release valve Refer to TILT/TRIM RELAY TEST on p. 138 for
Fluid level relay testing procedure.
Slow performance:
Manual release valve
Trim and Tilt Motor Current Draw
Fluid level low Tests
Mechanical binding Careful analysis of the electric motor's current
Electric motor draw and trim/tilt unit operating speed aids evalu-
Hydraulic pump ation of the electric motor and certain mechanical
components.
Unit locked in tilt up:
Mechanical binding Use a battery rated at 360 CCA (50 Ah) or higher
Hydraulic pump that is in good condition and fully charged to per-
form this test.
IMPORTANT: The specifications contained in

the Performance Chart are for static hydraulic
tests. DO NOT attempt to perform the following
tests while the boat is moving.
288
TRIM AND TILT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TESTS
Connect a 0 to 100 A DC ammeter in series Test results include three basic possibilities:
between the battery side of the starter solenoid
and the red lead to the trim/tilt relay module. A. Low current draw Check for:
Valves leaking
1 Relief valve springs weak
Pump damaged
O-rings leaking
Check valves fouled or damaged
Manual release valve damaged
B. High current draw Check for:
Pump binding
Motor binding
Cylinder binding
1. Red lead 005441
Valves sticking
C. Normal current draw, slow operating

Observe ammeter and a stopwatch while running speed Check for:
hydraulic unit through several complete cycles.
Impact valves damaged
Compare test results to the values listed: Check valve or shuttle valve malfunctioning
Manual release valve damaged
Performance Chart
Normal Time in Trim and Tilt Motor No Load Test
Mode Current Draw Seconds
IMPORTANT: Securely fasten motor in a suit-
Full Range UP <30 A 12-18 able fixture before proceeding with this test.
Full Range DOWN <30 A <18
Use a battery rated at 360 CCA (50 Ah) or higher
Stall <40 A that is in good condition and fully charged to per-
form this test.
Connect a 0 to 50 A ammeter in series with the

battery positive (+) terminal, ammeter red lead
toward battery.
Attach or hold a vibration or mechanical tachome-

ter to the motor while performing this test.
13
289
TRIM AND TILT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TESTS
Monitor motor RPM and current draw. Trim Gauge Test

STEP 1
Turn key switch ON. Using a voltmeter, check for
voltage between the trim gauge I and G termi-
nals.
If no voltage, check condition of instrument har-
ness, key switch, and engine 20 A fuse.
If voltage, go to STEP 2.
30957
The motor shaft must rotate clockwise, as viewed

from the pump end, when positive (+) is applied to
the blue lead, and negative () is connected to
green lead.
The motor shaft must rotate counterclockwise, as

viewed from the pump end, when positive (+) is
applied to the green lead, and negative () is
applied to the blue lead.
Blue lead (+) Green lead (+)

Green lead (-) Blue lead (-)
DRC6245
STEP 2
Remove the white/tan lead from the trim gauge
S terminal. With key switch ON, gauge should
indicate full-trim DOWN position. Now connect a
jumper wire between terminals S and G. Gauge
should indicate full-trim UP position.
DR4238r
If results are different, replace the trim gauge.
If test results vary, replace the motor. If results agree, refer to Trim Sender Test.
DRC6246A
290
TRIM AND TILT
Trim Sender Test REMOVAL AND

IMPORTANT: To avoid immediate meter dam- INSTALLATION
age, never apply a multimeter to an electrical cir-
cuit where voltage is present. Removal
Disconnect the 3-pin Deutsch connector between Remove port lower engine cover and disconnect
the instrument harness and engine trim harness. the trim/tilt connectors. Refer to Powerhead
REMOVAL on p. 205.
Connect an ohmmeter between the white/tan wire,
terminal C, of the engine harness and a clean Remove the rubber grommet from the blue/green
engine ground. trim/tilt cable connector.
With the outboard fully DOWN, meter must show

a reading above 80 .
With the outboard fully UP, meter must show a
reading below 10 .
If results agree, refer to Trim Gauge Test on
p. 290.
If results are different, replace trim sender.
000686
Remove the terminals from the connector by

using a suitable tool to depress the tab. While the
tab is depressed, pull on the wire from the rear of
the connector to release it from the connector.
DRC6247
000687
13
291
TRIM AND TILT
Separate the trim/tilt unit wires in the braided tube Use a punch to remove the upper pin.
to permit removal through the hole in the stern
bracket.
25065
Retract the tilt cylinder rod.

25078 Remove the external snap rings from the lower
pin.
Unscrew the manual release valve, raise the unit,
and lock it in place with the tilt support.
25077
27381 Use a punch to remove the lower pin and remove

the trim/tilt unit from the stern brackets.
Remove the external snap rings from the upper
pin.
25076
25064
292
TRIM AND TILT
Remove the unit from the stern brackets far Install external snap rings onto upper pin with
enough to remove the ground lead from the pump sharp edge facing out.
motor mounting screw.
1. Ground lead 002527 25064
Installation Place trim/tilt wires in braided tube and install

through hole in the stern bracket.
Install the ground lead. Position the hydraulic unit
between the stern brackets.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to the lower pin and
install the pin.
If loosened, torque the tilt tube nut to 50 to 54 ft.

lbs. (68 to 73 Nm), then loosen the nut by 1/8 to
1/4 turn.
Install external snap rings on lower pin with sharp

edge of ring facing out.
25079
Release the tilt support and lower the outboard.

Torque the manual release valve to 45 to 55 in.
lbs. (5.1 to 6.2 Nm).
Install connector on trim/tilt cable and reconnect

trim connectors to engine wire harness.
Install port lower engine cover. Refer to Power-

head INSTALLATION on p. 229.
25077
Extend tilt cylinder rod to match with holes in

swivel bracket.
Apply Triple-Guard grease to upper pin and install 13

the pin.
293
TRIM AND TILT
SERVICING
SERVICING Slowly remove the manual release valve. There

may be pressure behind the valvewear safety
Disassembly glasses.
Thoroughly clean the unit before disassembling.
Scrub all outside surfaces with a stiff brush and
hot, soapy water to prevent surface dirt from con-
taminating internal parts.
Always use a lint free shop cloth when handling

power trim/tilt components.
If painting the unit is required, paint it after it is

completely assembled. Painting of individual com-
ponents may cause flakes of paint to enter the
hydraulic passages during assembly. Tape the
004285
trim/tilt piston rods before painting.
WARNING Inspect the manual release valve. Discard the

O-rings on the housing.
There may be high pressure behind some
power trim valves. To avoid injury when
removing manual release valve, be sure to
cover valve with a shop cloth until the
pressure is released. Wear safety glasses.
IMPORTANT: Before removing manual release

valve, relieve pressure by fully extending cylinder. 004284
Screw the manual release valve in. Remove the
retaining ring using a small pick or screwdriver. Remove the four large motor flange retaining
Discard the retaining ring. screws. Remove the motor and discard O-ring,
screws, and washers.
004279
004282
294
TRIM AND TILT
SERVICING
Remove drive coupler from either the motor or the Position the motor on the manifold and install four
pump assembly. new screws and lock washers. Tighten the screws
35 to 50 in. lbs. (4 to 6 Nm).
004281
004282
Assembly
Oil O-rings and install them on the manual release
IMPORTANT: Use only Evinrude/Johnson Bio- valve. Oil and install the manual release valve.
degradable TNT Fluid to fill the hydraulic system. Tighten the valve to a torque of 45 to 55 in. lbs. (5
to 6 Nm).
Install drive coupler in pump assembly.
Install a new motor O-ring.
004285
Install new retaining ring in groove.

004280
13
1. Retaining ring 004283
295
TRIM AND TILT
ADJUSTMENTS
Fill the oil reservoir up to the fill plug with

Evinrude/Johnson Biodegradable TNT Fluid.
ADJUSTMENTS
Install and tighten the fill plug. Do not torque the Refer to Trim Sending Unit Adjustment on
plug at this time. p. 67.
Refer to Tilt Limit Switch Adjustment on p. 66.
Run the motor, then recheck oil level. Cycle the

unit several times and check the oil level when the
cylinder is fully extended. Oil should be level with
bottom of fill port. Install and tighten the fill plug to
a torque of 45 to 55 in. lbs. (5 to 6 Nm).
296
SAFETY
SAFETY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MARINE PRODUCTS AND THE SAFETY OF PEOPLE WHO USE THEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3
OUTBOARD SHIFT SYSTEMS AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4
OUTBOARD SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S5
OUTBOARD STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S6
OUTBOARD FUEL, ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S8
OUTBOARD MOUNTING SYSTEM AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S11
OUTBOARD HYDRAULIC TILT/TRIM SHOCK ABSORPTION SYSTEM AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S13
OUTBOARD EMERGENCY STOP SYSTEM AND SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S14
SUMMING UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S16
MARINE PRODUCTS AND THE SAFETY OF PEOPLE WHO FIX THEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S17
HANDLING OUTBOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S17
HANDLING LEAD/ACID BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S21
GASOLINE HANDLE WITH CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S22
HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S23
SAFETY AWARENESS TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S24
S1
S2
SAFETY
MARINE PRODUCTS AND THE SAFETY OF PEOPLE

WHO USE THEM
WARNING
This Safety section contains information relevant to the safety of boaters and people that ser-
vice boats. Please read this section carefully and share it with all shop technicians. Always
follow common shop safety practices. If you have not had training related to common shop
safety practices, you should do so not only to protect yourself, but also to protect the people
around you.
It is impossible for this manual to cover every potentially hazardous situation you may
encounter. However, your understanding and adherence to the recommendations contained
in this manual and use of good judgment when servicing outboards will help promote safety.
Always be alert and careful: a good foundation for safety.
Enjoyable boating is the goal of people who design and build marine products. To reach this goal, manu-
facturers are careful to make sure:
Product user is informed; and
Products are safe and reliable.
It is up to you, the people who...
Rig boats;
Fix machinery; and
Maintain equipment
...to keep the products safe and reliable.
This section talks about safe boating and how you can help make it safe. Some of these safety issues
you will know, others you may not.
First!
A word about parts... Plain parts; special parts; all parts!
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS

They look the same, but are they the same?
Same size?
Same strength?
Same material?
Same type?
Dont substitute unless you know they are the same in all characteristics.
Second!
Special locking bolts and nuts are often used to hold steering, shift, and throttle remote control
cables to the outboard.
When you take any outboard off a boat, keep track of special nuts and bolts. Do not mix with other
parts. Store them on the outboard, then they are there when you need them.
When the outboard is returned to the boat, use only the special nuts and bolts to hold remote steer-
ing, shift, and throttle cables to the outboard.
S3
SAFETY
Outboard Shift Systems and Safety

The outboard Shift
System starts here
at the remote
control lever...
...and ends here

at the propeller.
What is most important? When control lever is in

FORWARD, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE...
...shift linkage must

match control lever
position.
What could happen?
IF... IF...
NEUTRAL FORWARD
...propeller still FORWARD

powered (turning) or
unknown to operator, REVERSE
or outboard will START ...boat will move
REVERSE
in gear, and boat will opposite to
move suddenly. direction wanted
by operator.
How can loss of shift control be minimized?

Read, understand, and follow manufacturers instructions
Follow warnings marked closely.
When
Assemble parts carefully.
rigging
Make adjustments carefully.
or after
Test your work. Do not guess. Make sure propeller does just what the operator wants
servicing
and nothing else.
Do not shift gears on a stopped outboard. Adjustments can be lost and parts weakened.
S4
SAFETY
Outboard Speed Control System and Safety

The outboard speed control system
starts here at the remote control
lever... (single lever remote control)
...and ends here on

the powerhead.
What is most important?
When control lever is moved from

FORWARD (or REVERSE) to
NEUTRAL...
Powerhead speed must
slow down to allow operator
to shift into NEUTRAL.
Operator must be able to

STOP propeller.
What could happen?
If Operator cannot slow down the outboard or shift into NEUTRAL gear (stop propeller), Operator
could panic and lose control of boat.
How can loss of speed control be minimized?

When
rigging
or after
Test your work. Do not guess. Make sure speed control system does just what the oper-
servicing
ator wants and nothing else.
Make sure full throttle can be obtained so Operator will not overload parts.
S5
SAFETY
Outboard Steering Control System and Safety

The outboard steering system starts
here at the steering wheel...
...and ends here at the

trim tab on the outboard.
The steering system:

Must not come apart;
Must not jam; and
Must not be sloppy or loose.
What could happen?
If steering system comes apart, boat might turn suddenly and circle. Persons thrown into the water
could be hit.
If steering jams, operator may not be able to

avoid obstacles. Operator could panic.
If steering is loose, boat may weave while operator

tries to steer a straight course. With some rigs (at
high speed), loose steering could lead to loss of
boat control.
S6
SAFETY
How can loss of steering control be minimized?

Use a steering system recommended by the outboard manufacturer which meets
Marine Industry Safety Standards (ABYC).
When
rigging
or after
servicing
Keep parts moving freely. Lubricate parts as shown in manual.
Use the bolts, nuts and washers supplied with steering attachment kitsthey are a spe-
cial locking type that will not loosen, rust, or weaken.
Transom Mounted Steering Systems Check to Uncover Possible Trouble!
Tilt outboard into boat, then turn it.
During this procedure, steering parts:

Must not bind; and
Must not touch other boat, outboard,
or accessory parts in transom area.
Why? A hard blow to the outboards
gearcase can result in damage to steer-
transom ing parts.
mounted
steerer stop stop
to
Be aware that raising or lowering outboard on

transom can change a set-up which was OK
earlier. If moved up or down even one-half inch,
run test again to make sure steering parts are
free and clear.
Check for damaged parts. Blows to the outboard like this
or this can put heavy loads on steering parts. Look for:

Cracked parts, including steering parts, swivel brack-
ets, and transom brackets;
Bent parts; and
Loose nuts and bolts.
Replace damaged parts. If weakened, parts could fail later on the water when least expected.
S7
SAFETY
Outboard Fuel, Electrical System, and Safety
The fuel system The electrical system begins

starts here at the here at the battery...
fuel tank...
...and ends here at

the fuel injector.
...and ends here on the powerhead.
Fuel leakage must be eliminated.

Stray electric sparks must be avoided.
What could happen?
When not boating, fuel leaking in car trunk or van, or place where portable tank is stored (base-
ment or cottage), could be ignited by any open flame or spark (furnace pilot light, etc.).
When boating, fuel leaking under the engine cover could be ignited by a damaged or deteriorated
electrical part or loose wire connection making stray sparks.
How Can Fire and Explosion Be Minimized?

Do not substitute fuel or electrical systems parts with other parts which may look the same. Some
electrical parts, like starter motors, are of special design to prevent stray sparks outside their cases.
Replace wires, sleeves, and boots which are cracked or torn or look in poor condition.
When mixing and refueling, always mix Always fill the tank
gas and oil outside... GA
outside the boat
S
GA
S
Fumes are hard to

control. They collect and
hide in the bottom of the
boat.
Remember:
Do not use electrical devices

such as cellular phones in the To avoid those
vicinity of a fuel leak or while static electric
fueling. sparks, ground
(touch) the spout
If you use a funnel, it has to be against the tank.
metal to ground the spout to
the tank.
S8
SAFETY
If electrical parts are replaced or even removed from the outboard, check the following:
Wire and high voltage lead routing
As shown in service manual
Away from moving parts which could cut wires or wire insulation
Away from engine cover latches which can catch and cut insulation from high voltage spark plug leads
Sleeves, boots, shields
In position (to avoid shock hazard)
Not torn or cracked
Metal Clamps Tie Straps

Position as shown in manual
Screws, Nuts, Washers

Tighten firmlythese keep
clamps in position and ends
of wires from sparking
Where lock washers are
called for, use them
Spark Plug Boots

Not torn or cracked
Fully pushed onto spark
plug
Spark Plugs
Avoid rough handling that
could crack ceramic part of
plug. (Sparks may jump
across outside of plug.)
In transom area:
All Connections
Clean Electric Cable
Tight Not rubbing on sharp objects
(Prevents sparks) Enough slack to allow full turn-
ing without pull loads on cable
(prevents sparks)
Batteries
Secure in approved battery
box or battery tray
Battery terminals insulated
No strain on cables
S9
SAFETY
After repair on any part of the fuel system, pressure test engine portion of fuel system as shown:
When Storing:
Squeeze until
bulb feels hard
Check for leaks

GASOLINE
under engine cover
GASOLINE
Whenever possible, remove

hose from outboard and from
tank.
If tank cap has an air
vent valve, make sure
it is closed. Store hose around ears
of tank. This way,
gasoline is trapped in
tank and not in the hose,
where it might leak onto
If gasoline tank is stored the floor if the hose
indoors, do not put it in a room deteriorates.
having an appliance with a
pilot light or where electrical
appliances or switches (which
may spark) will be used.
When Running:
Carburetor air intake

silencer will catch and
hold fuel which may flood
into engine if carburetor
float sticks.
Make sure silencer and its gaskets are on engine and drain hose is in place.
Air silencer mounting screws are special lock screws. Use only the special screws.
S10
SAFETY
Outboard Mounting System and Safety

The mounting system includes:
outboard parts
bolts, nuts, and washers

boats transom
Outboard must stay in position on boats transom.
What could happen?
Outboard may Outboard may
S...L...I...D...E on transom T...I...L...T on transom
Boat may turn and be hard Boat may turn and be

to steer. hard to steer.
If outboard hits something solid and does not stay on

the transom, boat occupants may be injured from the
outboard or its parts entering the boat.
Boats transom could break away. Outboard may be lost overboard.

Boat may SINK.
How Can Loss of Mounting Be Minimized?

Read, understand, and follow manufacturers instructions.
S11
SAFETY
If weakened, parts could fail later on the water, when not expected
If boat plate
shows...
Use only
or smaller
When rigging or fixing

any boat, if transom
looks weak, tell the
owner.
If transom is Mount on flat surface only.
curved, outboard Use shims to make surface flat.
may come loose.
Use bolts, nuts, and washers

supplied with outboard. They are
usually special, and will not rust or
weaken.
If owner tells you I hit something really hard...
Check for a high speed blow to the lower unit. OR...
I was backing up and I think the

outboard may have hit a tree or
something.
Check for a slow, heavy squash to
the outboard.
Look for damaged parts and
loosened nuts and bolts in both the
steering and mounting systems.
Replace damaged parts.
S12
SAFETY
Outboard Hydraulic Tilt/Trim Shock Absorption System and Safety

Shock absorption system must always be ready to absorb

some blows to the lower parts of the outboard.
Outboard must not trim in too far suddenly.
What can happen?

Without shock protection, a blow like this could cause serious damage to the outboard and injury to boat
occupants from the outboard or its parts entering the boat. Transom could break away and outboard may
be lost overboard.
Boat may SINK.
At high speeds, sudden trimming

in too far may dive boat under
water or spin it around.
How can possible conditions be minimized?
Read, understand, and Make sure manual

follow manufacturers release valve is
instructions. closed tight. Torque
Follow warnings marked to 45 to 55 in. lbs.
closely. (5.1 to 6.2 Nm).
Test your work whenever
possible. If left open, outboard
If oil leaks are seen in service has no shock
areas, determine source. protection.
Keep reservoir filled.
If outboard is hydraulic tilt/ Trimming in too far can
trim model, always return rod happen when angle adjusting
to hole position determined rod is not in the right hole or
by boat operator and make is not in any hole (lost).
sure angle adjusting rod
retain is in locked position.
S13
SAFETY
Outboard Emergency Stop System and Safety
The emergency system

begins here at the clip
and lanyard...
...and ends here in the ignition

system on the powerhead.
The emergency stop system must STOP the engine when the clip is removed or the lanyard pulled
from the emergency stop / key switch.
What could happen?
If switch fails...
...engine will keep

running when clip
is pulled from the
switch
If lanyard is caught...
...engine will keep running.
S14
SAFETY
What could happen?
If lanyard is cut or frayed...
...lanyard or clip may break when pulled...
If engine does NOT stop when lanyard

is pulled, an operator thrown from the
boat could be hit as boat circles area.
Or, boat may not turn but leave area
as a runaway. Operator may drown
and boat WILL run into something.
How can failure of the emergency stop system be minimized?

When Assemble parts carefully.
rigging Inspect lanyard for cuts or fraying; clip for wear. Replace with original parts. Do not
or after substitute.
servicing Locate control box and other items in area to keep lanyard from being caught.
ALWAYS TEST EMERGENCY STOP SYSTEM. PULL LANYARD. ENGINE MUST
STOP. IF IT DOES NOT, REPAIR BEFORE NEXT USE.
S15
SAFETY
Summing up
Now you know some things that can take the joy out of boating.
No doubt about itproper safety takes time!

Reading and understanding instructions
Re-reading warnings marked
Putting parts together correctly
Making correct adjustments
Testing your work
And making sure

Worn or damaged parts are replaced
Replaced parts are like originals in every way
Customer is told of things which need attention
But, do you really want the alternative?
S16
SAFETY
MARINE PRODUCTS AND THE SAFETY OF PEOPLE

WHO FIX THEM
The first part of this Safety section talked about safe boating and how you, the technician, can help keep
it safe for the boater. But what about you? Technicians can be hurt while:
Rigging boats
Troubleshooting problems
Fixing components
Testing their work
Some of these safety issues you will know, others you may not.
Handling Outboards
When lifting outboards
Some outboards have a fixed lift bracket bolted to the powerhead.
Because outboard will want to hang like this when off the floor...
Center of gravity
Stand Clear!
It might hit you
If engine does not have fixed lifting bracket as it swings.
and you use Universal Puller, P/N 378103,
and Lifting Eye, P/N 321537, or Lifting Eye
and Adapter Assembly, P/N 396748...
...use only the special

hardened screws and
washers from the set.
Regular screws are not
strong enough. Screws
may break and outboard
Outboard can 300 lbs. may drop suddenly.
drop suddenly if (136.1 kg)
hoist or engine
stand are in poor
shape, or too
small for the job.
V6
455 lbs.
(206.4 kg)
Make sure shop aids have extra capacity, and keep them in good repair.
S17
SAFETY
Running outboard with engine cover removed

Engine cover is a guard. When you remove cover/guard to work on the outboard,
remember: loose clothing (open shirt sleeves, neckties), hair, jewelry (rings,
watches, bracelets), hands and arms can be caught by the spinning flywheel.
Handling high voltage

parts like spark plugs
and coils can shock
you and may cause you
to recoil into the
rotating flywheel.
Two people working together on a live outboard must look out for each other. Never, ever, use the key
to start the outboard before signaling your partner. He may be leaning over the outboard with hands on
the flywheel, handling a hot electrical part, or near the propeller.
Outboard starting at the wrong time
When you do things that turn the flywheel like:
Off-season storage fogging (oiling) of outboard;
Removing propeller with a powered tool;
Electrical system checks;
Servicing the flywheel; or
Any other actions ALWAYS...
1) Turn key
switch OFF
3) Shift to
2) Twist and remove NEUTRAL
ALL spark plug leads
Check prop shaft. Is outboard really in NEUTRAL?
NO SPARK NO START NO SURPRISES
S18
SAFETY
Running outboard too fast (Overspeeding)

Too fast means running faster than outboard normally runs on boat.
Running too fast can happen when:

1) Using a flushing device...
Turn on water before starting outboard.
Keep engine speed below 2000 RPM.
With no load, outboard will run too fast
very easily. Wear eye protectors.
2) Running with the

wrong test wheel...
Use the right
This may happen if test wheel.
outboard runs too fast.
Running outboards: Exhaust fumes
DANGER
DO NOT run the engine indoors or without adequate ventilation or permit exhaust fumes to
accumulate in confined areas. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which, if inhaled,
can cause serious brain damage or death.
Whenever running the engine, assure there is proper ventilation to avoid the accumulation of carbon
monoxide (CO), which is odorless, colorless, and tasteless, and can lead to unconsciousness, brain
damage, or death if inhaled in sufficient concentrations. CO accumulation can occur while docked,
anchored, or underway, and in many confined areas such as the boat cabin, cockpit, swim platform,
and heads. It can be worsened or caused by weather, mooring and operating conditions, and other
boats. Avoid exhaust fumes from the engine or other boats, provide proper ventilation, shut off the
engine when not needed, and be aware of the risk of backdrafting and conditions that create CO accu-
mulation. In high concentrations, CO can be fatal within minutes. Lower concentrations are just as
lethal over long periods of time.
S19
SAFETY
Running outboards: Propellers
DANGER
Contact with a rotating propeller is likely to result in serious injury or death. Assure the
engine and prop area is clear of people and objects before starting engine or operating boat.
Do not allow anyone near a propeller, even when the engine is off. Blades can be sharp and
the propeller can continue to turn even after the engine is off. Always shut off the engine
when near people in the water.
Eye protection
Eyes need protection when:
Grinding Spraying cleaners

and paints
Chiseling
Tip: When steel on steel,
use plastic- or brass-type
hammers. They dont chip
off as easily as steel
hammers.
Wear
Safety
Glasses
Protect Acid Ends of cables
eyes
from:
S20
SAFETY
Handling Lead/Acid Batteries
If spilled or
Strong acid solution splashed on any
(sulfuric acid) part of body...
If solution gets into eyes, wash

and contact a doctor immediately.
Wash with
lots of water.
Charging lead acid batteries

1) Attach and remove these cables with
charger UNPLUGGED from 110 V wall
socket. (This prevents shocks if charger
is defective.)
2) Observe correct polarity when
connecting these larger leads.
3) Always charge in a well ventilated
area. Charging causes acid solution to
give off hydrogen gas through the vents
in the caps. Make sure vents are open.
If clogged, pressure inside may build.
Battery may EXPLODE.
Battery gas is explosive!

While charging or discharging, Never remove charger cables
remember: from battery posts. It is a sure
No smoking way to make a lot of sparks in an
No flames area surrounded by battery gas.
No sparks
After charging:
DO NOT check battery charge by Shut off charger
placing metal objects across Pull charger plug out of 110 V
posts. You will make sparks and outlet
serious burns are possible. Take charger cables off battery
posts
S21
SAFETY
Gasoline Handle With Care!

Gasoline vapor and air mixtures
explode easily and violently when 1 Part Gasoline
mixed as shown...
20
Parts By
Air Volume
When you smell ANY odor of gasoline,

explosion is possible. Gas
Fumes
If the air around you is

calm, the pilot light in
Gasoline fumes are heavy and will sink the heater could ignite
to the lowest point in the boat or room the heavy fumes before
and will STAY there, WAITING... your nose ever smells
the fumes.
What can you do?
Store gasoline in sturdy, approved,

sealed gas can and keep outside.
Always store gasoline outside in a safe can (flame arrester and pressure relief valve in pour spout).
Fill portable tanks outside of boat. Spillage will collect in bottom of boat.
Use fuel as fuel ONLY, not for a cleaner or degreaser.
If fumes are smelled in shop, basement, or garage, immediately:
Put out open flames, cigarettes, sparking devices;
Wipe up spill or leak;
Get towels and rags outside fast;
Open doors and windows; and
Check lowest area for fumes.
Be aware of items in and around repair area which can ignite fumes. Control them if fumes are smelled.
Matches, cigarettes, blow torches, welders
Electric motors (with unsealed cases)
Electric generators (with unsealed cases)
Light switches
Appliance pilot lights or electric ignitors (furnace, dryer, water heaters)
Loose wires on running outboards
Other variables which may ignite fumes
How many of these are in your repair area?
S22
SAFETY
Hazardous Products
Know how items in

the shop can hurt
people...
READ
How and where to use
How to give First Aid. Have recommended First Aid materials on hand should an
emergency arise
How to dispose of can
Its all on the back of the can or bottle label.
And remember: Little children are very curious and will try to taste
everything so keep containers away from children!
S23
SAFETY
Safety Awareness Test

The Technicians Safety Awareness Test....
1) Did you read this Safety section from page S1 to page S24?
2) Are you ready to take responsibility for the safe maintenance practices and proce-
dures of your repair shop, co-workers, and technicians?
3) Do you understand all the safety precautions and instructions contained in this entire
service manual?
4) Will you follow all safety warnings, precautions, instructions and recommendations
outlined in this service manual?
5) Do you understand that the service manual as a whole and this Safety section, in par-
ticular, contain essential information to help prevent personal injury and damage to
equipment and your customers?
6) Have you received training related to common shop safety practices to protect your-
self and others around you?
7) When replacement parts are required, will you use Evinrude /Johnson Genuine
Parts or parts with equivalent characteristics, including type, strength and material?
8) Are you ready to follow the recommendations in this service manual before you ser-
vice any boat or outboard?
9) Do you understand that safety-related accidents can be caused by carelessness,

fatigue, overload, preoccupation, unfamiliarity of operator with the product, drugs and
alcohol, just to name a few?
S24
INDEX
INDEX
A nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Driveshaft 273
Abbreviations 12 Pinion Gear 272, 276
Adjustments Propeller Shaft 273, 278
Control Cable 54 Wrist Pin 210, 218
Shift Linkage 230 Break-In
Shift Rod 19, 265 EMM Programming 60, 63, 83, 98, 232
Timing Pointer 142 Gearcase 262, 284
TPS Calibration 99, 143 Oiling 60
Trim Sending Unit 67 Procedure 63
Trim Tab 68
Air Silencer 79 C nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Air Temperature Sensor Cable, Hose, and Wire Routing 41, 54

Connections 104 Capacitor 114
Description 88 Resistance Test 130
Resistance Test 128 Connecting Rods
Alternator Circuit Test 131 Installation on Crankshaft 222
AMP Connector Servicing 150 Installation on Piston 219
Anodes Orientation 222
Anti-Corrosion 73 Removal from Crankshaft 209
Continuity Check 73 Removal from Piston 210
Gearcase 266 Torquing 222
Propeller Shaft Bearing Housing 274 Control Cable
Stern Bracket 250, 253 Adjustments 54
Identification 45
B nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Routing 33, 41
Barometric Pressure Sensor 88 Cooling System
Batteries Adapter Housing 194
Battery Switches 35 Components 193
Cable Routing 42 Cylinder Block Venting 195
Cables 35 EMM and Vapor Separator Cooling 196
Charging System Tests 130 Engine Temperature Check 197
Connections 34, 78 Flushing 74
Installation 34 Maintenance 74
Maintenance 78 Operating Temperatures 19, 63
Multiple Batteries 35 Operation 196
Requirements 19, 34 Pressure Relief Valve 194, 199
Storage 82 Thermostat 19, 195
Wiring Diagrams 37 Turbulence 46
Bearing Vapor Separator 159
Connecting Rod 222 Water Intake Screens 72, 74, 270, 280
Crankshaft 211, 212, 216, 217 Water Pump 193, 262
Water Supply Tube 193, 245, 246
1
INDEX
Corrosion Oiling Rate 60, 98

Anodes 73, 250, 253, 266, 274 Reports 100
Battery Terminals 78 Sensor Monitoring 127
Cylinder walls 213 Service Codes 95
Exterior Finishes 73 Shutdown Mode 92
Metallic Components 73 Static Spark Test 116
Steering Cable 75 Tiller/Remote Programming 98
Winter Storage 81 Timing Verification 98, 143
Crankcase TPS Calibration 99, 143
Assembly 224 Voltage Monitoring 117
Disassembly 208 Driveshaft
Crankshaft Installation 282
Assembly 216, 221 Removal 267
Disassembly 210 Service 269
Inspection 214 Shimming 279
Crankshaft Position Sensor Driveshaft Bearing Housing 273, 277
Description 89 Dual-Outboard
Operation Test 118 Alignment 69
Resistance Test 127
Cylinder Bore E nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Honing 212 Electrical Circuits

Inspection 214 Fuse 106
Cylinder Head Ground Circuits 106
Inspection 213 Identification 104
Installation 220 Ignition System 114
Removal 209 Key Switch 113
Start Circuit 112
D nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn SystemCheck 132
Dash Connections 126 Tests 106
Deutsch Connector Servicing 149 Electrical Connectors 149
Diagnostic Procedures Overview 108 AMP Connectors 150
Diagnostic Software Deutsch Connectors 149
Break-In Programming 60, 63, 98, 232 Packard Connectors 152
Communication with Outboard 94 Electrical Harness Connections 56
Crankshaft Position Sensor 89, 118 Emergency Stop Switch
Cylinder Drop Test 110 Installation 32
Description 94, 107 Operation Check 62
Diagnostic Procedures Overview 108 Test 136
Engine Monitoring Screen 111 Emissions Information 13
Fuel Injector Programming 99, 161, 171, EMM
173 12 V Circuit Sensor 87
Fuel Injector Tests 120, 121, 164 Connections 86, 91
Fuel Pump Test 119, 164 Diagnostic Software 94
Idle Speed 99 Diagnostics 93, 107, 108
Oil Injector Test 185 Fuel Injector Servicing 99
Oil Priming 60, 184, 190 Functions 86
2
INDEX
LED Indicators 107 Troubleshooting 119, 164

Map Replacement 101 Vapor Separator 158, 170
Reports 100 Fuse 106
Sensors 87, 88
Service Codes 95 G nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Timing Verification 98, 143 Gauges

TPS Calibration 99 SystemCheck 33, 101
Transfer 101 Trim Gauge Test 290
Engine Temperature Sensor 128 Gearcase
Exhaust Housing Assembly 280
Assembly 246 Bearing and Seal Installation 274
Cleaning and Inspection 246 Bearing and Seal Removal 271
Disassembly 244 Disassembly 266
Installation 249 Inspection 266
Removal 244 Installation 261
Exterior Finish Protection 73 Leak Test 259
Lubricant 19, 77, 258
F nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Removal 260
Flushing, Cooling System 74 Grommet 54
Flywheel
Installation 141 H nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Removal 140 Honing 212

Fuel Filter Hoses
Requirements 40 Fuel System 39, 42
Fuel Injectors Grommet 54
Crush Ring Replacement 171 Maintenance 79
Electrical Circuits 163 Oil Distribution 189, 190
EMM Programming 99, 161, 171, 172, 173 Routing, Cooling System 192
Installation 172 Routing, Fuel System 162
Removal 171
Tests 120, 121, 164, 166 I nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Fuel System Idle Controller 90

Additives 18, 57 Idle Speed 99
Components 158 Ignition
Filter 40, 79, 158, 169 Circuits 114
Fuel Circulation Pump 119, 160 Primary Circuit Resistance Test 118
Fuel Lift Pump 158, 167, 169 Running Tests 117
Fuel Manifolds 174 Static Spark Test 116
Fuel Requirements 57 Ignition Coil Resistance Tests 128
Hose Routing 162 Instrument Harness 126
Intake Manifold 174 Intake Manifold
Minimum Octane 18, 57 Assembly 175
Pressure Tests 165 Disassembly 174
Priming 58 Inspection 175
Relieving Pressure 168 Installation 176
Requirements 39 Removal 174
3
INDEX
K nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn New Engine Set-Up 59

Key Switch Oil Distribution 182
Circuit Tests 134 Oil Distribution Hoses 189, 190
Operation Check 62 Oil Pressure Switch 89, 179
Start Circuit 113 Oil Recirculation System 183
Oil Tank 179, 190
L nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Oil to Fuel Check Valve Test 188
Lower Cover Oiling Rate 184
Installation 231 Priming 60, 184
Removal 205 Service Codes 179
Lubrication Tests 185
Control Linkages 76 Outboard Excessive Smoking T5
Engine Oil 18, 59 Outboard Hard to Start T3
Gearcase 19, 77, 258 Outboard Starts and Stalls T4
Power Trim 19 Outboard Starts, Low Maximum RPM T5
Propeller Shaft 77 Outboard Surges, Runs Rough T6
Steering System 75 Outboard Will Not Start T1
Swivel Bracket 76 Outboard Wont Shut Off T4
Tilt Tube 76
Trailering Bracket 76 P nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Packard Connector Servicing 152

M nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Pinion Gear
Maintenance Schedule 72 Bearing Installation 276
Model and Serial Number 6 Bearing Removal 272
Motor Mounts Installation 282
Lower Mount Servicing 244, 248 Removal 267
Upper Mount Servicing 228 Piston Rings
Mounting the Engine End Gap 214, 219
Hull Preparation 46 Installation 219
Mounting Height 53 Removal 210
Muffler Pistons
Installation 230 Assembly 218
Removal 206 Inspection 214
Installation 219
N nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Removal 209
Neutral Start Switch Powerhead
Tests 135 Assembly 216
Neutral Switch 114 Cleaning 212
Compression Testing 204
O nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Disassembly 207
Oetiker Clamp Servicing 43 Inspection 213
Oiling Rate 59, 98, 184 Installation 229
Oiling System Removal 205
Components 179 Predelivery Checks 61
Electrical Circuits 180, 181 Pre-Season Service 82
Engine Lubricant 18, 59
4
INDEX
Pressure Relief Valve Sensors 127

Assembly 200 Air Temperature Sensor 88, 128
Disassembly 199 Barometric Pressure Sensor 88
Inspection 200 Crankshaft Position Sensor 89, 118, 127
Prime Oil 97 Electrical Connections 104
Priming EMM 87, 88
Fuel System 58 Engine Temperature Sensor 88, 128
Oiling System 184 Throttle Position Sensor 89, 127, 143
Propeller Serial Number Location 6
Inspection 258 Shift Housing
Installation 65 Assembly 274
Selection 64 Disassembly 271
Propeller Shaft Installation 280
Installation 280 Removal 270
Lubrication 77 Shift Linkage
Removal 270 Adjustment 230
Propeller Shaft Bearing Housing Installation 226
Assembly 278 Removal 207
Disassembly 273 Shift Rod Adjustment 19, 265
Installation 283 Shimming, Driveshaft 279
Removal 267 Shop Aids 27
Spark Plugs
R nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Indexing 144
Relays Inspection 108, 144
Trim and Tilt 138, 288 Maintenance Schedule 72
Remote Controls Recommendation 19, 80, 144
Cable Adjustment 54 Special Tools 21
Installation 33 Specifications 18
Selection 32 Starter
Retaining Ring Pliers 204, 210 Assembly 147
Rigging Circuit Description 112
Boat 32 Cleaning and Inspection 146
Electrical Harness 56 Current Draw Test 137
Outboard 54 Disassembly 145
RPM Limit 19, 86, 89, 90, 92 Installation 148
Removal 145
S nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Solenoid Test 136
S.A.F.E. 180 Start-In-Gear Protection 62, 135
Description 92 Stator
Oil Pressure 89, 179 Resistance Test 129
Temperature 87, 88, 196 Voltage Output Test 129
Voltage 87, 180 Steering System
Safety S1 Lubrication 75
Requirements 51
Steering Arm and Shaft 249, 253
Steering Torque 68
5
INDEX
Stern Bracket Disassembly 198

Assembly 252 Inspection 199
Disassembly 249 Temperature 19, 196
Lubrication 76 Throttle Linkage
Removal 249 Installation 227
Stop Circuit 136 Lubrication 76
Storage 81 Removal 207
Submerged Engines 83 Throttle Position Sensor
Switches Calibration 143
Key Switch 134 Description 89
Swivel Bracket Tests 127
Installation 253 Tilt Limit Switch
SystemCheck Cam Installation 243
CHECK ENGINE Warning Signal 87, 89, Tilt Support 286
90 Tilt Tube
Circuits 132 Installation 243
Dash Connections 126 Lubrication 76
Description 101 Removal 242
Gauges 33, 101 Timing Pointer Adjustment 142
Lights 102 Timing Verification 98, 143
LOW OIL Warning Signal 180, 188 Tools
NO OIL Warning Signal 89, 179, 180, 188 Backing Plate, P/N 325867 268
Operation Check 62 Bearing Installation Tool, P/N 326562 278
Requirement 33 Bearing Installation Tool, P/N 339750 278
S.A.F.E. 92 Bootstrap Tool, P/N 586551 101
Self Test 102 Collar, P/N 341440 279
Service Mode 102 Connector Service Tool, P/N 342667 149
TEMP Warning Signal 87, 88 Crankshaft Bearing/Sleeve Installer, P/N
Tests 97, 132, 133, 134 338647 216
Warning Horn 102 Crimping Pliers, P/N 322696 149
Winterization Procedure 81 Cylinder Bore Gauge, P/N 771310 214
Diagnostic Interface Cable, P/N 437955 94
T nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Driveshaft Holding Socket, P/N 311875
Tachometer 267, 282
Pulse Setting 63 Driveshaft Puller, P/N 390706 268
Test 139 Driveshaft Seal Protector, P/N 318674
Technical Data 18 279, 280, 282
Temperature Driveshaft Shimming Tool, P/N 393185
Operating 63, 197 279
Operation below freezing 59 Electrical Test Probe Kit, P/N 342677 185,
Temperature Sensor 188
Description 87 Flywheel Holder, P/N 771311 141
Resistance Test 128 Fuel Pressure Gauge, P/N 5000902 165
Thermostat Fuel Pressure Gauge, P/N 5005697 166
Assembly 199 Gauging Head, P/N 352879 270
Description 195 Large Puller Jaws, P/N 432129 211, 273
6
INDEX
Lifting Eye, P/N 321537 S17 Torque Chart

Lifting Fixture, P/N 396748 206 Standard Torques 20
Lower Driveshaft Puller, P/N 342681 268 TPS Calibration 99
Pinion Bearing Remover/Installer, P/N Trailering Bracket 76, 286
391257 272, 276 Trim and Tilt
Pinion Nut Holder, P/N 334455 267, 282 Assembly 295
Pinion Nut Starting Tool, P/N 342216 282 Circuits 138
Piston Stop Tool, P/N 342679 142 Disassembly 294
Primary Lock Tool, P/N 777077 150 Electrical Circuit Tests 138
Puller Bridge, P/N 432127 273 Fluid 78
Ring Compressor, P/N 336313 220 Inspection 287
Ring Compressor, P/N 336314 220 Removal 291
Rod Cap Alignment Fixture, P/N 396749 Reservoir Fluid 78, 287
222 Troubleshooting 288
Seal Installation Tool, P/N 326551 278 Trim Gauge Test 290
Seal Installation Tool, P/N 330268 277 Trim Sender
Seal Installation Tool, P/N 336311 278 Adjustment 67
Secondary Lock Installer, P/N 777079 150 Test 291
Secondary Lock Tool, P/N 777078 150 Trim Tab Adjustment 68
Slide Hammer Adaptor Kit, P/N 390898 Troubleshooting
171 Air Temperature Sensor 128
Slide Hammer, P/N 391008 171, 216, 268 Charging System Tests 130
Slide Hammer, P/N 432128 211, 243 Cylinder Drop Test 110
Small Puller Jaws, P/N 432131 273 Diagnostic Procedures 108
Stator Test Adaptor, P/N 5005799 129 Engine Temperature Sensor 128
Syringe, P/N 346936 187 Fuel Injectors 120
Temperature Gun, P/N 772018 197, 198 Fuel System 119, 164, 165
Terminal Release Tool, P/N 351413 151 Ignition 114, 115, 117
Thermal Joint Compound, P/N 322170 197 Inductive Amp Meter Test 111
Tilt Tube Service Kit, P/N 434523 242 Specialized Test Procedures 110
Timing Light 110 Timing Light Test 110
Torquing Socket, P/N 331638 209, 223 Trim and Tilt 288
Universal Puller Set, P/N 378103 141, 267, Voltage Testing 112
S17
Universal Shift Rod Height Gauge, P/N U nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
389997 265 Upper Mount Servicing 228

Wrench Retainer, P/N 341438 267, 282
Wrist Pin Bearing Tool, P/N 336660 218 V nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Wrist Pin Cone, P/N 318600, 219 Vapor Separator

Wrist Pin Pressing Tool, P/N 326356 210 Description 158
Wrist Pin Retaining Ring Driver, P/N Installation 170
318599 219 Removal 170
7
INDEX
W nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Water Intake Screens 72, 74, 75, 270, 280

Water Pressure Gauge 56
Water Pump
Assembly 263
Description 193
Disassembly 262
Inspection 262
Water Temperature Sensor 88
Water Tube 245, 246
Winterizing 81
Wrist Pin
Bearing 210
Installation 218
Removal 210
8
TROUBLE CHECK CHART
OUTBOARD WILL NOT START
TROUBLE CHECK CHART

OBSERVATION POSSIBLE CAUSE PROCEDURE
Battery switch not ON Check battery switch operation
Discharged battery Check battery, recharge or replace
Clean and tighten connections. Check for voltage
Battery cables and connections
drop in starter circuit.
Faulty connection or ground,
Check all grounds, connections and wiring
Outboard does not damaged electrical harness
turn over Fuse (10 A) Check wiring, then replace faulty fuse
Wiring harness Check for 12 V at terminal B of key switch
Key switch Check key switch operation
Starter solenoid Check wiring and test solenoid
Starter or bendix/drive gears Check starter, inspect bendix/drive gears
Seized powerhead or gearcase Check and repair as needed
Discharged battery Check battery, recharge or replace
Clean and tighten connections. Check voltage
drop in starter circuit.
Outboard turns slowly Powerhead hydro-locked Check cylinders for water
Partially seized powerhead or
Check and repair as needed
gearcase
T1
TROUBLE CHECK CHART

Check wiring and emergency stop switch. Check
Stop circuit grounded the safety lanyard is installed and stop circuit is
not grounded.
In gearTiller models Make sure outboard is in neutral
No Fuel Check for fuel in fuel tank
Check fuel filter, sample fuel from fuel return
Water in fuel
manifold.
Contaminated or poor fuel
Check or replace fuel supply
quality
Check primer, anti-siphon valve, and fuel pick-up.
Fuel supply restricted
Use primer to fill vapor separator with fuel.
Check for air in fuel supply manifold, refer to
Air in fuel system FUEL SYSTEM on p. 155 (vapor separator
venting and fuel supply)
Low or no fuel pressure to Check fuel manifold pressure, refer to FUEL
injectors SYSTEM on p. 155
Incorrect, fouled, or worn spark
Replace spark plugs
plugs
Fuel injectors not working Check voltage at injectors
Check for leaking injectors, leaking fuel or oil lift
Excessive fuel or oil, engine
pump, or leaking vapor separator vent, refer to
flooded
Outboard turns over SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103
Check voltage on 55 V circuit, refer to SYSTEM
Low or no 55 V alternator
ANALYSIS on p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND
output
IGNITION on p. 123
Check capacitor and 55 V circuits, refer to
Capacitor or 55 V circuit wiring SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103 and
ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION on p. 123
Check ignition, refer to SYSTEM ANALYSIS on
Ignition p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION on
p. 123
CPS input to EMM, no sync Check RPM reading while cranking
No ignition system primary
Check cranking RPM (300 minimum), refer to
voltage output from EMM to
SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103
ignition coils
Low or no compression Check compression
Water in engine Check condition of spark plugs and cylinders
Internal powerhead damage Check and repair as needed
Leaking cylinder/crankcase,
intake manifold, or reed valves
EMM program, timing, or Check EMM program and timing; check injector
operation information (by location and serial number)
Neutral switch, tiller models Check neutral switch operation
T2
TROUBLE CHECK CHART
OUTBOARD HARD TO START
OUTBOARD HARD TO START

Weak battery Check battery, recharge or replace
Clean and tighten connections, check voltage
drop on high amperage circuit
Check water separator/fuel filter, sample fuel from
Water in fuel system
fuel return manifold test port
quality
Replace spark plugs
plugs
Check pressure, refer to FUEL SYSTEM on
Low fuel pressure
p. 155
Check primer bulb, anti-siphon valve, and fuel
pick-up, check for fuel system air leaks
Low or no alternator output
Outboard eventually ANALYSIS on p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND
(55 V)
starts, may or may not IGNITION on p. 123
run properly once Check capacitor and 55 V circuit (white/red), refer
started Capacitor or 55 V circuit wiring to SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103 and
Restricted or leaking fuel
Check injectors, refer to FUEL SYSTEM on p. 155
injector(s)
Weak or erratic ignition
p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION on
operation
p. 123
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Check CPS air gap and EMM LED indicators
(CPS)
Check for leaking injectors, leaking fuel or oil lift
Excessive fuel or oil, engine
pump, or leaking vapor separator vent. Refer to
flooding
SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103.
Check EMM program and timing; check injector
EMM program, timing, or
coefficients; and monitor injector circuits and
operation
ignition primary outputs
Low compression Check compression
Leaking cylinder/crankcase,
intake manifold, or reed valves
T3
TROUBLE CHECK CHART
OUTBOARD WILL NOT SHUT OFF
OUTBOARD WILL NOT SHUT OFF

Check key switch and ground to key switch, refer
Key switch or wire harness
to SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103 and
ground
Outboard starts and
Check EMM LED indicators. Check wire harness
runs, normal Stop circuit wiring
(black/yellow) and key/stop switch(s).
performance while
running Check EMM LED indicators and eliminate stop
circuit as possible cause. Stop wire (black/yellow)
EMM failure
has 4.0 VDC from EMM with key on or outboard
running.
OUTBOARD STARTS AND STALLS

Faulty wiring, connections, or
Check all grounds, connections, and wiring
grounds
Replace spark plugs
plugs
Check voltage on 55 V circuits, refer to SYSTEM
Low or no alternator output
ANALYSIS on p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND
(55 V)
IGNITION on p. 123
Check capacitor and 55 V circuit, refer to
Capacitor or 55 V circuit wiring SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103 and
quality
Low fuel pressure
p. 155
Outboard may not run
for more than a few
seconds
Injector electrical circuit or Check voltage at injectors, refer to SYSTEM
control function ANALYSIS on p. 103
injector(s)
coefficients; and monitor injector control wires and
operation
Weak or erratic ignition output p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION on
p. 123
T4
TROUBLE CHECK CHART
OUTBOARD STARTS, LOW MAXIMUM RPM
OUTBOARD STARTS, LOW MAXIMUM RPM

Access EMM service codes and check System-
SystemCheck light Outboard is in S.A.F.E.
Check warning
Refer to specifications, check recommended WOT
Incorrect propeller
Setup or rigging RPM; water test and install correct pitch propeller
change Incorrect outboard mounting
Refer to installation guidelines
height
Throttle plate opening Check throttle plate and WOT opening
Replace spark plugs
plugs
Contaminated or poor quality
fuel
Check voltage on 55 V circuits, refer to SYSTEM
Low alternator output (55 V) ANALYSIS on p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND
IGNITION on p. 123
Performance of
outboard at lower Weak or erratic ignition
speeds appears operation
p. 123
normal
Fuel injector electrical circuit or Check voltage at injectors, refer to SYSTEM
control function ANALYSIS on p. 103
injectors
Check circulation pump operation, refer to FUEL
Low fuel pressure
SYSTEM on p. 155
EMM programming, timing, or
operation
Restricted engine exhaust Check and repair as needed
EXCESSIVE SMOKING
Contaminated or poor fuel Check or replace fuel supply
Excessive fuel or oil Check fuel system for fuel supply air leaks or
May coincide with consumption leaking fuel injectors
increased oil Outboard in break-in mode Use diagnostic program to confirm
consumption Outboard mounted too low Check installation height of outboard
(normal if occurs after Check vapor separator assembly for proper
winterization) Vapor separator vent
venting/float valve operation
Faulty/leaking fuel injector(s) Check injectors, refer to FUEL SYSTEM on p. 155
Damaged fuel lift pump Check for internal leaks
T5
TROUBLE CHECK CHART
OUTBOARD SURGES, RUNS ROUGH
OUTBOARD SURGES, RUNS ROUGH

1200 RPM and above S.A.F.E. Access EMM fault codes
Replace spark plugs
plugs
Check water separator/fuel filter, sample fuel from
Water in fuel system
fuel return manifold test port
Check and replace fuel supply
quality
Low or erratic fuel pressure
p. 155
May be erratic or injector(s)
inconsistent Faulty wiring, connections, Check all grounds, connections, and wiring.
grounds, or CPS air gap Check CPS air gap.
Low alternator output (55 V) ANALYSIS on p. 103 and ELECTRICAL AND
IGNITION on p. 123
operation
Weak or erratic ignition
operation
p. 123
Check capacitor and 55 V circuit (white/red), refer
Capacitor or 55 V circuit wiring to SYSTEM ANALYSIS on p. 103 and
Restricted engine exhaust Check and repair as needed
Audible noise
Damaged gearcase Inspect gearcase and lubricate
T6
Hose Routing and Water Flow Diagram 8
75 90 HP EVINRUDE E-TEC
9
10 4
1. Intake water screens

2. Water pump
3. Water tube
4. Adaptor housing
5. Cylinder block
6. Pressure valve
7. Thermostat
8. Water supply to EMM
9. Water supply, EMM to
vapor separator
10. Overboard indicator,
outgoing water from
vapor separator
Outgoing water (warm/hot)
Incoming water (cool)
001818

MWS Instrument Wiring Harness
A A
B B
C C
5 5
1 1
2 2
3 3
6 6
4 4
6 6
4 5
5 4
7 2
1
2 3
3 1
8
1
2
DRC6165R

Lanyard Switch / Emergency Stop Circuits
M
A
Single Outboard
C
B S
M
3
4
2
5
6
1
M
A
M
A
Dual Outboards
C C S
B S B
M M
3
4
2
5
6
1
3
4
2
5
6
1
000705

MWS Key Switch and Neutral Safety Switch
B B B
M M M M M M
C A C A C
A S S S
OFF ON START
B
M
C
M
S
A
4 5 6
3 2 1 000691

MWS DASHBOARD
TM
SYSTEM CHECK TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER
6 5
4 6
2 4
5
PUL / 3
7 REV
1
2
3
8
PUL +12V
GND
+
+
S I S I S I LIGHT SWITCH
G G
G G
VOLTMETER TRIM/TILT WATER PRES. FUEL

FUEL
TANK
SENDER
WARNING
HORN
TO OUTBOARD
DRC6278R

Evinrude E-TEC
EMM LED Diagnostic Indicators
1 Charging/55V Circuit
1
2
3
2 Injection/Ignition/Fuel
4
3 Sensors/5V Analog Circuits

No Oil/Overheat
4
No. 1 LED is on
top or highest
Key ON: LEDs illuminate to indicate circuit function
1 Start assist circuit (SAC), V-EMM models only

2 Sensor circuits TPS, CPS and 5V circuits
3 FLASHING LED Use Diagnostic Software and see Service
4 Code Chart. Indicates URGENT conditon Code 57.
Stop circuit not grounded
FLASHING LED Use Diagnostic Software and see Service
Code Chart. Indicates URGENT engine overheat or no oil condition.
Starting Mode: LEDs illuminate to indicate circuit function
1 Indicates 30V (or higher) on 55V circuit

2 Indicates CPS function and EMM SYNC
3 Sensor circuits functional
4 Stop circuit not grounded
Running Mode: LEDs illuminate to indicate circuit fault
1
2 Exception: ALL LEDs ON indicates outboard
3 running in Winterization Mode.
4

2 2
B 1 1
A 12
A
B 1 2 3
C
CA B
12
2 5 3 4 16
B AC
6 532 1 4 21
FUSE 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
POS
A B
+
1 1
2 2
NEG 3 3
1 23 4 4
5 5

B A
E-TEC 75 90HP
123
26 18 10
10 1
27 19 11
11 2
28 20 12
12 3
29 4
30
31
21
22
13
13
14
14 5 J1-A
23 15
15 6
32 7
33 24 16
16
17 8
34 25 17 9
20 8 1
14 2
21 15 9
22 3
16
6 543 21 23 17
10
11
4
5
J1-B
24 18
25 12 6
26 19 13 7
A B
2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
9
1
10
2
11
3
12
A B 2 1
13
4
5
J2
14
6
15
7
16
8
2 2
1 1
1 1
2 2
3 3
3 3
2 2
1 1
001683N

EVINRUDE EMM SERVICE CODE CHART
E-TEC 40-90HP
E-TEC V-EMM
INTERNAL
Evinrude
Evinrude
SENSOR
S.A.F.E.
DOWN
SYSTEM CHECK
CODE
SHUT
TIME TO
EMM CIRCUIT/SENSOR WARNING LIGHT EMM LED ACTIVATION SENSOR: CIRCUIT VOLTAGE / RESISTANCE () / INFORMATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATE
Throttle Position Sensor TPS Voltage > 0.65 with key ON. Becomes stored fault when outboard starts.
11 3 3
(TPS) out of idle range When both hard and stored faults present, check for improperly adjusted throttle cable.
0.8 seconds/ 5 V* circuit 3000 to 7000 (between pins A and B)
Throttle Position Sensor CHECK ENGINE SENSOR FAULT (LED 3)
12 3 3 1.6 seconds for Voltage range: < 0.15 V , > 4.925 V* 4000 to 8000 (between pins A and C)
(TPS) circuit fault (IDLE ONLY) (IDLE ONLY)
90V6 Circuit failure range voltage: 0.15 to 4.925 V*
13 TPS below range 3 3 CHECK ENGINE SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Voltage below 0.2 V. Confirm linkage and IDLE stop.
14 TPS above range 3 3 CHECK ENGINE SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Voltage above 4.85 V. Confirm linkage and WOT stop.
15 ROM (EMM program) 3 3 3 (ROM CHECKSUM verification) Verify software program number in EMM. Reload or replace with proper program.
Generates current, separate Ground (NEG) 560 10% @ 77F (25C)
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)
16 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 10 instances Verify tachometer reading. Check CPS mounting and resistance. Inspect flywheel encoder ribs.
Intermittent loss of SYNC
Air gap range: 00.036 to 0.110 in. (1 to 2.8 mm), nominal 0.073 in. (1.85 mm)
17 55 V circuit BELOW range 3 3 3 3 CHECK ENGINE CHARGING FAULT (LED 1) 1 minute 55 V alternator output less than 45 V at 500 to 1000 RPM, or less than 52 V above 1000 RPM. Perform stator/charging tests.
18 55 V circuit ABOVE range 3 3 3 CHECK ENGINE CHARGING FAULT (LED 1) 1 minute 55 V alternator output above 57 V. Perform stator/charging tests. Eliminate loose connections in 55 V circuit. Check capacitor.
19 Start-in-gear 3 0.5 seconds Tiller models only
21 Winterization activated 3 3 ALL LIGHTS ON ALL LEDs ON The outboard stops automatically after successful completion of winterization. Refer to Maintenance or Operators Guide.
22 Engine temperature switch closed 3 WATER TEMP/HOT Test engine temperature and switch operation
23 EMM Temperature Sensor 3 3 3 NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 8 seconds Refer to associated codes 24 or 25.
24 EMM Temperature BELOW range 3 3 3 NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 8 seconds EMM temperature less than -22F (-30C).
25 EMM Temperature ABOVE range 3 3 3 3 WATER TEMP/HOT NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 8 seconds EMM temperature greater than 176F (80C). Code 25 activates S.A.F.E. See Code 29.
26 12 V circuit BELOW range 3 3 3 CHARGING FAULT (LED 1) 5 minutes Battery voltage less than 12 V @ 500 to 2000 RPM or less than 12.5 V @ 2000 RPM or higher. Perform stator/charging tests.
27 12 V circuit ABOVE range 3 3 3 CHARGING FAULT (LED 1) 5 minutes Battery voltage exceeded 15.5 V. Check battery connections and wiring.
Check shift switch linkage and switch activation. Check continuity of switch: normally open / continuity depressed.
28 Shift switch malfunction 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3)
Not utilized on 60V4 (remote models) or 60V6 models.
WATER TEMP/HOT Outboard will crank but will NOT RESTART until EMM temperature falls below 212F (100C). Verify EMM cooling and outboard
29 EMM temperature OVER range 3 3 3 3 Flash NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED4) 4 seconds
(FLASHING) cooling system operation.
WATER TEMP/HOT Check engine temperature and cooling system operation. Check temperature sensor resistance. Code 31 activates SHUTDOWN at
31 Engine temperature OVER range 3 3 3 Flash NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 4 seconds
(FLASHING) 248F (120C) and Code 43 or 69 activates S.A.F.E. at 212F (100C) or 194F (90C) on 200-250 HP, (90V), models.
32 Oil pressure switch, CONSTANT SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 255 oiler cycles Oil pressure switch not switching between oil pulses, EMM not detecting change in manifold pressure.
33 Excessive no oil faults 3 3 3 3 NO OIL FLASHING Flash NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED4) 5 hours Outboard has run 5 hours with code 34 or 38. SHUTDOWN mode initiated. Outboard restarts and runs for 1 minute intervals.
34 Oil injection pump circuit OPEN (E-TEC / DI) 3 3 3 NO OIL NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 4 seconds Check oil injection pump circuit resistance
35 No oil pressure (1997-2000 DI) 3 NO OIL Test for oil movement in system
37 Water in fuel 3 CHECK ENGINE 5 V* circuit and Ground (NEG) Resistance infinite, no continuity between probes
255 oiler cycles
38 Oil pressure feedback NOT detected 3 3 3 NO OIL NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) (150 for 60V6 Loss of oil manifold pressure. Check oil supply. Perform injection pump tests. Monitor oil flow to distribution hoses.
and 90V6)
39 Oil pressure prime failure 3 NO OIL Lack of pressure after rapid cycling injector. Check oil supply to injector. Perform injector static test. Monitor oil flow to distribution hoses.
41 Engine Temperature Sensor (port/inline) 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds 5 V* circuit and Ground (NEG) 9000 to 11000 @ 77F (25C)
Engine Temperature BELOW range (port/
42 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Engine temperature below -4F (-20C). Check engine temperature and sensor resistance.
inline)
Engine temperature: 40 - 90 HP models 212F (100C); 115-250 HP 60V & 90V models 212F (100C) below 3000 RPM or
Engine Temperature ABOVE range (port/ 194F (90C) above 3000 RPM. Check engine temperature and cooling system operation. Check tempera;ture sensor resistance.
43 3 3 3 WATER TEMP/HOT NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 8 seconds
inline) Code 31 activates SHUTDOWN at 248F (120C) and Code 43 or 69 activates S.A.F.E. at 212F (100C) on 40 - 90 HP models or
194F (90C) on 115-250 HP 60V & 90V models.
Barometric (Atmospheric) Pressure Sensor Make sure EMMs BP sensor tube is NOT plugged (possible rich running condition). Check atmospheric condition for comparison.
44 3 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds
circuit fault (BP Sensor) Clear code and retest. Circuit failure range: less than 3.9 in. Hg (13.3 kPa) or greater than 35.1 in. Hg (119.0 kPa)
45 BP Sensor BELOW range 3 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Below 20.7 in. Hg (70 kPa)
46 BP Sensor ABOVE range 3 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Above 31 in. Hg (105 kPa)
5 V* circuit and Ground (NEG) 9000 to 11000 @ 77F (25C)
47 Air Temperature (AT) circuit 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds
Circuit failure range: less than -14.98F (-26.1C) or greater than 331.7F (166.5C)
48 AT circuit BELOW range 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Air temperature below 14F (-10C)
49 AT circuit ABOVE range 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Air temperature above 149F (65C)
Rev 08/06 page 1

E-TEC 40-90HP
E-TEC V-EMM
INTERNAL
Evinrude
Evinrude
SENSOR
S.A.F.E.
DOWN
SYSTEM CHECK
CODE
SHUT
TIME TO
EMM CIRCUIT/SENSOR WARNING LIGHT EMM LED ACTIVATION SENSOR: CIRCUIT VOLTAGE / RESISTANCE () / INFORMATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATE
51 Fuel injector circuit #1 OPEN 3 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 8 seconds

Check circuit resistance
54 Fuel injector circuit #4 OPEN 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 8 seconds
CHECK ENGINE EMM has detected abnormally high RPM relative to TPS position. This could be caused by uncontrolled fuel entering the combustion
57 High RPM with low TPS setting 3 3 3 3 Flash SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 5 seconds
(FLASHING) cycle. DO NOT attempt to clear code and START the outboard until the problem has been evaluated and repaired.
9 minutes/
Operating temperature not reached (port/ Engine operating temperature less than 104 F (40 C) with engine speed less than 2300 RPM or 122F (50C) on 115-250 HP 60V
58 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 10 minutes for
inline) & 90V models.
90V
9 minutes/
Engine operating temperature less than 104 F (40 C) with engine speed less than 2300 RPM or 122F (50C) on 115-250 HP 60V
59 Operating temperature not reached (stbd) 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 10 minutes for
& 90V models.
90V6
61 Fuel injector circuit #1 SHORTED 3 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 8 seconds
Test for shorts to ground. Check wiring and perform resistance test on injector circuits. Check for pinched or chafed wiring.
64 Fuel injector circuit #4 SHORTED 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 8 seconds
67 Engine Temperature Sensor (starboard) 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds 5 V* circuit and Ground (NEG) 9000 to 11000 @ 77F (25C)
68 Engine Temperature BELOW range (stbd) 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Engine temperature below -4F (-20C). Check engine temperature and sensor resistance.
Engine temperature: 40 - 90 HP models 212F (100C); 115-250 HP 60V & 90V models 212F (100C) below 3000 RPM or
194F (90C) above 3000 RPM. Check engine temperature and cooling system operation. Check tempera;ture sensor resistance.
69 Engine Temperature ABOVE range (stbd) 3 3 WATER TEMP/HOT NO OIL/OVERHEAT (LED 4) 8 seconds
Code 31 activates SHUTDOWN at 248F (120C) and Code 43 or 69 activates S.A.F.E. at 212F (100C) on 40 - 90 HP models or
194F (90C) on 115-250 HP 60V & 90V models.
71 Oil pressure circuit sensor fault detected 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 4 seconds < 0.12 V , > 4.88 V
72 Oil pressure BELOW expected range 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds < 0.5 V
73 Oil pressure ABOVE expected range 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds > 4.5 V
Use Evinrude Diagnostic Software to activate option
74 Water pressure sensor circuit fault detected 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds
< 0.12 V , > 4.88 V
CANBus Option
75 Water pressure BELOW expected range 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds < 0.5 V
76 Water pressure ABOVE expected range 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds > 4.5 V
77 S.A.C. overcurrent fault 3 3 CHARGING FAULT (LED 1) 8 seconds Check for shorted 55 V wiring (injector circuits). Check for pinched or chaffed wiring.
78 Analog 5V circuit overload detected 3 3 CHECK ENGINE SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Sensor voltage reference fault. Check sensors and related wiring. Check for pinched or chaffed wiring.
79 Starter solenoid circuit OPEN 3 CHECK ENGINE SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds Check starter solenoid circuit for continuity (key switch OFF) and for 12 V with key switch ON.
81 Ignition primary circuit #1 OPEN 3 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 100 instances
Check circuit resistance
84 Ignition primary circuit #4 OPEN 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 100 instances
87 Exhaust pressure circuit fault 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds < 0.12 V , > 4.88 V Check for plugged or pinched hose or exhaust fitting.
88 Exhaust pressure BELOW expected range 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds < 40 in. water
89 Exhaust pressure ABOVE expected range 3 3 SENSOR FAULT (LED 3) 8 seconds > 80 in. water
55 V engine running (40-90HP Inline)
91 Fuel pump circuit OPEN 3 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 2 seconds approximately 1 @ 77F (25C)
12 V key ON / engine running (200-250HP 90V)
Check exhaust valve control module circuit for continuity. (EMM J1-B connector between pins 5 &12, electric fuel pump wiring con-
92 Exhaust valve solenoid OPEN (115HP) 3 nector disconnected.) Refer exhaust valve relay test. Use Evinrude Diagnostic Software for static test of actuator motor.
93 Water injection solenoid OPEN (60HP) 3
94 Fuel pump circuit SHORTED 3 3 INJECTOR/IGNITION FAULT (LED 2) 8 seconds Test for shorts to ground. Check wiring and perform resistance test on pump circuit.
97 Intermittent switched B+ detected 3 Check connections and wiring
* Sensor voltages are listed for description purposes only. Sensor voltage readings should be viewed using Diagnostic Program.
NOTE: Always note service codes before clearing codes. Clear stored codes using diagnostic software. Some hard codes, such as code 57, are cleared by turning EMM OFF and then ON again.
page 2 Rev 08/06


2007 Evinrude Etec 75 HP Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Evinrude Etec 75 HP Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Evinrude Etec 75 HP Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What safety precautions are emphasized in the manual?

What safety precautions are emphasized in the manual?

What does the manual cover in terms of outboard repair and maintenance?

What does the manual cover in terms of outboard repair and maintenance?

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.

com manuals search engine

Be careful, and never rush or guess a service pro-

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

MODELS COVERED IN Identifying Model and Serial

Use this manual together with the proper Parts

1. Serial number 002226

Bold letter indicates

1. Fuel supply hose 000084

Connect outboard main wire harness to boat main

If temperature gauge is to be used, route sending

IMPORTANT: The motor mount, washer, and

Apply Extreme Pressure Grease to all sides of

Coat the driveshaft splines with Moly Lube. Do not

1. Mount retainer screw 49556

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL

PRODUCT REFERENCE BRP US Inc. reserves the right to make changes

is also reserved to change any specifications or

Certain features or systems discussed in this

All service technicians must be familiar with nauti-

When V follows a value on the meter face, the

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND

Evinrude/Johnson XD100, XD50, XD30; or

Maximum Temperature 200F (94C)

Thermostat 143F (62C)

Water pressure 16 psi minimum @ 5000 RPM

Type Capacitor Discharge

RPM Limit in Gear 6250

Lubricant HPF XR Gearcase Lube

Lubrication Single Piston SystemEvinrude/Johnson Biodegradable TNT Fluid

Fluid Capacity 21 fl. oz. (620 ml)

STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

IMPORTANT: These values apply only when a specific

Stator Test Adapter P/N 5005799 002273 Tachometer/timing light 49789

Nipple Kit P/N 5005844 002465

Wrist pin bearing installer 41029

INSTALLATION AND PREDELIVERY

BOAT RIGGING Additional remote control information:

Remote control styles and applications are

The remote control and wiring harness used must

Installation Guidelines SystemCheck Monitor

Typical SystemCheck gauge DR5206

IMPORTANT: Cables of the proper length, style,

Typical SystemCheck gauge with tachometer DR5364

Battery Installation Connections

Battery Cable Requirements IMPORTANT: Inadequate battery cables can

Specialized outboard installations with extended

Battery Switches and Multiple Secondary

Battery Switch Requirements Battery Switch Operation

Battery and Switch Wiring Diagrams

Two outboards: Two starting batteries for each outboard

Positive (+) Battery cables

Two outboards: One primary starting battery for each outboard

Positive (+) Battery cables

Fuel System Requirements Fuel System Primer